Troubleshooting Guide E

Troubleshooting Guide
Ver. 4.0
Canon System and Support Inc.

Group Service Planning
Canon Inc.
Inkjet Quality Assurance Center
Error Code List
1000~141C
1000
100F 1010 1012 1013 1015 1021 1022
to 100C
1030 1031 1032 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038
1039 103A 1040 1041 1043 1047 1048 1049
1056
1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1100 1101
to 1062
1400 1410
to 140C to 141C
200A~2921
200A 200B 200C 200D 200E 200F 2010 2015
2016 2017 2018 2019 201A 201B 201C 201D
2500
201E 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 240A
to 250C
2510 2520 2540 2560 2570 2580 2590 259C

to 251C to 252C to 254C to 256C to 257C to 258C to 259C to 25A8
25B7 260E 260F 2618 2800 2801 2802 2803
2804 2805 2807 2808 2809 280A 280B 280C
280D 280E 2811 2812 2813 2816 2817 2818

Error Code List
2819 281A 281B 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824
2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 282A 282B 282D
282E 2830 2832 2833 2834 2901 2902 2905
2906 2907 2908 2909 290A 2918 291A 291B
291D 2920 2921
2E00~2E47
2E00 2E01 2E02 2E03 2E04 2E05 2E08 2E09
2E0A 2E0B 2E0C 2E0E 2E0F 2E10 2E11 2E12
2E14 2E15 2E16 2E17 2E18 2E19 2E1A 2E1B
2E1C 2E1D 2E1F 2E20 2E21 2E22 2E23 2E24
2E25 2E27 2E30 2E31 2E32 2E33 2E34 2E35
2E36 2E37 2E38 2E39 2E3A 2E3B 2E3C 2E3D
2E3E 2E3F 2E40 2E41 2E42 2E45 2E47

Error Code List
2F11~2FA0
2F11 2F12 2F13 2F14 2F16 2F17 2F1F 2F20
2F21 2F22 2F23 2F24 2F25 2F26 2F27 2F28
2F29 2F2A 2F2B 2F2C 2F2D 2F2E 2F2F 2F30
2F31 2F32 2F33 2F34 2F35 2F37 2F38 2F3A
2F3B 2F3C 2F3D 2F3E 2F3F 2F40 2F41 2F42
2F43 2F44 2F46 2F47 2F48 2F49 2F50 2F51
2F4A 2F4D 2F4E 2F4F 2F52 2F53 2F54 2F60
2F61 2F62 2F63 2F65 2F66 2F67 2F68 2F69
2F6A 2F6B 2F6C 2F70 2F71 2F72 2F80 2F81
2F82 2F83 2F85 2F86 2F87 2F88 2F89 2F90
2FA0
Error Code List
4001~4061
4001 401A 401B 401C 401D 401E 4027 4034
4037 403E 403F 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044
4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 404A 404B 404C
404D 404E 404F 4050 405A 405B 4061

Contents
Chapter 1 Using This Guide .................................................................................................. 1-1

1. Using This Guide ........................................................................................................................................... 1-1
2. Model Groups ................................................................................................................................................ 1-2
Chapter 2 Trouble Database .................................................................................................. 2-1

1. Index of Symptoms and Imaging Failures ..................................................................................................... 2-1
A. Imaging Failures ........................................................................................................................................ 2-1
B. Operational Failures .................................................................................................................................. 2-2
C. Functional Failures .................................................................................................................................... 2-2
D. Cutting Failures ......................................................................................................................................... 2-2
E. Unusual Noises ......................................................................................................................................... 2-2
F. Application-Dependent ............................................................................................................................... 2-3
2. Error Code Index ........................................................................................................................................... 2-4
Chapter 3 More Sophisticated Fault Isolation Tasks .......................................................... 3-1

1. 【2F13】AD converter external trigger output error ..................................................................................... 3-1
(HW-1 fault) ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-1
2. 【2F1F】Purge sensor error ........................................................................................................................... 3-2
3. 【2F26】Carriage operation disabled ............................................................................................................. 3-3
4. 【2F2F】Non-ejection detection error, 【2F30】Non-ejection detecting position adjustment error ................. 3-5
5. 【200C】Roll paper leading edge detection error, 【200D】Cut sheet leading edge detection error .............. 3-8
6. 【2010】Skew detection error, 【2017】Paper right side detection error, 【2018】Paper left side detection
error, 【2405】Borderless printing disabled.................................................................................................. 3-12
7. 【2E27】Paper jam while feeding, ejecting or printing on paper (Jam 1) ..................................................... 3-14
8. 【2E25】Paper jam while feeding, ejecting or printing on paper (Jam 2) ..................................................... 3-15
9. 【2E24】Faulty roll paper unit, 【2E0E】Roll paper unit not available ........................................................... 3-16
10. 【2015】Cutting failure (Cannot cut sheet / Paper cutting failed) .......................................................... 3-17
11. 【2F24】Cutter shift timeout error ............................................................................................................... 3-18
12. Cutting failures without error indications ................................................................................................... 3-20
13. 【403E】,【403F】Printhead abnormal temperature rises ............................................................................ 3-21
14. 【4027】Carriage lifting error ...................................................................................................................... 3-22
15. Imaging Failures ① Soiled print side, ink dropping, soiled reverse side, black/white dots, roller
marks .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-24
16. Imaging Failures ② Lines, streaks and bands ........................................................................................ 3-26
17. Imaging Failures ③ Blurred, ghost, spread, shaken or undersharp images ........................................... 3-30
18. Imaging Failures ④ Line and character errors ........................................................................................ 3-32
19. Imaging Failures ⑤ Defective toning and color misregistration .............................................................. 3-34
20. Imaging Failures ⑥ Missing lines or images ........................................................................................... 3-36
21. Imaging Failures ⑦ Printing in a size different from the specification ..................................................... 3-38
22. Imaging Failures ⑧ No printing ............................................................................................................... 3-39
23. Operational Failures ① PosterArtist won’t launch ................................................................................... 3-40
24. Operational Failures ② Cannot install ..................................................................................................... 3-41
25. Operational Failures ③ The main unit won’t start or the power turns off automatically (without an
error occurring) ........................................................................................................................................... 3-42
Chapter 4 Fault Isolation Tool Collection ............................................................................. 4-1

T01 Interpreting Nozzle Check Patterns ........................................................................................................... 4-1
T02 Nozzle Check Print Fault Isolation Tool ..................................................................................................... 4-5
T03 Carriage Encoder Fault Isolation Tool ...................................................................................................... 4-12
T04 Ink Supply System Fault Isolation Tool .................................................................................................... 4-12
T05 Purge Unit Fault Isolation Tool ................................................................................................................. 4-19
T06 Carriage encoder installation fault isolation tool ...................................................................................... 4-20
T07 How to unlock the carriage (without having to remove the cover) ........................................................... 4-20
T08 Recommended head adjustment procedure............................................................................................ 4-21
T09 Recommended band adjustment procedure............................................................................................ 4-21
T10 Electrical ejection fault isolation tool ........................................................................................................ 4-23
T11 Flat Cable Fault Isolation Tool .................................................................................................................. 4-27
T12 Service Mode ........................................................................................................................................... 4-29
T13 I/O Display................................................................................................................................................ 4-30
T14 PCB Replacement Mode ......................................................................................................................... 4-32
T15 Download Mode ....................................................................................................................................... 4-32
T16 Cleaning operation ................................................................................................................................... 4-33
T17 Replacing the Head ................................................................................................................................. 4-34
T18 Upgrading Firmware ................................................................................................................................ 4-35
T19 Description of L Printer Service Tool, and How to Use It ......................................................................... 4-36
T20 Information required to request investigation........................................................................................... 4-38
T21 Collecting a PRN File (Windows only) ..................................................................................................... 4-40
T22 Printing from PRN File (for Windows) ...................................................................................................... 4-41
T23 Collecting PC Detailed Information .......................................................................................................... 4-41
T24 Collecting Printer Driver Settings ............................................................................................................. 4-43
T25 Collecting Status Information ................................................................................................................... 4-46
T26 Collecting Screen Shots........................................................................................................................... 4-47
Chapter 5 Miscellaneous Information .................................................................................. 5-1

1. How to interpret Print Inf ............................................................................................................................... 5-1
2. Parts Counter .............................................................................................................................................. 5-17
3. Notes on Replacing Parts ........................................................................................................................... 5-24
(1) Replacing PCBs ..................................................................................................................................... 5-24
(2) Periodically replaced parts (Refresh Service Kit) ................................................................................... 5-24
(3) Clearing Parts Counter ........................................................................................................................... 5-24
4. Greasing ...................................................................................................................................................... 5-25
Chapter 6 Main Unit Configuration Diagrams ...................................................................... 6-1

1. LFP-IJ Printer Basic Configuration Diagram ................................................................................................. 6-1
2. Paper Paths by Series .................................................................................................................................. 6-3
(1) iPF5000 Series ......................................................................................................................................... 6-3
(2) iPF650/750 Series .................................................................................................................................... 6-4
(3) iPF700 Series ........................................................................................................................................... 6-5
(4) iPF8000 Series ......................................................................................................................................... 6-6
(5) iPF800 Series ........................................................................................................................................... 6-7
Appendix................................................................................................................................. 6-1
Quick Reference Guide iPF650Series .............................................................................................................. 6-1
Quick Reference Guide iPF5000Series ............................................................................................................ 6-2
Quick Reference Guide iPF8000 9000Series ................................................................................................... 6-3
Chapter 1
Using This Guide
Chapter 1 Using This Guide
1. Using This Guide

STEP1: Find a relevant phenomenon from Chapter 2, “Trouble Database.”
From operation panel displays If any component

name or the like is
From last 4 digits of error codes (panel display, Print Inf)
unknown, see
From imaging (user complaint) problems Chapter 6, “Main Unit
Configuration
From other problems (such as abnormal noise and taking too long) Diagrams: Paper
Paths.”
From software-specific problems (e.g., Microsoft Word)
STEP2: Go to Chapter 3, “More Sophisticated Fault Isolation Tasks.”
STEP3: Go to Chapter 4, “Fault Isolation Tool Collection.”
1-1
Troubleshooting Guide Ver.4.0
2. Model Groups
The iPF Series is broken down into the following groups in this Guide:
Model group Maximum paper Five-color Six-color Eight-color Twelve-color
width dye/pigment pigment model pigment model pigment model
model
― ― iPF9000S iPF9000 iPF9100
60 inches
iPF9400S iPF9400 iPF9410
iPF8000 Series ― iPF8400SE iPF8000S iPF8000 iPF8100
iPF9000 Series 44 inches iPF8410SE PF8300S iPF8300 iPF8400
(B0 extra-sized） iPF8400S iPF8410
iPF8410S
44 inches iPF810 iPF820 ― ― ―
iPF800 Series
(B0 extra-sized） iPF815 iPF825
36 inches iPF700 iPF710 ― ― ―
iPF700 Series
(A0 extra-sized） iPF720
iPF750 iPF755 ― ― ―
iPF760 iPF765
36 inches
iPF650 iPF655
iPF650 Series （A0 extra-sized）
iPF780 iPF785
iPF750 Series 24 inches
iPF781 iPF786
（A1 extra-sized）
iPF680 iPF685
iPF681 iPF686
― iPF6100 iPF6200
24 inches iPF6000S
iPF6300 iPF6350
iPF5000 Series (A1 extra-sized） iPF6400SE iPF6300S
iPF6400 iPF6410
iPF6000 Series 17 inches iPF6410SE iPF6400S
iPF6450 iPF6460
(A2 extra-sized） iPF6410S
iPF5000 iPF5100
24 inches
iPF600 iPF610
iPF500 Series (A1 extra-sized）
iPF605L iPF500 ― ― ―
iPF600 Series 17 inches
iPF510
(A2 extra-sized）
1-2
Chapter 2
Trouble Database
Chapter 2 Trouble Database
1. Index of Symptoms and Imaging Failures
A. Imaging Failures
Item Remedial Action (tool)
Soiled print side Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ① P3-24
Ink dropping Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ① P3-24
Soiled reverse side Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ① P3-24
Black dots (spur marks） Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ① P3-24
White dots (spur marks） Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ① P3-24
Roller marks Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ① / ② P3-24, P3-26
Peeled ink Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ① P3-24
Line, streaks and bands Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ② P3-26
Blurred or undersharp images Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ③ P3-30
Blurred or blotted images Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ③ P3-30
Shaken or ghost images Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ③ / ④ P3-30, P3-32
Thick or double lines or characters Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ③ / ④ P3-30, P3-32
Defective toning Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑤ P3-34
Color misregistration Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑤ P3-34
Missing lines and images Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑥ P3-36
Printing different from settings Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑦ P3-38
No printing Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑧ P3-39
Wrong length Prioritize length (specify a magnification).
Specify a magnification for the present output matter (enter a menu
description).
Wrinkled paper Remove the cause of skewing.
Clean the cassette pick-up roller.
Iridescent metallic luster visible Bronze symptom (reflected illuminating light colored by diffusion on the
print surface)
Ink won’t dry on tracing paper or the like Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ③ P3-30
Change the drying time setting (lengthen).
Scratching (ink peeling) Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ③ P3-30
Change the drying time setting (lengthen).
Paper undertone noticeable Change paper.
Uneven POP board colors noticeable Properties of the paper.
Change the print mode to an upper mode.
2-1
B. Operational Failures
PosterArtist won’t launch Chapter 3: Operational Failures ① P3-40
The main unit won’t start Chapter 3: Operational Failures ③ P3-42
Power turns off automatically Chapter 3: Operational Failures ③ P3-42
Network-connected printer, once visible, out of sight If “Automatic” is selected for the IP address of the printer, assign a
fixed IP address to it.
C. Functional Failures
Freezing/slow Restart the printer.
Upgrade the firmware.
If paper has been added, initialize the Paper preferences and update additional
Paper from System Settings (user settings will be lost).
No printing Underpowered host PC
Check the network environment.
Bug in AutoCAD high-speed rendering/Ver.3.00 or later
D. Cutting Failures
Wavy cut section Chapter 3: Cutting failures without error indications P3-20
Residual cutting chips on the reference side Chapter 3: Cutting failures without error indications P3-20
Normally ended without cutting Chapter 3: Cutting failures without error indications P3-20
Line printed at the cutting position, but without actual cutting Chapter 3: Cutting failures without error indications P3-20
Line printed at the cutting position on printing Chapter 3: Cutting failures without error indications P3-20
Cut automatically Chapter 3: Cutting failures without error indications P3-20
Images cut halfway Chapter 3: Cutting failures without error indications P3-20
E. Unusual Noises
Item Subitem Remedial Action (tool)
Carriage drive Rasping After checking the idler pulley, go to 2F26. P2-48
Check the carriage tension unit.
Chattering The tube has hit the exterior to generate unusual noises.
Open and close the platen suction path selection valve (normal).
Creaky Soiled carriage rail/Clean dry (never apply oil)/replace the rail
cleaner/replace the carriage bearing.
Broken head open/close lever. / Replace the lever.
Head rubbing Tizzy Check the head height setting.
Check for jams.
Check the paper type setting.
Cutter Clattering Check to see if the fixed teeth are not dented.
If the round and fixed teeth are found dented, replace both.
Near the ink tank unit Chattering Ink is stirred in a timed operation (normal).
Roll spool (opposite to the HP) Noise of jumping gear teeth. / Replace the rubber pad in correct position.
Paper feed/back feed LF backup roller sound. / Replace with a roller-less part.
2-2

Caterpillar mylar Mylar sheet out of position. / Replace the tube unit.
Platen suction hole Whistling Clean the hole.
F. Application-Dependent
AutoCAD Defective toning Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑤P3-34
Missing images (a part of image is missing in Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑥P3-36
printout)
Printed in a double or half size Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑦P3-38
No printing Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑧P3-39
Cannot install the HDI driver Chapter 3: Operational Failures ②P3-41
Cannot print a size longer than 2300 mm with AutoCAD2004 specification
the HDI driver
Word No magnified printing Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑦P3-38
Excel Narrow white lines in the print Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ②P3-26
Missing images (a part of image is missing in Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ⑥P3-36
printout)
Illustrator Narrow white lines in the print Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ②P3-26
Blurred or undersharp images Chapter 3: Imaging Failures ③P3-30
PosterArtist Won’t launch Chapter 3: Operational Failures ①P3-40
WINSTAR CAD Misregistration in printing on manually fed Reduce the data setting to allow in
paper consideration of the application
specifications/margins.
Bundled user software CD The installer does not launch when the bundled Chapter 3: Operational Failures ②P3-41
user software CD is mounted.
2-3
2. Error Code Index

Panel display Remedial Action
Code
(*: Reference fault
(last 4 Explanation/Detection sequence
Large LCD Small LCD isolation procedure
digits)
or tool)
- Sheet printing Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Printing on cut
is selected, but Print data having a cut sheet print sheet is not
a roll is loaded. specification has been received with functional with a
rewinder use being selected. rewinder in use.
- Media Type not Media Check Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Check the
compatible with Please Cancel Cassette pickup has been specified for cassette pick-up
cassette. Cas Cannot Feed paper that does not support cassette pickup. setting/paper
Check Media Type. Please Check type.
Stop: Stop Printing

- Regular printing Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Check the
is selected, but Print data having a manual feed print cassette pick-up
a roll is loaded. specification has been received at the setting/paper
completion of roll paper pickup. type.
Press OK,
remove the roll,
and load sheets.
- Papr Type PaprTyp Mismatch Paper mismatch (type) This is a warning
Mismatch (1)Mismatch following the selection of any of and allows
the following menu choices: continued
- [Warning Indication] has been selected for printing.
[Paper Mismatch Detection].
- [ON] has been selected for [Paper Error
Skip].
(2) On forced printing following a mismatch
resulting from the selection of the following
menu option:
- [Pause] has been selected for [Paper
Mismatch Detection].
- Paper Mismatch Paper mismatch (both type and size) This is a warning
(1) Mismatch following the selection of any and allows
of the following menu choices: continued
Skip].
menu option:
- Papr Size Mismatch PaprSiz Mismatch Paper mismatch (size) This is a warning
(1) Mismatch following the selection of any and allows
of the following menu choices: continued
Skip].
menu option:
- Cannot print Paper mismatch (size) Replace the
as specified. When performing internal printing, paper paper with
loaded is smaller than the size specified for appropriate one.
Lift the release each print purpose.
lever and replace
paper with A4/LTR [XXX]: appropriate paper size
(vertical) or larger
2-4

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
- Sheet printing Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Load cut sheet.
is selected. No cassette paper has been loaded when
data having a cut sheet specification is
Press Load/Eject received. (Paper type /size not determined)
and load sheets.
- Sheet printing Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Load cut sheet.
is selected. No cassette paper has been loaded when
received.
(Paper type /size not determined)
- Paper Pos Wrong Paper Pos Wrong Invalid paper loading position Go to *2010
Paper is invalidly positioned on the platen. (P3-12).
- Turn on the media Printing has started with the media take-up Switch on the
take-up unit. unit setting of [Use] and with the rewinder rewinder.
switched off. *A measure for a
third-party
rewinder that is
not connected
to the main unit.
- Media take-up unit Rewinder use has been set to [Do not use] ①Press the
ready. at the start of printing when the rewinder is [Online] button
active. to set the
Online: Print rewinder use
Stop: Stop Printing setting to force
[Use] and print.
②Press the
[Stop] key to
cancel printing.
- End of paper feed. Feed Limit.. Forced feed limit The message
Cannot feed Paper being manually fed in the return clears
paper more. direction (back-feeding) has reached the automatically 2
pinch roller position. seconds later.
Check the PE
sensor (IO
mode).
- Close Ink Tank Ink tank cover open while printing The message
Cover On a model having a subtank, the ink tank clears when the
cover opened while printing. (Printing is ink tank cover is
allowed to continue.) closed.
Check the sensor
(IO mode).
- The roll feed unit The roll unit has been pulled out during Close the roll unit.
is loose. Push it standby or printing on the lower roll paper or
all the way in. cut sheet A3 or less.
- Prepare for parts W Level 1 Durable parts replacement due soon Check the parts
replacement. Any of the parts counters has reached counter and
Call for service. Consumables Low warning level 1. prepare the target
unit or Refresh
- Parts replacement W Level 2 Durable parts replacement due soon Service Kit.
time has passed. Any of the parts counters has reached Initialize the parts
Call for service. Repl Consumables warning level 2. counter for the
target unit after the
replacement.
2-5

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
1000 Ink Level: Check Ink Lvl: Chk XX Ink tank near-empty (continued use allowed) ①Replace the
to The remaining volume of ink is diminishing tank (continued
100C (below the pin check level). usage
(XX: Target color display) allowed).
Not much ink is ②If the problem
left. Prepare to Last 2 digits of error code: persists after
replace the ink. 00:Bk, 01:Y, 02:M, 03:C, 04:PM, 05:PC, the tank has
06:MBk1, 07:MBk2, 08:GY, 09:PGY, 0A:R, been replaced,
0B:B, 0C:G the remaining
ink detection
system is at
fault. (Replace
the supply unit
or check
catching wire or
connection
status of
harness.)
100F End of paper feed. End of paper feed. The limit of forced paper feeding. The media The message is
Cannot feed reached to a pinchroller at feeding backfeed cleared
paper any more. media manually. automatically after
(not an error or a failure) displaying for
2sec.
Confirmation of
LF_PE sensor (IO
mode)
1010 Problem with CheckPrintout:LR Head non-ejection warning (Check printout/ ①Check image
Printhead L/R possible to continue printing) quality. (Unless
Chk printing results there are
See 280C for detection criteria. problems with
the image
Check printed Check Printout quality, there is
document. no need to
replace the
1012 Problem with CheckPrintout:R Head R non-ejection warning (double-head head.)
Printhead R model) ②Replace the
Chk printing results (Check printout/ possible to continue printing) head.
*If the problem
See 280C for detection criteria. persists, go to
1013 Problem with CheckPrintout:L Head L non-ejection warning (double-head 2F2F (P3-5).
Printhead L model)
Chk printing results (Check printout/ possible to continue printing)
See 280C for detection criteria.
2-6

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
1015 This type of paper GL2: Unsup. papr HP-GL2 error: out of the scope of paper When [Warning
is not compatible support Indication] is
with HP-GL/2. GL2: Incompatible [Warning Indication] or [Pause] have been selected
paper type selected for [Paper Mismatch Detection]. Replace with
Press Online Starts appropriate paper.
printing The paper that is being fed does not support
HP-GL/2 printing; that is, a paper type that When [Pause] is
does not have a required print mode has selected
been set. ①Press the
[Online] button
to force printing.
Caution) Due to
use of image
process table
(LUT) defined
for HP-GL/2
compatible
paper different
from the
specified paper,
you might have
a problem in
quality of image.
②Press the [Stop]
button to cancel
printing.
1021 Papr Type MediaType Mismatch Paper mismatch (type) Continued printing
Mismatch With [Warning Indication] is selected for is allowed.
[Paper Mismatch Detection], the type of Check driver
loaded paper mismatches the specified type. setting. Replace
Or, with [Pause] is selected for [Paper with appropriate
Mismatch Detection], the [Online] button was paper.
pressed to execute forced printing.
1022 Papr Type MediaType Mismatch Paper mismatch (type) Continued printing
Mismatch With [Warning Indication] is selected for is allowed.
[Paper Mismatch Detection], the type of Check driver
loaded paper mismatches the specified type. setting. Replace
Or, with [Pause] is selected for [Paper with appropriate
Mismatch Detection], the [Online] button was paper.
pressed to execute forced printing.
1030 GARO W1221 GARO W1221 (Image mode）Unknown command ①Identify the
A character that is located within bounds of model.
a group character or end parameter ②If the error has
character but that is not defined as a occurred with
command has been detected during Image RIP, try with the
mode command decoding. printer driver.
1031 GARO W1222 GARO W1222 (Image mode） Invalid parameter count (no ③Try in an
parameters) alternative
A numeric field has not been identified as environment
being numeric during Image mode (I/F, PC).
command decoding.
2-7

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
1032 GARO W1223 GARO W1223 (Image mode） Required item missing
A character out of bounds has been
detected where a group or end parameter
character ought to exist, during Image mode
command decoding.
1034 GARO W1225 GARO W1225 (Image mode）Other warning
A character other than <ESC> has been
detected right after the image mode analysis
module entered Image mode or when the
decoding of a single command ended.
1035 GARO W1231 GARO W1231 (Setup mode）Unknown command
A command character string other than
RESET, SET, OPCMT0 and OPCMT2 has
been detected in a PJL command.
1036 GARO W1232 GARO W1232 (Setup mode）Invalid parameter count
Too many or too few parameters have been
detected during Setup mode command
decoding.
1037 GARO W1233 GARO W1233 (Setup mode) Required item missing
The exit parameter is missing in the
EnterGAROMode command and the
UniversalExitLanguage command used in
Setup mode.
1038 GARO W1234 GARO W1234 (Setup mode)Data out of bounds
A character string that is not defined as an
environmental variable has been detected.
An unknown environmental variable has
been detected.
A character string that is not defined as an
environmental variable value has been
detected.
The value of an unknown environmental
variable has been detected.
1039 GARO W1235 GARO W1235 (Setup mode) Other warning
A character string other than the @PJL
prefix has been detected while the analysis
module was idle.
103A GARO W1226 GARO W1226 (Image mode) Image processing table error ①Retransmit.
No image processing table is being ②Check with a
transmitted, a required image processing different
table is unavailable, or an image processing interface
table contains a value out of bounds. choice.
③Try by printing
other data.
④With RIP, print
from the print
driver.
Supplement: If
this error
occurs, the print
result would
appear blank.
1040 GL2: W0501 GL2: W0501 HP/GL2 error; Insufficient memory capacity ①Reduce the size
The memory is full. The size of drawing data exceeds the of rendering
processing capacity. data.
②Replace with
HP RTL data for
manipulation
with On The Fly.
1041 GL2: W0502 GL2:W0502 HP/GL2 error; invalid parameter Verify the data
The parameter is Data having an invalid number of types of and fix it.
out parameters that follow the command has
of range. been detected.
2-8

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
1043 GL2: W0504 GL2:W0504 HP/GL2 error; Invalid command Verify the data
This command is not A command that is not defined in HP-GL/2 and fix it.
supported. or HP RTL is included.
1047 GL2: W0903 GL2:W0904 HP/GL2 error; replot buffer overflow ①Reduce the size
The memory is full. Data storage buffers have run short. of rendering
data.
②Replace with
HP RTL data for
manipulation
with On The Fly.
1048 GL2: W0904 GL2: W0903 HP/GL2 error; polygon buffer overflow ①Reduce the size
The memory is full. The size of drawing data exceeds the of rendering
processing capacity. data.
②Replace with
HP RTL data for
manipulation
with On The Fly.
* On The Fly： The method to transmit data in sequence from paper. The software that generates HP-GL/2 data has this option
to specify. Select this option to save the memory usage of the printer.
2-9

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
1049 Before borderless When print data with borderless printing Open the platen
printing, move the specification has been received, platen shutter.
blue platen switch. shutter was closed.
1050 Blue platen switch Cleaning of platen shutter is necessary. Clean the platen
is dirty. Please shutter.
clean the switch. When reading the platen shutter in
multisensor, borderless printing data has
been received in unstable output condition.
1051 Paper Too Small Paper mismatch (size) Continued printing
Size clip warning allowed.
With [Warning Indication] selected for [Paper Check driver
Mismatch Detection] in the menu settings, settings.
the size of paper loaded is smaller than that Replace with
of specified from driver. appropriate paper.
1052 Borderless printng Borderless printing not available Replace with
not possible. Check (unsupported size) appropriate paper.
supported paper.
With [Warning Indication] selected for [Paper
Mismatch Detection] in the menu settings,
borderless printing data is received, but roll
paper not supporting borderless printing has
been loaded.
1053 Paper position not Borderless printing not available (physical) Reload/ replace
suitable for With [Warning Indication] selected for [Paper the roll paper.
borderless printing. Mismatch Detection] in the menu settings, Go to *2010
borderless printing data is received, but roll (P3-12)(iPF8300
paper loaded is more than 1mm off the series).
predefined position for the pre-ejection
opening at the counter-HP side.
1053 Borderless printng Reload/ replace
not possible. Check the roll paper.
pap. pos. or spacer Check the
borderless spacer.
Go to *2010
(P3-12)(iPF6300
series)
1054 PaprWidth Mismatch Paper mismatch (size) Continued printing
With [Warning Indication] selected for [Paper allowed.
Mismatch Detection] in the menu settings, Check driver
the width of roll paper loaded and that of settings.
specified by data do not match. Replace with
appropriate paper.
2-10

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
1056 Move the blue The multisensor detected that the platen Move the platen
to platen switch No.XX shutter used for pre-ejection was closed. shutter relevant to
1062 to the right. Detection timing: the message to
・At paper loading the right, to open
・At start of first printing (after upper cover is it.
opened and closed, or recovery from sleep
mode, or the power is turned on with paper
loaded)
The following list shows the last 2 digits of error codes and the
corresponding messages.
56：No.2, 57：No.3, 58：No.459：No.5, 5A：No.6, 5B：No.75C：No.8,

5D：No.9, 5E：No.105F：No.11, 60：No.12, 61：No.1362：No.14
1100 Prepare for MTCart Full Soon Maintenance cartridge near-full (continued Prepare a
maint cart usage allowed) maintenance
replacement. Near-full has been detected from the dot cartridge.
count and the usage period (drying time).
<Maintenance cartridge detection timings>

The presence of a maintenance cartridge is detected at the
following timings:
①Before printing/during printing (twice per second)/at the end of
printing/ between pages
②Before a recovery operation/during a recovery operation (twice
per second)/before opening of the ink supply valve
③ When the cartridge is removed and inserted following the
occurrence of an error or warning.
1101 Replace part soon. Mist Full Soon Mist count near-full Check the parts
Waste ink near-full has been detected from counter and
the dot count. replace the target
unit or Refresh
Service Kit.
Initialize the parts
counter for the
target unit after
the replacement.
1400 No ink left. Ink tank empty (continued use allowed) ①Replace the
to Press OK and The ink tank has run out of ink, but a certain tank.
140C replace ink tank. volume of ink is reserved in the subtank. ②Failure of
Ink tank is empty. (The reserved volume of ink is put to use remaining ink
Replace the ink after the remaining ink falls below the pin detection
tank. check level.) system.
Displayed only on models having a subtank. (Replace the
(XX： Display applicable colors) supply unit
Last 2 digits: 00:Bk, 01:Y, 02:M, 03:C, 04:PM, /check the
05:PC, 06:MBk1, 07:MBk2, 08:GY, 09:PGY, bundled wires.)
0A:R, 0B:B, 0C:G
2-11

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
1410 No ink tank Ink tank not installed (continued use allowed) ①Mount the tank.
to loaded. The ink tank is not installed but a sufficient ②Failure of
141C Check ink tank. volume of ink is left in the subtank. remaining ink
Displayed only on models having a subtank. detection
This occurs in cases such as when the ink system.
tank cover is opened during printing, and the (Replace the
ink tank is removed. (XX： Displays supply unit
applicable colors) /check the
Last 2 digits: 10:Bk, 11:Y, 12:M, 13:C, 14:PM, bundled wires.)
15:PC, 16:MBk1, 17:MBk2, 18:GY, 19:PGY,
1A:R, 1B:B, 1C:G
200A Paper size not Paper Paper size detection failure Go to *2010
detected. Press Please Reload Cannot detect the paper width (poorly (P3-12)
Load/Eject Size Undetected positioned paper).
and reload the Press ↑ Key
paper.
Paper size not
detected. Reload
paper.
Paper size not
detected. Press OK
and
reload the paper.
200B Paper size not Paper Paper size detection failure Go to *2010
detected. Reload Please Reload Paper is invalidly positioned on the platen. （P3-12）
paper. Size Undetected
Press ↑ Key
200C Paper size not Paper Paper size detection failure Go to *2010
detected. Please Reload Cannot detect the leading edge of the paper. (P3-12).
Press Load/Eject Size Undetected The leading edge of paper has been located
and reload the Press ↑ Key by coarse detection but not by a second
paper. round of fine detection (up to 300 mm)
(semi-transparent paper).
Paper size not
(This is the message when the release lever
detected.
operation is not necessary.)
Reload paper.
Paper size not Papr Size Paper size detection failure
detected. Undetected Cannot detect the leading edge of the paper.
Lift the release Press Online Key The leading edge of paper has been located
lever and reload and Reload by coarse detection but not by a second
the paper. round of fine detection (up to 300 mm)
(semi-transparent paper).
2-12

Code (*: Reference fault
(last 4 Explanation/Detection sequence isolation procedure
Large LCD Small LCD
digits) or tool)
200D Paper size not Paper Paper size detection failure ①Check to see if
detected. Please Reload Cannot detect the trailing edge of the paper. roll paper are
Press Load/Eject Size Undetected ・Cannot detect the trailing edge of the cut not loaded in
and reload the Press ↑ Key sheet loaded after they have been fed 50 the cut sheet
paper. mm. mode.
Leading edge ・Cannot locate the trailing edge of the paper ②Load cut
detection error. that has been found by coarse detection. sheet. Go to
Lift the release *2010 (P3-12)
lever and align
leading edge
with orange line.
Paper size not
detected.
Lift the release
lever and reload
the paper.
Paper size not
detected.
Reload paper.
200E This paper Paper Size Paper is too small ①Check paper
cannot be used. Please Check The width and length of paper detected are conditions
Check supported Paper Too Small shorter than the supported size (1.5% (soiling,
paper sizes. Press ↑ Key margin). tear-offs,
residual paper
This paper Paper Size chips, residual
cannot be used. Please Check trimming cuts,
Check supported Paper Too Small folds)/size.
paper sizes. Press ↑ Key ②Has the paper
Load/Eject: Change been fed
Paper successfully
(without
slippage under
a load or any
influence)?
③Has the LF
adjustment
value set
correctly?
④Hasn’t the
loaded paper
shrunk to
below its
margin in the
particular
environment?
Go to *2017/2018
(P3-12)
2-13

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
200F This paper Paper Size Paper mismatch (size) ①Check paper
cannot be used. Please Check Paper is too large conditions
Check supported Paper Too Large ・The width and length of paper detected are (soiling,
paper sizes. Press ↑ Key longer than the supported size (1.5% tear-offs,
margin). residual paper
This paper Paper Too Large ・Cannot detect the leading edge of paper chips, residual
cannot be used. Please Check even when the paper has been fed by 1300 trimming cuts,
Check supported Press Online Key mm for roll paper and by the size folds)/size.
paper sizes. and Reload mentioned above for cut sheet. ②Has the paper
Load/Eject: Change ・Cannot detect the width of paper even when been fed
Paper the paper is fed by the size mentioned above. successfully
(without
slippage under
a load or any
influence)?
③Has the LF
adjustment
value set
correctly?
④Hasn’t the
loaded paper
shrunk to
below its
margin in the
particular
environment?
Go to *2010
(P3-12).
2010 Paper loaded askew. Paper Askew Skew (skewed right) Reload the
Press Load/Eject Please Reload paper.
and reload the Paper Skew Paper is determined skewed as its edge is Go to *2010
paper. Press ↑ Key read by the multisensor. (P3-12).
Paper loaded askew. Paper Loaded
Reload the paper. Crooked
Press Online Key
and Reload
Paper loaded askew. Paper loaded
Lift the askew.
release lever. Remove paper
Paper loaded askew.
Lift the release
lever and reload
the paper.
Paper loaded askew.
Press OK and
reload the paper.
Paper loaded askew
Lift the release lever.
2-14
Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2015 Cannot cut paper. Cutting Error Cutting failure/jam detected due to a cutting Go to *2015
Press Load/Eject Please Cut Papr failure (P3-17).
and reload the Press ↑ Key An idle cutter unit or a cutter blade that is too Go to *2F24
paper. to Release Paper blunt to cut sheet has been detected by the (P3-18).
Cannot cut paper. paper leading edge detection sequence.
Reload the paper.
Cannot cut paper.
Lift the release
lever and reload
the paper.
Paper cutting
failed. Lift the
release lever.
2016 No sheets. Sheets Paper loosened out of position while printing Reload the paper.
Press Load/Eject Please Load The trailing edge of paper has been detected Go to *2E27
and reload the Sheet Not Loaded at least 20 mm shorter than the length of cut (P3-14).
paper. forms detected.
No sheets.
Lift the release
lever and reload the
sheets.
The paper is too
small.
Check paper size.
Sheet removed.
Lift the release
lever.
Paper jam. Paper Jam Jam while picking up, ejecting or printing on ①Open and
Press Load/Eject and Press ↑ Key paper close the
reload the (A sequence of removing jams with the pinch release lever to
paper. roller released is required) reload the
Paper jam. Paper Jam Virtually all recovery errors that could occur in paper.
Manually rewind roll Press ↑ Key connection with paper pickup are handled. ②Remove the
all the way. Paper Eject Err paper once
Paper jam. Remove Paper and then
Manually rewind roll refeed it.
all the way *Go to 2E27
and press OK. (P3-14)
Cannot feed paper
Lift the release
lever and reload
paper.
Cannot feed paper.
Reload the paper.
Cannot feed paper.
Press Load/Eject
and reload the
paper.
2-15

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2017 Paper size not Paper Paper (right) side detection error Go to *2010
detected. Please Reload 1)Multisensor error on light quantity (P3-12).
Lift the release Size Undetected adjustment
lever and reload Press ↑ Key 2)The read reference paper edge is 5 mm or
the paper. more apart from its theoretical position.
Paper size is Papr Size 3)Cannot locate the edge of reference
undetected. Undetected paper.
Reload paper. Press Online Key
Paper size not and Reload
detected.
Press Load/Eject
and reload the
paper.
Paper size not
detected. Lift the
release lever.
Could not detect
paper size. Push
release lever back,
then pull out the
cut sheet.
Could not detect
paper size.
Press OK, then
Insert roll paper
straight into feed
slot..
2-16

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2018 Paper size not Papr Size Paper (left) side detection error Go to *2010
detected. Undetected The non-reference edge of paper has been (P3-12)
Lift the release Press Online Key located by coarse detection but not by a
lever and reload and Reload second round of fine detection.
the paper.
Paper size not
detected.
Reload paper.
Paper size not Paper
detected. Please Reload
Press Load/Eject Size Undetected
paper.
Paper size not
detected.
Lift release lever.
Could not detect
paper size. Push
release lever back,
then pull out the
cut sheet.
Could not detect
paper size.
Press OK, then
insert roll paper
straight into feed
slot.
2019 Cannot cut paper. Cutting failure/jam detected due to a cutting Go to *2015
Lift the release failure (P3-17).
lever and reload An idle cutter unit or a cutter blade that is too Go to *2F24
the paper. blunt to cut sheet has been detected by the (P3-18).
Cannot cut paper. paper leading edge detection sequence. Or,
Reload the paper. cutter unit home position detection was
Paper cutting failed.
failed. Lift the
release lever.
Paper cutting
failed. Remove the
paper
after cutting at the
top of feed slot. Push
the release
lever back.
2-17

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
201A Paper not aligned When loading cut sheet, paper (right) side The error is
with right guide. detection was failed. cleared by
Press OK and releasing the
then reload the release lever. After
roll paper. that, load paper to
Paper not aligned the correct
with right guide. position.
Push the release
lever back, then
reload the paper.
201B Roll paper is not When loading roll paper, paper (right) side Paper is ejected
securely in contact detection was failed. automatically, and
with roll holder. by pressing the
Press OK, then [OK] button the
re-attach the roll error is cleared.
paper. After that, load
paper to the
correct position.
201C Paper jam While printing, paper width was detected to By releasing the
Push the release have fluctuated beyond the predefined value. release lever,
lever back. Failure of detecting right edge of the paper move to the
(cut paper, in printing). loading sequence,
and load paper to
the correct
position.
201D Paper jam While printing, paper width was detected to ①Cut the paper
Remove the paper have fluctuated beyond the predefined value. near the feed
after cutting at the Failure of detecting right edge of the paper slot, and remove
top of feed slot. Push (cut paper, in printing). the paper.
the release ②Release the
lever back. release lever,
and load the
paper to the
correct position.
201E Media Type not Media Check Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Check the
Stop: Stop Printing
2-18

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2405 Borderless printng Roll Paper Chk Invalid paper loading position (borderless Reload the roll
not possible. Check Width/Spcr printing) paper.
Lift the release Borderless Prtng The position at which paper is loaded is unfit Check spacers
lever and reload Not Possible for borderless printing. Go to *2010
the paper. Data with a borderless print specification has (P3-12).
been received while the left or right edge of
Online: Print roll paper was off the center of the borderless
Bordless Printing print idle ejection port at the completion of roll
not possible. Lift paper pickup.
release lever and
reload the paper.
Bordless Printing
not possible. Lift
release lever and
reload the paper
Online: Not bordrlss
Stop: Stop Printing
Paper position not
suitable for
borderless printing
Borderless printng
not possible. Check
roll position.
Online: Print
Load/Eject: Change
Paper
Borderless printng
not possible. Check
roll width and
spacers.
Online: Print
Load/Eject: Change
Paper
2406 Borderless printng Check Supported Borderless print data not printable (logic) Reset the driver
not possible. Check Paper. Borderless print data was received at the and RIP.
paper size setting. No Borderless w/ start of printing and one or more of the
Online: Print This Roll Paper following requirements are met at the same
Load/Eject: Change time:
Paper ・A feeder slot other than one for roll paper
Borderless printng has been specified in the data.
not possible. Check ・A paper type that does not support
supported paper. borderless printing has been set on the
data.
・Banner printing has been specified on the
data at the same time.
・A paper size that does not support
borderless printing has been specified in a
job for which paper had already been fed.
2-19

Code
(*: Reference fault
Large LCD Small LCD isolation procedure or
digits)
tool)
2407 Borderless printng It occurs when all of the following Reset /replace the roll
not possible. Paper conditions are met at start of printing. paper.
stretched or shrank. Confirm and explain
Confirm usage cond. ・Borderless printing data has been usage environment.
of the paper. received.
・Roll paper has been loaded, and its
paper width and edge position
recognized at loading are within the
supported range of borderless printing.
・As a result of right/left side edge
detection after start of print processing, it
was detected as beyond the supported
range of borderless printing.
2408 Borderless printng At the start of borderless printing, roll Replace with
not possible. Check paper whose size doesn’t support appropriate paper.
supported paper. borderless printing has been loaded.
Bordless Printing
not possible. Lift
release lever and
reload the paper.
2409 Paper position is not Invalid paper loading position (suspended Reload/ replace the
suitable for job/ borderless printing) roll paper.
borderless printing. All of the following conditions were met. Go to *2010 (P3-12).
Check paper ・Borderless printing data has been Check roll paper.
position. received. ① Select「Normal
Print to normal ・Roll paper whose paper loading position printing.(No
printing. is not suitable for borderless printing has borderless printing)」
Stop printing. been loaded. and enforce
・The right or left edge of roll paper is printing.Borderless
more than 1mm off the prescribed print setting is
position of the pre-ejection opening. ignored. Print with
240A Borderless printing is Borderless printing is not possible default margin.Default
not possible. Check (suspended job/ unsupported size). All of margin depends on
supported paper. the following conditions are met. selected feeding trays
Check paper ・Borderless printing data has been and media type.
position. received. ② Select “Stop
Print to normal ・Roll paper not supporting borderless printing” or press
printing. printing has been loaded. “stop button”to stop
Stop printing. printing.
③ Select “replace
printing” or release
releasing lever.
2-20

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2500 Ink tank is empty. No Ink Left Ink tank empty (continued use not allowed) ①Replace the
to Press OK and ↓↓↓ ↓↓↓ The ink tank has run out of ink. (The tank.
250C replace ink tank. reserved volume of ink is put to use after the ②If the problem
remaining ink falls below the pin check persists after
No ink left. level.) the tank has
Replace ink tank. (In the small LCD, the arrow ↓ points to been replaced,
the color in question.) the remaining
ink detection
system is at
fault (replace
the supply unit
or check the
bundled wires).
The last 2 digits signify applicable colors.

00:Bk, 01:Y, 02:M, 03:C, 04:PM, 05:PC, 06:MBk1,
07:MBk2, 08:GY, 09:PGY, 0A:R, 0B:B, 0C:G
2510 Ink level is Online Key Remaining ink level unknown (continued Replace the ink
to unknown. Press To Print use allowed) tank.
251C Check ink level. Ink Lvl Unknown The level of ink remaining in the tank is
Press Online to Press Online detected when the tank cover is closed.
start printing. Consumption has exceeded the original ink
capacity (mismatch detected).
Refill ink may have been used.
(In the small LCD, the arrow ↓ points to
the color in question.)
10:Bk, 11:Y, 12:M, 13:C, 14:PM, 15:PC, 16:MBk1,
17:MBk2, 18:GY, 19:PGY, 1A:R, 1B:B, 1C:G
2520 No ink tank Ink Tank Ink tank not installed (continued use not ①Remove and
to loaded. Check XX allowed) then reinstall
252C Press OK and No Ink Tank On a model that is furnished with a subtank, the tank.
check ink tank. Check Ink Tank this error is indicated if the subtank has run ②Replace the
No ink tank out of ink and the state of an ink tank not tank.
loaded. being installed is detected. ③Failure of
Check ink tank. remaining ink
detection
system.
(Replace the
supply unit
/check the
bundled wires.)
20:Bk, 21:Y, 22:M, 23:C, 24:PM, 25:PC, 26:MBk1,
27:MBk2, 28:GY, 29:PGY, 2A:R, 2B:B, 2C:G
2-21

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2540 Ink tank error. Ink Tank Ink tank ID error ①Replace the
to Press OK and Replace BK The type of ink tank is wrong. tank.
254C replace ink tank. Ink Tank Error ②Failure of
Wrong ink tank. Repl. Ink Tank remaining ink
Replace ink tank. detection
system.
(Replace the
supply unit
/check the
bundled wires.)
Wrong ink tank. 40:Bk, 41:Y, 42:M, 43:C, 44:PM, 45:PC, 46:MBk1,
Press OK and 47:MBk2, 48:GY, 49:PGY, 4A:R, 4B:B, 4C:G
replace ink tank.
2560 Ink tank error. Ink Tank Ink tank EEPROM error ①Replace the
to Press OK and Replace BK There is an error in tank EEPROM. tank.
256C replace ink tank. Ink Tank Error ②Failure of
Repl. Ink Tank remaining ink
detection
system.
(Replace the
supply unit
/check the
bundled wires.)
60:Bk, 61:Y, 62:M, 63:C, 64:PM, 65:PC, 66:MBk1, 67:MBk2,
68:GY, 69:PGY, 6A:R, 6B:B, 6C:G
2570 Ink insufficient. Ink tank short on ink ①Replace the
to Press OK and A suction operation was attempted, but tank.
257C replace ink tank. there is not enough ink left in the tank for the ②Failure of
operation (iPF8000 series, iPF9000 series). remaining ink
detection
system.
(Replace the
supply unit
/check the
bundled wires.)
Reference)
About 5 mL to 40 mL of ink may have been left in the tank when
this warning occurs.
78:GY, 79:PGY, 7A:R, 7B:B, 7C:G
2580 Ink insufficient. Not Enough Ink Ink tank short on ink ①Replace the ink.
to Press OK and ↓↓↓ ↓↓↓ A suction operation was attempted, but there ②Failure of
258C replace ink tank. Replace ink tank is not enough ink left in the tank for the remaining ink
Ink insufficient. orOnline to prnt operation. detection
Replace ink tank. (In the small LCD, the arrow ↓ points to the system.
color in question.) (Replace the
supply unit
/check the
bundled wires.)
Reference)
88:GY, 89:PGY, 8A:R, 8B:B, 8C:G
2-22

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2590 Ink insufficient. Not Enough Ink Ink tank short on ink ①Replace the ink.
to Press OK and ↓ A print operation was attempted, but there is ②Failure of
259C replace ink tank. Replace ink tank not enough ink left in the tank for the remaining ink
(*1) Ink insufficient. orOnline to prnt operation. detection
Replace ink tank. (In the small LCD, the arrow ↓ points to the system.
color in question.) (Replace the
supply unit
/check the
bundled wires.)
Reference)
98:GY, 99:PGY, 9A:R, 9B:B, 9C:G
*1)259C: 03810208-259C
259C Ink insufficient. Ink insufficientPress Ink insufficient in inktank. ①Replace inktank
(*2) Press OK and ↓key. The amount of ink left in the inktank is ②Failure of
to replace ink tank. Replace inktank or start insufficient for printing. (In the small LCD, detecting the ink
25A8 printing online. the arrow ↓ points to the correspondence amount left in the
color.) inktank.
supply unit
(confirm
replacement/harne
ss)
Ink insufficient. Reference)
Press OK and There are the cases that about 5ml to 40ml ink is left in a inktank at
replace ink tank. warning occurs.
9C:Bk、9D:C、9E:M、9F:Y、A0:PC、A1:PM、A2:MBk1、A3:MBk2、
A4:GY、A5:PGY、A6:R、A7:G、A8:B
*2)259C: 03810104-259C
25B7 Close the ink tank The remaining ink falls below the pin check Close the ink tank
cover. Unable to level while ink tank cover is open. cover.
detect ink level
correctly. Note) It does not
recover if the
Unable to detect ink cover is open
level correctly. when replacing the
ink tank with a
valid one.
If removing the ink

tank with lower ink
remains (LIR) than
Supply Pin in this
situation, an error
is detected.
Also when keeping
printing in this
situation, if empty
subtank
corresponding to
the ink tank with
LIR is detected,
the error shifts
from ink tank with
LIR to empty
subtank.
2-23

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
260E Hardware error. Power On Gap detection failure ①Check to see if
03130031-260E Again Carriage gap calibration has not been the
Gap Detect Err carried out, or gap detection is disabled by multisensor
Turn off printer, corrupt calibration data. reference
wait, then plate (white
turn on again. patch for batch
correction) is
not soiled and
perform GAP
CALIB (if
soiled, adjust
the part after
replacing it).
②Replace the
multisensor
and perform
GAP CALIB.
③Replace the
carriage unit
and perform
GAP CALIB.
260F Gap error. Power On Gap reference plane error Check the
Again Request to replace an abnormal reference multisensor
Turn off printer. Gap Error plane sheet (only in Service mode). reference plate
(for soiling and
faulty mounting).
Go to Flow 1 in
*2010 (P3-12)
2618 Hardware error. Vh voltage error Go to ⑩ (all
03130031-2618 nozzles on a
single- or
Turn off printer, double-head
wait, then model not
turn on again. discharging) in
*T02(P4-5).
2-24

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2800 No printhead Printhead Printhead [X] non-existing ①Check the
Install printhead. Please Check status of the
No Printhead head mounted.
Check Printhead ②Mount the long
flexible cable
and check the
status of the
cable being
locked.
［X］： Double-head model : The R-head does not exist.
Single-head model: The head does not exit.
2801 Printhead error Printhead Printhead [X] DI correction failure Replace the head.
Open top cover and Please Replace
replace the Printhead Error ［X］： Double-head model: R head DI correction failure
printhead. Replace Printhd Single-head model: Head DI correction failure
2802 Printhead error Printhead An invalid printhead has been mounted in [X]. Replace with a
Open top cover and Please Replace valid head.
replace the Printhead Error (An error has
printhead. Replace Printhd occurred but the
head itself is not
damaged, so
communication
has been
maintained
properly.)
［X］： Double-head model: Invalid head mounted on the R-side
Single-head model: Invalid head mounted
2803 Printhead error Printhead Printhead [X] EEPROM error Replace the head.
Open top cover and Please Replace
replace the Printhead Error
printhead. Replace Printhd
［X］： Double-head model: R head EEPROM error
Single-head model: Head EEPROM error
2804 PHeads: wrong pos. Printhead Heads mounted in L/R opposite positions Replace with a
Open top cover and Check Printhead L head is mounted on R side. valid head. (An
check the L/R Heads Revrsd error has occurred
printhead positions. Check Printheads but the head itself
is not damaged,
so
communication
has been
maintained
properly.)
The L/R heads
cannot be
interchanged.
2-25

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2805 Printhead error. The specified time has been passed in lower ①Acclimate to
Open top cover and printhead temperature than the specified room temperature.
replace the temperature. ②Replace the
printhead. printhead.
③Replace the
main board.
④Replace the CR
board.
2807 PHeads: wrong pos. Printhead Head mounted in L/R opposite positions. Replace with a
Open top cover and Check Printhead R head is mounted on L side. valid head. (An
check the L/R Heads Revrsd error has occurred
printhead positions. Check Printheads but the head itself
is not damaged,
so
communication
has been
maintained
properly.)
The L/R heads
cannot be
interchanged.
2808 No left printhead Printhead Left Printhead L non-existing ①Check the
Install left Chk L Printhead status of the
printhead. No Left Printhd head mounted.
Chk L Printhead ②Mount the long
flexible cable
and check the
status of the
cable being
locked.
2809 Left printhead Printhead Left Printhead L DI correction failure Replace the
error Replace Printhd head.
Open top cover and Left Printhd Err
replace the left Replace Printhd
printhead.
280A Left printhead Printhead Left Invalid printhead L has been mounted. Replace with a
error Replace Printhd valid head.
Open top cover and Left Printhd Err (An error has
replace the left Replace Printhd occurred but the
printhead. head itself is not
damaged, so
communication
has been
maintained
properly.)
280B Left printhead Printhead Left Printhead L EEPROM error Replace the
error Replace Printhd head.
Open top cover and Left Printhd Err
replace the left Replace Printhd
printhead.
2-26

Code
(*: Reference fault
(last 4 Small LCD Explanation/Detection sequence
Large LCD isolation procedure
digits)
or tool)
280C PHead needs Printhead (R) Head R non-ejection warning (Check ①Check image
280D cleaning. Check Nozzles printhead) Printing paused/ continued quality. (Unless
280E Press Online to Online Key printing allowed there are
clear error. Press To Print problems with
The printhead The level of error is decided as shown in the the image
requires cleaning. table below, based on the number of quality, there is
The printhead non-ejecting nozzles per color (per chip) and no need to
requires cleaning. the number of nozzles unable to back up. replace the
Online=Print head.)
Stop=Stop Printing Depending on the firmware version, the ②Replace the
Execute printhead specifications vary as shown in the table head.
cleaning. If this below. *If the problem
message is still persists, go to
displayed, replace 2F2F (P3-5).
the printhead.
■Initial firmware
No. of nozzles impossible to back up
Less than 30 30 or over
more than 0, less than 100 --- Check printout
No. of non-ejecting nozzles
more than 100, less than 200 --- Check head
1 color (per chip)
200 or over Check head Check head
■Running change firmware

The specifications have been changed from the versions shown below.
iPF500/600/5000/700: Ver.1.33 iPF510/610/710/8000/9000: Ver.1.36
iPF8100/9100/8000S/9000S: Ver.1.37 iPF810/820/6000S: Ver.1.03
iPF605/6200: Ver.1.02 iPF5100/6100: Ver.1.38 iPF720:Ver.1.10
You can choose A: (default setting) or B: (if you want to use automatic stop） from Service mode.
No. of non-ejecting
more than 0, less than 320 ---
A: (default setting) nozzles
1 color (per chip) 320 or over Head replacement
B: (If you want to less than 30 30 or over
use automatic No. of non-ejecting more than 0, less than 100 --- Check printout
stop) nozzles more than 100, less than 320 --- Check head
1 color (per chip） 320 or over Replace head Replace head
■iPF650/750 series, iPF6300/6350/8300 and later model

You can choose A: (default setting) or B: (if you want to use automatic stop) from User mode.
No. of non-ejecting
more than 0, less than 320 ---
A (Default setting) nozzles
1 color (per chip) 320 or over
B (if you want to less than 30 30 or over
use automatic No. of non-ejecting more than 0, less than 100 --- Check printout
stop) nozzles more than 100, less than 320 --- Check head
1 color (per chip) 320 or over Replace head Replace head
Error code Applicable printhead

1010 LR or single-head model
Check printout 1012 R head
1013 L head
280C LR or single-head model
Check head 280D R
280E L
2827 LR or single-head model
Replace head 2828 R
2829 L
2-27

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2811 Printhead Printhead Replace Incompatible printhead version Replace with a
error Printhd valid head.
Open top cover and Printhd Err (An error has
Wrong printhead. damaged, so
communication
Open top cover and has been
replace the maintained
printhead. properly.)
2812 Right printhead Printhead Right Incompatible printhead R version Replace with a
Open top cover and Right Printhd Err (An error has
replace the right Replace Printhd occurred but the
damaged, so
communication
has been
maintained
properly.)
2813 Left printhead Printhead Left Incompatible printhead L version Replace with a
Open top cover and Left Printhd Err (An error has
damaged, so
communication
has been
maintained
properly.)
2816 Maintenance Maint Cartridge Maintenance cartridge EEPROM error Replace the
cartridge problem. Replace Cart Communication is enabled but the maintenance
Maint Cart Error information is corrupted. cartridge.
Replace Replace Cart
the maintenance
cartridge.
Maintenance
cartridge problem.
Hold base of maint
cart firmly. Keep it
level during removal
2817 Maintenance Maint Cartridge Maintenance cartridge ID error Replace the
cartridge problem. Replace Cart A maintenance cartridge for another model maintenance
Maint Cart Error has been mounted. cartridge.
Replace Replace Cart (The
the maintenance maintenance
cartridge. cartridge was
Wrong maintenance capable of normal
cartridge. communication
Hold base of maint when the error
cart firmly. Keep it occurred.)
2-28

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2818 No maintenance Maint Cartridge Maintenance cartridge not found Remove and
cartridge. Load Cartridge Cannot communicate, or cannot detect a reinstall, or
No Maint Cart maintenance cartridge. replace the
Check Load Cartridge maintenance
the maintenance cartridge.
cartridge.
Insert new maint
cart and push in
fully
2819 Maintenance Maint Cartridge Maintenance cartridge full Replace the
cartridge full. Replace Cart Maintenance cartridge full is detected from maintenance
Maint Cart Error the dot count and the usage period (drying cartridge.
Replace Replace Cart time).
the maintenance
cartridge.
Maintenance
cartridge full.
Reference) The absorber may appear whitish or weigh light,
Hold base of maint
depending on the usage conditions.
cart firmly. Keep it
The presence of a maintenance cartridge is detected at the following timings:
①Before printing/during printing (twice per second)/at the end of printing/ between pages
②Before a recovery operation/during a recovery operation (twice per second)/before opening of the ink supply valve
③When the cartridge is removed and inserted following the occurrence of an error or warning.

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
281A Prepare for MTCart Full Soon Maintenance cartridge near-full (continued Prepare a
maint cart usage allowed) maintenance
replacement. Near-full has been detected from the dot cartridge.
count and the usage period (drying time).
281B No Maint Cartridge The maintenance cartridge before cleaning Replace the
MaintenanceCartri Replace Cart does not have an enough capacity maintenance
dge capacity. Maint Cart Error (reusable). cartridge.
Replacethe Replace Cart Near-full has been detected from the dot The maintenance
maintenancecartrid count and the usage period (drying time). cartridge can be
ge. put to reuse after
No the end of
MaintenanceCartrid cleaning.
ge capacity.
Hold base of maint Reference) The absorber may appear whitish or weigh light,
cart firmly. Keep it depending on the usage conditions.
2820 Cannot adjust Online Key Head registration unadjustable Check the nozzle
printhead. and recalibrate The adjustment value has gone out of check pattern
Printhd Adj Err bounds during automatic head adjustment. and, if it is found
Press Online to Please Readjust in error, go to
clear the error *2F2F (P3-5).
and readjust If the nozzle
printhead. check pattern is
found normal, go
to Flow 1 in
*2010 (P3-12).
2-29

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2821 Cannot adjust Online Key LF unadjustable ①Adjustment is
band. and recalibrate A detected value has gone out of bounds not possible
Band Adj Error while performing automatic band with
Press Online to Please Readjust adjustment. transparent/se
clear the error mi-transparent
and readjust paper.
the band. Replace with
paper having
Cannot adjust similar
paper feed. substrate and
perform
Press OK to clear automatic band
the error and adjustment or
readjust printhead. manual
adjustment.
②Make detailed
band
adjustment
(automatic).
③Check the
nozzle check
pattern and, if it
is found in error,
go to *2F2F
(P3-6).
If the nozzle
check pattern is
found normal,
check ④
below and go to
Flow 1 in *2010
(P3-12).
④Initialize the
system
settings/paper
preferences
and then add
additional paper
and perform
automatic band
adjustment
(detailed). If the
paper
preferences are
initialized, all
the paper
setting would
be reset to their
factory defaults.
2822 Cannot adjust OnlineKey: Press Eccentricity uncorrectable (which does not ①Check the
eccentric. To Clear Error occur when in User mode) paper type:
Eccent Adj Error A detected value has gone out of bounds Replace with
Press Online to while making adjustment. photo glossy
clear the error. paper (UF120).
②Check the
Cannot adjust paper for
eccentric. soiling, tear and
other defects.
Having run LF
tuning, update
the additional
paper.
The presence of a maintenance cartridge is detected at the following timings:
①Before printing/during printing (twice per second)/at the end of printing/ between pages
②Before a recovery operation/during a recovery operation (twice per second)/before opening of the ink supply valve
③When the cartridge is removed and inserted following the occurrence of an error or warning.
2-30

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2823 Hardware error. Power On Head check error Go to *2F2F
03010000-2823 Again (P3-5).
Invalid Head Chk
Turn off printer,
wait, then
turn on again.
2824 Cannot adjust OnlineKey: Press Optical axis unadjustable (which does not Check the paper
optic axis. To Clear Error occur when in User mode) (paper type
Optic Axis Adj An adjustment pattern has not been printed. check).
Press Online to Error The optical axis deviates from the correct Run a nozzle
clear the error. position by ±3 mm or more. check and, if a
Cannot adjust fault is detected,
optic axis. go to *2F2F
(P3-5).
If no fault is
detected, go to
Flow 1 in *2010
(P3-12).
2825 This type of media Paper type not compatible with HP-GL/2 has Check the paper.
is not compatible been specified.
with HP-GL/2.
2826 LFNG XXX XXX When executing LF unevenness auto Check the paper.
XXX XXX diagnostic processing, the multisensor read Check the
press OK key (XXXX value has gone outside the predefined scope multisensor.
is a measured (Service mode only). Check the
value.) multisensor in
Flow 1 in
*200C(P3-8).
2827 Execute printhead Printhead non-discharge error ①Execute
2828 cleaning. If this (Replace printhead/ continued printing not cleaning.
2829 message is still allowed) ②Replace
displayed, replace printhead.
Printhead. At start of printing the number of non-ejecting If the problem
Execute printhead nozzles is more than 320 per color (1 chip). persists, go to
cleaning. If this 2827: Both L and R, or single printhead *2F2F (P3-5）.
message is still model
displayed, replace 2828: R printhead
Printhead. 2829: L printhead
Stop:Stop Printing
Execute printhead * For the detailed head non-ejection errors,
cleaning. If this
see section 280C.
message is still
displayed, replace (If Setting of SERVICE MODE ＞ SETTING
printhead . ＞HEAD WARNING is off, the error code is
Printing stopped.
280E.)
[OK]
2-31
Code Panel display Remedial Action

(last 4 Explanation/Detection sequence (*: Reference fault isolation
Large LCD Small LCD
digits) procedure or tool)
282A CR MOTOR TUNING Carriage motor identification processing Error is cleared by OK
ERROR :PRESS OK (rotation adjustment) failed (for Service button.
mode) ①Check installation of
carriage or carriage
belt.
②Clean the carriage
main rail (Do not oil
it.)
③Replace the carriage
motor.
282B CR VIBRATION When processing carriage motor Error is cleared by OK
ERROR :PRESS OK identification (rotation adjustment), button.
carriage vibration has been detected ①Check installation of
(for Service mode). carriage or carriage
belt.
②Clean the carriage
main rail (Do not oil
it.)
③Replace the carriage
motor.
282D Left printhead Printhead error detected (L head only). After restarting, replace
error. Displayed when an abnormal the printhead L.
temperature rise of printhead has been
Turn off printer, detected to prompt you to restart.
wait, then
turn on again.
282E !Printhead error Temperature rising detected by ① Replace the
Turn off printer, particular ink pre-injection before printhead.
wait, then printing was judged abnormal. ② Replace the main
turn on again. board.
2830 Left printhead Printhead error detected (L head only). Replace the printhead
error. Displayed when restarting after L.
detection of error 282D to prompt you to
Open top cover and replace printhead L.
replace the left
printhead.
2832 Printhead VH leak detection error of Right iPF6300/6400 Series
error. printhead or of a single printhead, in iPF8300/8400/9400
case of VH exceeds rated value or falls Series
Open top cover and below the rated value. Replace printhead.
replace the
printhead.
Right printhead
error.
Open top cover and

replace the right
printhead.
2833 Left printhead VH leak detection error of Left
error. printhead, in case of VH exceeds rated
value or falls below the rated value.
Open top cover and
replace the left
printhead.
2834 !Unknown printhead. Printhead contact failure is detected ①Remove and reinstall
Open top cover and after the the printhead.
re-install printhead. printhead installation. ②Replace the
printhead.
③Replace the CR unit.
④Replace the main
board.
2901 Mail box The available size of the permanent Reorganize data.
nearly full. area of the hard disk space has fallen
Delete unwanted data to less than 1 GB.
2902 Mail box full. The hard disk has run out of free Reorganize data.
Now printing space, disabling copy printing or error
without saving data. recovery.
2-32

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2905 Mail box full. A job save has been executed when the Reorganize data.
Delete unwanted available size of the permanent area of the
data hard disk space was lost.
on your computer Cancel the job.
to resume printing.
Press Stop
to cancel printing.
The mail box
is full.
Delete unwanted
data
from your computer
to continue.
2906 Mail box full. The 101st job has been received when 100 Reorganize data.
Cannot save. Delete jobs are already saved in the permanent area
unwanted data on of the hard disk space.
your computer to
resume printing.
Press Stop to cancel
printing.
Too many jobs for
mail box.
Delete unwanted
data
from your computer
to continue.
2907 Mail box full. 100 jobs are already saved in the permanent Reorganize data.
Delete unwanted area of the hard disk space （Warning）.
data
Maximum jobs
stored. Delete
unwanted data.
2908 Hard disk error. HDD format error ①Format as
instructed by
Press OK to the on-panel
reformat message.
Hard disk error. ②Replace the
Press OK to format HDD.
HDD and restart the
printer (Takes 40
min). This deletes
all HDD data.
(cannot be canceled)
Hard disk error.
Will format HDD and
restart the printer
(Takes 40 min). This
deletes all HDD data
(cannot be canceled)
2-33

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2909 File read error. HDD file error Restart the
printer.
Turn off printer, (The file in error
wait a while, and is deleted, but
turn it on again. the printer will
Invalid files recover normally
will be deleted. when it is
restarted.)
290A Hardware error. HDD not connected. Connect the HDD/
03130031-290A HDD was not detected at startup. Check the
Turn off printer, harness.
wait, then Replace the HDD.
turn on again.
2918 Power On Cassette detection sensor detection failure ①Check to see if
Again (cassette presence/absence sensor) the cassette
Cassette Sensor No cassette has been detected during itself is
Detection Error cassette pickup. properly
loaded.
②Check and
replace sensor
(IO mode).
291A Roll sensor Power On Roll sensor detection failure ①Check the roll
cannot detect. Again Could not detect the roll unit. unit, and
Roll Sensor remove, install
Turn on printer Detection Error or replace the
again. roll unit.
②Check IO
mode (roll unit
detection).
291B Hardware error. Power On Lift shift timeout ①Switch off the
03130031-291B Again A lift operation has been executed, but no printer, then
Lift Motion sensor has been detected or a sensor has back on.
Turn off printer, Timeout remained detected. ②The carriage
wait, then cannot travel
turn on again. to the lift drive
position.
③The lift drive
cam is not
engaged.
④Faulty lift drive
sensor
⑤Faulty lift drive
motor
Go to
*4027(P3-22).
291D Hardware error. Power On Spur cam sensor detection failure Check the spur
03130031-291D Again cam sensor in IO
Hardware Err 1 mode.
Turn off printer, 03130031-291D ・If OK, check the
wait, then lifter drive
turn on again. system.
・If NG, replace
the sensor.
2-34

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2920 Media Take-up Cannot take up paper ①Check to see if
error. An error check has been made on paper the rewinder is
after the paper had been fed 1850 mm, but switched on
Check the paper. the media take-up unit was not driven at all with the lock
Press Online to in that interval (up to about 3700 mm [when lever down.
clear error. run immediately after the start of detection]). ②Check the
Media Take-up connection
error. between the
main unit and
Check the paper. the media
take-up unit.
③Check to see if
the wait roller
is properly set.
④Check to see if
the media
take-up
detection
sensor is
shielded by
paper when it
is presented.
⑤Faulty media
take-up
detection
sensor
⑥Faulty Media
take-up motor
Media take-up unit Rewinder use has been set to [Do not use] at Press the [Online]
ready. the start of printing when the rewinder is button to set the
active. rewinder use
Online: Print The rewinder settings are checked only when setting to force
Stop: Stop Printing executing external printing. [Use] and print.
2921 Rewinding error. Continued rewinding error ①Check to see if
Check for jam at The media take-up unit has continued any obstacle is
indicated position. rewinding for 10 seconds, with the media placed at the
Press Online to take-up detection sensor turned on, at printer media take-up
clear error. power-on and at the start of printing. detection
sensor
position.
②Faulty media
take-up
detection
sensor
③Faulty take-up
button
④Faulty media
take-up motor
2E00 Load Roll Media Paper mismatch (roll paper) Load roll paper.
No roll paper have been fed when a job with
a roll paper specification is received.
2E01 Roll printing Roll Selected Paper mismatch (roll paper) Load roll paper.
is selected. Load Roll Roll Paper have not been fed when an
internal print job having a roll paper
Press Load/Eject specification started (during internal
and load a roll. printing).
Roll printing
is selected.
2-35

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2E02 Sheet printing Sheets Selected Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Load cut sheet.
is selected. Load Sheets No cassette paper has been loaded when
Press Load/Eject received.
and load sheets.
Manual printing
is selected.
Top paper feed
slot is selected.
Press OK and
load a sheet.
Top paper feed
slot is selected.
Press Load/Eject
and
load a sheet.
Front paper feed
slot is selected.
Press OK and
load a sheet.
Front paper feed
slot is selected.
Press Load/Eject
and
load a sheet.
2E03 Load Papr in Cas Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Feed paper as
Press Online. Not cut sheet have been loaded in cassettes instructed by the
when data having a cassette specification is on-screen
received. guidance.
2E04 Manual(Front) Load Front Tray Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Feed paper
Load Paper No manually fed paper has been fed when a manually from the
Stop Printing job having a front paper feed specification is front as instructed
received. by the on-screen
guidance.
2E05 Manual(Top) Load Top Tray Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Feed paper
Load Paper No manually fed paper has been fed when a manually from the
Stop Printing job having a top paper feed specification is top as instructed
received. by the on-screen
guidance.
Sheet printing Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Load cut sheet.
is selected. Not cut sheet have been loaded in cassettes
when data having a cassette specification is
received.(When paper type/ size is not
determined)
2-36

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2E08 Wrong paper size. PaprSiz Mismatch Paper mismatch (size) (roll paper) Check the paper
Check paper size Prnt:PressOnline The width of data and that of the actually that is actually
setting on computer. Loaded Papr Diff loaded paper do not match. loaded on the
From Spfd Size printer and the
Online: Print paper size setting
Stop: Stop Printing of the driver.
Wrong paper size. Driver: Chk Papr Go to *2010
Check paper size Size Setting (P3-12).
setting in driver. Loaded Papr Diff
From Spfd Size
Online: Print
Stop: Stop Printing
PaprWidth Mismatch
2E09 Insufficient paper for Roll Paper Short on roll paper Replace the roll
job Please Replace All of the following conditions have been met paper.
Paper Level Low at the start of printing:
Online: Print Replace Paper ・[ON] has been selected for [Remaining Roll
Stop: Stop Printing Paper Detection].
Load/Eject: Change ・Among the paper size settings coded in the
Paper print data, the paper length exceeds the
remaining length of roll paper.
2E0A Roll printing is Sheets Loaded Paper mismatch (roll paper) Check the paper
selected, but sheets Press ↓ To Eject Print data having a roll paper print that is actually
are loaded. Roll Selected specification has been received at the loaded on the
Load Roll completion of manual feed paper pickup. paper and the
Press Load/Eject paper feed
and setting of the
remove the sheets. driver.
Roll printing is
selected, but manual
paper is loaded.
Roll printing is
selected, but sheets
are loaded.
Press OK,
remove the sheets,
and load a roll.
Roll printing is
are loaded.
OK:Eject Sheets
Stop:Stop Printing
Roll printing is
are loaded.
2-37

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2E0B Cassette printing Sheets Loaded Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Check the paper
is selected. Press ↓ To Eject Print data having a cassette print that is actually
Cassette Selectd specification has been received at the loaded on the
Press Load/Eject Load Papr in Cas completion of manual feed paper pickup. paper and the
and paper feed
remove manually setting of the
loaded sheets. driver.
2E0C Manual printing Tray Selected Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Check the paper
is selected, but a Press OK 1)Print data having a manual feed print that is actually
roll is loaded. specification has been received at the loaded on the
completion of roll paper pickup. paper and the
Press Load/Eject 2)Print data having a manual feed print paper feed setting
and specification has been received when of the driver.
remove the roll. there is roll paper printout.
Sheet printing 3)Cut sheet data has been received when the
is selected, but media take-up unit is in use.
a roll is loaded.
Stop Printing
Sheet printing
is selected, but
a roll is loaded.
2E0E No Roll Feed Unit. Roll P Unit Roll paper unit not installed ①Check the roll
Please Check The unit has received print data having a roll unit, and
Turn printer off Power On paper print specification when it had started remove, install
and install roll Again without a roll unit being connected to it. or replace the
feed unit. roll unit.
②Check IO mode
(roll unit
detection).
2E0F Top cover is open. Top Cover The top cover is abnormally open. Check the cover.
Please Close Check the sensor
Turn off printer, Top Cover Open (IO mode).
wait a while, and Close Top Cover
turn it on again.
2E10 Ink tank cover Ink Tank Cover Ink tank cover error open (continued use Close the ink tank
is open. Close Please allowed) cover.
Tank Cover Open The ink tank cover opened while performing Check the sensor
Turn off printer, Close Please any operation, such as printing and (IO mode).
wait a while, and suctioning.
turn it on again.
2E11 Carriage Cover is Carriage cover open error Close the
open. A carriage cover open has been detected. carriage cover.
Check the sensor
(IO mode).
2E12 Rel lever is in Faulty release lever Push down the
wrong position. The state of the release lever up (released) release lever.
Turn off printer, has been detected. Check the
wait, then sensor.
turn on again.
2E14 Wrong paper size. PaprSiz Mismatch Paper mismatch (size or width) Check the paper
Check paper size Prnt:PressOnline The paper size specified for the [Print to that is actually
setting on computer. Loaded Papr Diff meet the paper width] setting of the driver on loaded on the
From Spfd Size receiving print data and the width of the roll printer and the
Online: Print paper actually fed did not match. paper size setting
Stop: Stop Printing of the driver.
Wrong paper size. Driver: Chk Papr Go to *2010
Check paper size Size Setting （P3-12）
setting in driver. Loaded Papr Diff
From Spfd Size
Online: Print
Stop: Stop Printing
2-38

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2E15 Wrong paper type. Paper mismatch Paper mismatch (type) (on adjustment) Equalize the
Press↓ To Replace The second and subsequent sheets of paper types for
Stop: Stop Printing paper have been fed as a paper type the first and
Load/Eject: different from the first sheet when LF second sheets
Change adjustment was made with cut sheet. with each other in
Paper adjustment
Wrong paper type. Loaded Paper printing.
Check Type
Replace paper Switch Paper
in cassette. In Cassette
Wrong paper type. Loaded Paper
Lift the release Check Type
lever and reload Press ↓ Key
the paper. and Reload
Stop: Stop Printing

Wrong paper type.
Lift the release
lever and reload
the paper.
Wrong paper type.
Lift the release
lever and reload
the paper.
Paper mismatch
Make sure media
type
and paper size
match
for the adjustment
print.
Wrong paper type. Driver: Chk Papr Paper mismatch (type) Check the paper
Check paper type Type Setting At the start of printing, paper type specified in that is actually
setting in driver. Chk Paper Type the job and the type of paper actually loaded loaded on the
Press Online do not match, and [Stop] has been selected printer and the
Online: Print for [Paper Mismatch Detection]. driver paper type
Stop: Stop Printing setting.
Wrong paper type. PaprTyp Mismatch
This type of media Prnt:PressOnline
is not compatible
with HP-GL/2.
Wrong paper feed Paper Feed Slot Paper mismatch (type) Check the feeder
slot for this paper SpcfdPapr NotFit A paper type that cannot be fed from the slot/cassette
type. Press ↓ Key specified feeder slot has been specified. pick-up setting.
and Reload
Press Load/Eject
and reload the
paper.
Wrong paper feed
slot for this paper
type.
2-39

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2E16 Wrong paper type. Paper Mismatch Paper mismatch (type) Check the paper
Check paper type Prnt:PressOnline The data type defined in the data and the that is actually
setting on computer. Check Paper type of actually loaded paper do not match. loaded on the
Press Online Following the transmission of data in the printer and the
Online: Print GARO format, all of the following conditions driver paper type
Stop: Stop Printing have been met at the start of printing: setting.
Wrong paper type ・The paper type that has been set in the job
and size. Check and the type of actually fed paper do not
paper type and size match.
setting on computer. ・[Stop] has been selected for [Paper
Online: Print Mismatch Detection].
Stop: Stop Printing
Wrong paper type
and size. Check
paper type and size
setting in driver.
Online: Print
Stop: Stop Printing
2E17 No cassette Cassette Cassette not installed ①Check to see if
detected. Undetected the cassette
Check the cassette. Check Cassette itself is
Press Online properly
loaded.
②Check and
replace sensor
(IO mode).
2E18 Cannot load. Remove paper Paper not fed as far as the platen Go to *2E27
Press Load/Eject Cannot Feed (P3-14).
paper.
2E19 Cannot load. Remove paper Feeding error ①Refeed the
Press Load/Eject Cannot Feed LF out of synchronization for cut sheet paper.
and reload the Press ↑ Key ②*Go to 2E27
paper. (P3-14).
2E1A Cannot load. Remove paper Feeding error ①Refeed the
Press Load/Eject Cannot Feed LF out of synchronization for cut sheet paper.
and reload the Press ↑ Key ②*Go to 2E27
paper. (P3-14).
2E1B The roll is empty. Roll Paper No roll paper available (trailing edge of roll ①Replace the roll
Load/Eject: Please Replace paper detected) paper.
Change Paper Paper Not Loaded ・Trailing edge of paper has been detected ②Check paper
The roll is empty. Press ↑ Key by paper sensor in a roll paper operation. sensor R (IO
Lift the release ・LF out of synchronization on roll paper. mode).
lever and replace (Detected the spool no longer rotating.) ③Is the paper fed
the roll. successfully
The roll is empty. (under a
The roll is empty. negative load
Lift the release or any other
lever and replace influence)?
the roll.
Out of roll paper.
Push the release
lever back, then
replace the roll.
2-40

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2E1C Paper jam. Paper Jam Jam while ejecting paper ①Open and
Press Load/Eject Press ↑ Key (A sequence of removing jams with the close the
and reload the pinch roller released is required) release lever to
paper. A jam has been detected while ejecting reload the
paper. paper.
②Remove the
paper once and
then refeed it.
*Go to 2E27
(P3-14).
2E1D Cannot load. Remove paper Feeding error Refeed the paper.
Press Load/Eject Cannot Feed LF out of synchronization for cut sheet *Go to 2E27
and reload the Press ↑ Key (P3-14).
paper.
2E1F Cannot print Paper Mismatch Paper mismatch (size) Check the paper
as specified. ReplcPap:Press↓ The second and subsequent sheets of that is actually
Press Load/Eject paper have been fed as a paper size loaded on the
and replace paper different from the first sheet when printer and the
with [XXX x YYY] adjustment was made with cut sheet. paper size setting
(vertical) or larger of the driver.
Cannot print as Need XXX Vertical The paper size setting in effect at the start of Go to *2010
specified. Press or Larger an internal print session has fallen below the (P3-12).
Load/Eject and Press ↓ Key minimum size specified for that internal print
replace roll with 10 and Reload session.
in. wide or larger
roll. [XXX x YYY]: Required minimum size
Cannot print as
specified. Lift the The second and subsequent sheets of paper
release lever and
replace paper with have been fed as a paper size different from
[ XXX ] (vertical) or the first sheet when adjustment was made
larger. with cut sheet.
Cannot print ［XXX x YYY］: Required minimum size
as specified.
Lift the release
lever and replace
roll with 10 in.
wide or larger roll
Cannot print
as specified.
Replace paper with
[XXX] (vertical)
or larger.
The paper is too
small. Replace
paper
with [XXX] (vertical)
or larger.
The paper is too
small. Replace roll
with 10 in. wide or
larger roll.
Cannot print as
specified. Lift the
release lever and
replace paper with
[XXX] (vertical) or
larger.
Cannot print as
specified. Lift the
release lever and
replace roll with 10
in. wide or larger roll.
2-41

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2E20 Wrong paper type. Paper mismatch (type) (on adjustment) Equalize the
Lift the release The second and subsequent sheets of paper types for
lever and reload paper have been fed as a paper type the first and
the paper. different from the first sheet when LF second sheets
adjustment was made from a cassette. with each other in
Stop: Stop Printing adjustment
Wrong paper. printing.
Lift the release
lever and replace
the paper.
Paper mismatch
Make sure media
type
and paper size
match
for the adjustment
print.
2E21 Hardware error. Power On IEEE1394 interface error ①Restart the
03130000-2E21 Again Any error has been detected while printer.
Turn off printer, IEEE 1394 Error initializing IEEE1394 at startup. ②Remove and
wait, then Restart Printer reinsert the
turn on again. PCB and then
restart the
printer.
③Replace the
IEEE1394
PCB.
2E22 Media Type not Media Check Paper mismatch (cut sheet) Check the
Stop: Stop Printing

2E23 Hardware error. Power On Cutter unit failure ①Remove paper
03130031-2E23 Again At startup or completion of paper jam slip (foreign
Turn off printer, Hardware Err 1 handling, when attempting to get the cutter matter) attached
wait, then 03130031-2E23 which is in other position than HP back to HP, to the cutter
turn on again. the home position sensor timed out without home position
response. sensor.
②Check the cutter
driving circuit and
the cutter unit.
When FU3902
blows out on
PF510/5100/610,
・replace the main
board
When FU2802
blows out on
iPF6300 series/
6400 series
・replace the main
board
2E24 Roll feed unit err Power On Faulty roll paper unit Check the roll
Turn off printer and Again Failed to detect the cam in the roll unit while cam sensor (IO
check roll feed unit Roll Feed Unit no paper was loaded. mode).
Error
2E25 Cannot detect papr Can't DetectPapr Jam while picking up, ejecting or printing on *Go to 2E25
Remove paper and paper (JAM2) (P3-15).
press Load/Eject. Remove Paper
Press Online
Cannot feed paper. Remove paper
Remove paper and Press Online
press Load/Eject.
Cannot detect papr After loading of roll paper or cut sheet was Go to *2E25
Remove paper and loaded successfully, PE sensor detected no （P3-15）.
press OK. paper (JAM2).
2-42

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
tool)
2E27 Cannot load. Remove paper Feeding error (nip release required) *Go to
Press Load/Eject Cannot Feed LF out of synchronization (LF motor 2E27(P3-14).
and reload the Press ↑ Key won’t rotate) has been detected.
paper.
Cannot feed paper
Lift the release
lever and reload
paper.
Cannot feed paper.
Reload the paper.
Paper jam. Paper Jam Jam while picking up, ejecting or ①Open and close
Press ↑ Key printing on paper the release lever
Press Load/Eject (A sequence of removing jams with to reload the
and reload the the pinch roller released is paper.
paper. required)(JAM1) ②Remove the
Paper jam. Lift Virtually all recovery errors that could paper once and
the release lever. occur in connection with paper pickup then refeed it.
Paper jam. are handled. *Go to
Push the release 2E27(P3-14).
lever back.
Paper jam.
Manually rewind roll
all the way.
Paper jam.
Manually rewind roll
all the way
and press OK.
2E30 The paper is Paper mismatch (size) Continued printing
too small. With [Pause] selected for [Paper allowed.
Mismatch Detection] in the menu Check driver setting
setting, paper size for the paper Replace with
loaded was smaller than the size appropriate paper.
specified by data.
2E31 Insufficient paper All of the following conditions have Replace the roll
for job been met at the start of external paper.
printing:
・[ON] has been selected for
[Remaining Roll Paper Detection].
・Among the paper size settings
coded in the print data, the paper
length exceeds the remaining
length of roll paper.
・Automatic roll feed to another roll
paper slot which is not the current
feeding path, out of the 2 slots the
printer has, is not available.
2E32 Insufficient paper All of the following conditions have Replace the roll
for job been met at the start of external paper.
printing:
・[ON] has been selected for
[Remaining Roll Paper Detection].
・Among the paper size settings
coded in the print data, the paper
length exceeds the remaining
length of roll paper.
・Automatic roll feed to another roll
paper slot which is not the current
feeding path, out of the 2 slots the
printer has, is not available.
2-43

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
tool)
2E33 Roll Paper Paper mismatch (roll paper) Load roll paper.
Load Roll Paper No roll paper has been fed when a job with ①Select “load a roll”
Stop Printing a roll paper specification is received. and follow instruction
Roll 1(Upper) Paper mismatch (roll paper) on the panel.
Press Load/Eject No roll paper has been fed when a job with ②Select “stop
and load a roll. a roll paper specification is received. printing,” or stop
When paper has not been loaded on either printing by pressing
upper or lower slot, and the feeding slot is stop button.
set to [Automatic] in the job setting, an error ③Release the release
of upper roll occurs. lever and load the
paper.
2E34 Roll 2 (Lower) Paper mismatch (roll paper) Load roll paper.
Press Load/Eject No roll paper has been fed when a job with
and load a roll. a roll paper specification is received.
When no paper has been loaded on either
upper or lower slot, and the feeding slot is
set to [Automatic] in the job setting, an error
of upper roll (2E33) occurs.
Roll 2 (Lower) Paper mismatch (roll paper)
is selected. No roll paper has been fed when a job with
Press Load/Eject a roll paper specification is received.
and load a roll. When no paper has been loaded on either
upper or lower slot, and the feeding slot is
set to [Automatic] in the job setting, an error
of upper roll (2E33) occurs.
* This is a message that appears when
paper type/ size specification does not exist
due to HPGL format etc.
2E35 Roll printing Paper mismatch (roll paper) Load roll paper.
is selected. No roll paper has been fed when performing
Roll printing internal printing.
is selected.
Press Load/Eject
and load a roll.
2E36 Roll printing Paper mismatch (roll paper) (lower) Load roll paper.
is selected. No roll paper was fed when internal printing
with the specified roll paper (lower) was
Press Load/Eject started.
and load a roll.
2E37 Roll printing Paper mismatch (roll paper) (Upper) Load roll paper.
is selected. No roll paper has been fed when a job with ①Select “load a roll”
roll paper specification is received. and follow instruction
Roll 1 (Upper) Paper mismatch (roll paper) on the panel.
is selected. No roll paper was fed when the job specified w②Select “stop
upper roll paper was received. printing,” or stop
Press Load/Eject printing by pressing
and load a roll. stop button.
③Release the release
lever and load the
paper. ③is only for
iPF800/8000/9000
series.)
2E38 Roll 2 (Lower) Paper mismatch (roll paper)(Lower) Load roll paper.
is selected. No roll paper has been fed when a job with
lower roll paper specification is received.
Press Load/Eject
and load a roll.
2E39 The Roll 2 (Lower) is No roll paper available (trailing edge of roll ①Replace the roll
empty. paper detected) paper
Lift the release ・Detected that cut sheet sized paper has ・Check paper sensor
lever and replace been fed at the roll paper feeding slot. R (IO mode).
the roll. ・The trailing edge of paper was detected ②Is the paper fed
by the PE sensor during operation in successfully
which roll paper was used. (under a negative
・The spool stopped rotating during paper load or any other
loading or printing influence)?
2-44

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
tool)
2E3A Roll1 jammed. During upper roll paper feeding operation, Manually rewind the
Manually rewind the the paper was fed with the roll feed sensor paper and reload. Go
roll all the way detecting the paper, but the LF_PE sensor to *2E25 (P3-15).
and press OK. could not detect the paper and the
Roll1 (Uppr) jammed. operation timed out.
Manually rewind the
roll all the way
and press OK.
2E3B Roll 2 (Lwr) jammed. During lower roll paper feeding operation, Manually rewind the
Manually rewind the the paper was fed with the roll feed sensor paper and reload. Go
roll all the way detecting the paper, but the LF_PE sensor to *2E25 (P3-15).
and press OK. could not detect the paper and the
operation timed out.
2E3C Paper jam. Lift During operations with cut sheet, the state Reload the paper. Go
the release lever. of the LF_PE sensor has become invalid. to *2E25 (P3-15).
2E3D Roll 1 (upper) jam During operations with upper roll paper, the Reload the paper. Go
Lift the release paper was fed with the roll paper detection to *2E25 (P3-15).
lever. sensor and the roll feeding sensor detecting
the paper, but the state of the LF_PE
sensor became invalid.
2E3E Roll 2 (lower) jam During operations with lower roll paper, the Reload the paper. Go
Lift the release paper was fed with the roll paper detection to *2E25 (P3-15).
lever. sensor and the roll feeding sensor detecting
the paper, but the state of the LF_PE
sensor became invalid.
2E3F Paper jam. Lift When either upper or lower roll paper is in Reload the paper. Go
the release lever. operation, the states of the roll paper to *2E25 (P3-15).
detection sensor, roll feeding sensor, and
LF_PE sensor became invalid.
2E40 Cannot print as Print data having lower roll paper Remove the printout
selected. Another specification has been received while upper of upper roll, and print
roll is in use. roll printout remains. again.
[Stop]: Stop printing
2E41 Cannot print as Print data having upper roll paper Remove the printout
selected. Another specification has been received while lower of lower roll, and print
roll is in use. roll printout remains. again.
[Stop]: Stop printing
2E42 MediaType Mismatch Paper mismatch (type/ restart printing of Continued printing
suspended job) allowed.
It occurs when all of the following conditions Replace with
are met: appropriate paper.
・[Stop] selected for [Paper Mismatch
Detection] in menu settings.
・[Change Paper] button was pressed for
suspended jobs from host.
・The paper type that has been set in the job
and the type of actually fed paper do not
match.
2E45 MediaType Mismatch Paper mismatch (type/ restart printing of Continued printing
suspended job) allowed.
It occurs when all of the following conditions Check the driver
are met: settings.
・[Stop] selected for [Paper Mismatch Replace with
Detection] in menu settings. appropriate paper.
・The paper width that has been set with
data and the paper width of actually fed
paper do not match.
2E47 Cutter Position Error Cut Failure Check
The cutter is not at home position when around the cutter unit.
restart from jam. Also paper feeding was
detected.
2F11 CR error Power On An operation order has been issued while Go to *2F26 (P3-3).
Call for Service. Again the carriage suffered a hardware error.
CR Error
2-45

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
tool)
2F12 LF error Power On LF error ①Replace the LF
Again ・An operation order has been received encoder sensor.
Call for Service. LF Error while the LF suffered a hardware error. ②Replace the LF
・The target position could not be motor.
reached within a predicted operation <Supplement>
time + 3 seconds during an LF ・If the carriage
operation. travels heavily near
・The sensor could not be detected the stop position, a
during an LF operation involving sensor mechanical load
detection. error may be
suspected.
・If any other
symptom is
observed, a feeding
sensor may be at
fault.
2F13 Hardware error. Power On A/D converter external trigger output Go to *2F13 (P3-1).
03130031-2F13 Again stop (Hardware error 1)
Turn off printer, Hardware Err 1
wait, then 03130031-2F13
turn on again.
2F14 Hardware error. Power On ASIC register not writable (Hardware Replace the main
03130031-2F14 Again error2) PCB.
Turn off printer, Hardware Err 2 Could not write to the ASIC register on
wait, then the main PCB.
turn on again.
2F16 Hardware error. Power On Mist fan error ①Check the bundled
03130031-2F16 Again The rotation of the mist fan is not wires in the mist
Turn off printer, Mist Fan Error detectable. fan drive circuit.
wait, then ②Replace the mist
turn on again. fan unit.
③Replace the main
board.
2F17 Hardware error. Power On Platen fan lock detection error ①Check the bundled
03130031-2F17 Again The lock signal has been supplied wires in the platen
Turn off printer, Platen Fan Lock continuously for 3 seconds or longer, 10 suction fan drive
wait, then seconds after the platen fan started circuit.
turn on again. Power On rotating. ②Replace the platen
Again suction fan unit.
Platen Fan Err ③Replace the main
board.
2F1F Hardware error. Power On Purge sensor error (recovery purge Go to *2F1F (P3-2).
03130031-2F1F Again motor HP detection error)
Turn off printer, Purge Motor The recovery system has been driven
wait, then Sensor Error but no sensor interrupt occurs.
turn on again. The recovery system has been driven to
close the cap, but the cap has not been
capped successfully.
2F20 Hardware error. Power On Cap motor cam positioning error Go to *2F1F (P3-2).
03130031-2F20 Again The recovery system has been driven
Motor Cam Pos but no sensor interrupt occurs.
Turn off printer, Error The recovery system has been driven to
wait, then close the cap, but the cap has not been
turn on again. capped successfully.
2F21 Rel lever is in Pinch roller open detected with the pinch ①Restart with the
wrong position. roller locked. pinch roller closed.
②Check the sensor in
Turn off printer, IO DISPLAY in
wait, then Service mode
turn on again. (Check the pinch
roller pressure
release detection
SW/ the release
lever lock sensor.)
2-46

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2F22 Hardware error. Power On Pump shift timeout <Supplement>
03130031-2F22 Again The target position could not be reached ・If the carriage
Turn off printer, Pump Motion within a predicted operation time + 3 travels heavily
wait, then Timeout seconds during pump operation or no towards the
turn on again. sensor has been detected during a pump stop position: A
operation involving sensor detection. mechanical load
error may be
suspected.
・Otherwise: The
sensor in the
purge unit may
be at fault.
Go to *2F1F
(P3-2).
2F23 Hardware error. Power On Purge motor error <Supplement>
03130031-2F23 Again Pump operation disabledA PWM duty of ・If the motor
Turn off printer, Pump Motion 100% has lasted for 200 msec in a pump could not be run
wait, then Error operation. at all or has
turn on again. resulted in an
error after
moving by a
slight distance:
A. A mechanical
load error may
be suspected.
B. The motor or
drive circuit
may be at
fault.
・If the carriage
has run more or
less out of
control and
resulted in an
error:
A. The encoder
sensor may be
at fault.
Go to *2F1F
(P3-2).
2F24 Cannot cut paper. Cutting Error Cutter shift timeout Go to *2015
Lift the release Please Cut Papr The cutter failed to reach the home position (P3-17).
lever and reload Press ↑ Key in time during a cutting operation Go to *2F24
the paper. to Release Paper (P3-18).
2F24 Hardware error. Power On Cutter shift timeout error Go to *2F24
03130031-2F24 Again No sensor has been detected during a cutter (P3-18).
Turn off printer, Cutter Timeout operation involving sensor detection.
wait, then
turn on again.
2-47

Large LCD Small LCD
2F25 Hardware error. Power On Carriage motor HP not detectable Wide format: confirm with
03130031-2F25 Again Detected only for the wide format. IO mode that if there is a
Turn off printer, CR Position Err For the narrow format, the defect on CRHP sensor. If
wait, then Restart Printer carriage motor HP can be there is no defect. *2F26
turn on again. detected when the carriage hits (P3-3).
the wall in a full scan following the Narrow format: Go to
detection of the HP. *2F26 (P3-3).
2F26 Hardware error. Power On Carriage operation disabled Go to *2F26 (P3-3).

03130031-2F26 Again ・A PWM duty of 100% has lasted
Turn off printer, Carriage Motion for 200 msec in a carriage
wait, then Error operation
turn on again. ・A collision has been detected in
a carriage operation (with the
speed predicted from the PWM
output value having a deviation
of 25 ips or more from the actual
speed).
2F27 Hardware error. Power On Carriage shift timeout <Supplement>
03130031-2F27 Again The target position could not be ・If the carriage travels
Turn off printer, Carriage Timeout reached within a predicted heavily towards the
wait, then Restart Printer operation time + 3 seconds during stop position, a
turn on again. carriage operation. mechanical load error
may be suspected.
Go to *2F26 (P3-3).
2F28 Hardware error. Power On Lift shift timeout ①Switch off the printer,
03130031-2F28 Again A lift operation has been then back on.
Turn off printer, Lift Motion executed, but no sensor has been ②The carriage cannot
wait, then Timeout detected or a sensor has travel to the lift drive
turn on again. remained detected. position.
③The lift drive cam is not
engaged.
④Faulty lift drive sensor
⑤Faulty lift drive motor
Go to *4027(P3-22).
2-48

Explanation/Detection
(last 4 (*: Reference fault isolation
Large LCD Small LCD sequence
2F29 Hardware error. Power On LF feeding motor timeout (cut ①Replace the LF encoder
03030000-2F29 Again sheet) sensor.
Turn off printer, LF Feed Timeout ・The target position could not ②Replace the LF motor.
wait, then Restart Printer be reached within a <Supplement>
turn on again. predicted operation time + 3 ・If the carriage travels heavily
seconds during an LF near the stop position, a
operation. mechanical load error may be
・The sensor could not be suspected.
detected during an LF ・If any other symptom is
operation involving sensor observed, a feeding sensor
detection. may be at fault.
2F2A Hardware error. Power On Cannot detect the LF home ①Check the sensor (IO mode
03130031-2F2A Again position check).
Turn off printer, LF Position Err The LF home position could ②Replace the LF encoder
wait, then Restart Printer not be detected on LF homing sensor.
turn on again. during initialization. ③Replace the encoder film.
④Replace the LF
motor/belt/adjust the belt
tension.
⑤Replace the long flexible
cable.
<Supplement>
・If the motor could not be run at
all:
A. A mechanical load error may
be suspected.
B. The motor or drive circuit
may be at fault.
・If the carriage has resulted in
an error after moving at a
constant speed: The LF home
position sensor may be at
fault.
・If the carriage has run more or
less out of control and resulted
in an error, the encoder sensor
may be at fault.
When FU2802 blows out on
iPF6300/6400 series
・replace the main board.
2F2B Hardware error. Power On LF operation failure (LF ①Replace the LF encoder
03130031-2F2B Again operation disabled) sensor.
Turn off printer, LF Motion A pump duty of 100% has ②Replace the LF motor.
wait, then Error lasted for 200 msec during LF <Supplement>
turn on again. operation. ・If the motor could not be run at
all or has resulted in an error
after moving by a slight
distance:
A. A mechanical load error may
be suspected.
B. The motor or drive circuit
may be at fault.
・If the carriage has run more or
less out of control and resulted
in an error, the encoder sensor
may be at fault.
When FU2802 blows out on
iPF6300/6400 Series
・replace the main board.
2F2C Hardware error. Power On Cassette shift timeout *Go to 2E25 (P3-15).
03130031-2F2C Again ・The target position could not <Supplement>
Turn off printer, Hardware Err 1 be reached within a ・If the carriage travels heavily
wait, then 03130031-2F2C predicted operation time + 3 near the stop position, a
turn on again. seconds during cassette mechanical load error may be
operation. suspected.
・No sensor has been ・Otherwise, the cassette unit
detected during a pump sensor may be at fault.
operation involving sensor
detection.
2-49

Code
(*: Reference fault
Large LCD Small LCD 1 isolation procedure
digits)
or tool)
2F2D Cassette not Power On Cassette operation disabled ①Check the
working. Again A PWM duty of 100% has lasted for 200 cassette motor
Turn off printer, Cassette Motion msec in a cassette operation. and the drive
wait, then Error circuit.
turn on again. ②Check the
cassette
encoder
sensor.
2F2E Hardware error. Power On Roll shift timeout Go to *200C
03130031-2F2E Again No sensor has been detected during a roll (P3-8).
Turn off printer, Roll Motion operation involving sensor detection.
wait, then Timeout
turn on again.
2F2F Hardware error. Power On Non-ejection detection error ①Check whether
03800500-2F2F Again As a result of nozzle checking made by the any foreign
Turn off printer, Eject. Detect Print Head Management Sensor unit: matter such as
wait, then Err 1)All 640 nozzles in a nozzle line are paper slip
turn on again. non-discharging. exists on the
2)At least 50 nozzles have been found Print Head
mismatched in a nozzle line of 640 nozzles Management
since the last session of detection. Sensor optical
axis.
②Light
interception
due to ink
accumulation.
⇒Remove the
ink/ Replace
the unit.
③Check the Print
Head
Management
Sensor’s
connector
connection
④If Service
mode nozzle
check pattern
printing is no
problem,
replace the
Print Head
Management
Sensor unit.
Go to *2F2F
(P3-5）.
Reference (1) As for the detection condition 1) above, in the
iPF650/750, iPF6300/6350, and iPF8300 series or later, the error
codes are broken up into 2F40,2F41,2F42,2F43,2F44, and 2F47
depending on the non-ejection conditions.
Reference (2) Error 2F2F, 2F40,2F41,2F42,2F43,2F44, and

2F47 are detected in the following order.
①Determines signal level (2F47) of Print Head Management
Sensor
②Determines complete non-ejection of all colors (2F40)
③Determines multiple mismatches (2F2F)
④Determines complete non-ejection of a single color (2F41)
⑤Determines complete non-ejection of one line (2F42)
⑥Determines complete non-ejection of 640 nozzles (2F43)
⑦Determines non-ejection of more than 320 nozzles (2F44)
Reference (3) The amount of change (between non-ejecting and

ejecting nozzle counts) from the last session of nozzle checking
is defined as the amount of mismatch.
2F30 Hardware error. Power On Non-ejection detecting position error Go to *2F2F
03800500-2F30 Again No detectable region has been found during (P3-5).
Turn off printer, Eject. Detect non-ejection position adjustment.
wait, then Err
turn on again.
2-50
2-51

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2F31 Hardware error. Power On Non-ejection detecting light quantity level Go to *2F2F
03800500-2F31 Again error (P3-5).
Turn off printer, Eject. Detect It has been found detectable region is out of
wait, then Err the standard range during non-ejection
turn on again. position adjustment.
2F32 Multi-sensor error Power On Faulty multisensor ①Retry the

Turn off printer, Again Light quantity adjustment of multisensor adjustment with
wait a while, then Multi-sensor Err failed. the effect of
turn it on again. Or, outside light entered during multisensor outside light,
light quantity adjustment. such as that of
the afternoon
sun, being
removed.
②Check the
position at
which the
multisensor is
installed.
③Replace the
multisensor.
2F33 Use another paper. Paper Type Unadjustable because of transparent paper Change to
Press Online to Please Change Paper are unidentifiable on automatic appropriate
clear the error. Can't Adj Paper adjustment (transparent/semi-transparent paper.
Chg Paper Type paper).
2F34 Cannot calibrate. Press OK Color calibration error ①Check to see if
Press OK and try and recalibrate The adjustment value has gone out of the loaded
calibration again. Calibration Err bounds during calibration. paper permit
Recalibrate calibration.
②Check
Cannot calibrate. calibrated
Try calibration printed matter
again. for soiling and
other defects.
③If the nozzle
pattern is found
in error, go to
*2F2F (P3-5).
2F35 Calibration Calibration Faulty multisensor (on calibration) ①Check the parts
There is a problem multi-sensor err A failure to calibrate has been detected from counter in
with the Press OK the parts counter. service mode
multi-sensor. to cancel and replace the
Press OK to cancel multisensor
calibration. unit.
Calibration ②Initialize the
There is a problem counter for the
with the replacement
multi-sensor. unit mounted.
Cancel calibration. (It is
recommended
to estimate the
usage status of
other units
coming to the
end of their
service life and
replace them as
needed.)
2F37 ERROR ERROR Linear scale error Go to *2F26
E173-2F37 E173-2F37 No signal is available from the carriage (P3-3).
Call for service. Call For Service encoder when the head is driven.
2-52

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
2F38 Top cover is open. Ink Tank Cover The top cover is abnormally open. Check the cover.
Turn off printer, Close Please Check the sensor
wait a while, and Tank Cover Open (IO mode).
turn it on again. Close Please
2F3A Hardware error. Power On Ink Supply Valve Open/Closed motor ①Replace the ink
03130031-2F3A Again timeout error supply unit.
Turn off printer, Valve Motor Err ②Replace the
wait, then main PCB.
turn on again.
2F3B Hardware error. Power On CS communication error ①Remove and
03130031-2F3B Again An irrecoverable communication error has insert the ink
Turn off printer, Hardware Err 1 occurred communicating between the CS tank, or
wait, then 03130031-2F3B chip mounted on the ink tank and the main replace the ink
turn on again. unit. tank.
②Check bundled
wires in the ink
tank unit and
the main PCB.
③Replace the
main PCB.
2F3C Hardware error. LF nip sensor error. Check the nip
03130031-2F3C When executing nip automatic operation, one open/close
Turn off printer, of the following conditions is met. sensor (IO
wait, then ・The sensor detected nip closed after the nip mode)
turn on again. completed opening operation.
・The sensor detected nip open after the nip
completed closing operation.
2F3D Hardware error. HP pre-ejection pump motor overload error Replace the
03130031-2F3D pre-ejection tray
Turn off printer,wait, unit for HP.
then turn on again.
2F3E Hardware error. HP pre-ejection pump motor shift timeout Replace the
03130031-2F3E pre-ejection tray
Turn off printer,wait, unit for HP.
then turn on again.
2F3F Hardware error. An error other than overload error or shift Replace the
03130031-2F3F timeout error has been detected for the HP pre-ejection tray
Turn off printer,wait, pre-ejection pump motor. unit for HP.
then turn on again.
2F40 Hardware error. When the result of non-ejection detection is Go to *2F2F /
03800500-2F40 as follows. 2F30 (P3-5).
Turn off printer,wait, When non-ejection has been detected for all See 2F2F for the
then turn on again. nozzles of all colors priority of error
・The error code assuming a problem in the detection.
supply system/ purge system/ main board
(electric).
03800500-2F41 as follows: 2F30 (P3-5).
Turn off printer,wait, Complete non-ejection of nozzles in 1 See 2F2F for the
then turn on again. to 5 chip(s). priority of error
(A line EVEN/ A line ODD/ B line detection.
EVEN/ B line ODD
Total of 2560 nozzles x 1 to 5 chip(s)
complete non-ejection)
・Error code assuming a problem in the ink
supply system/ purge system.
2-53

Code
(*: Reference fault
Large LCD Small LCD 1 isolation procedure
digits)
or tool)
03800500-2F42 as follows: 2F30 (P3-5).
Turn off printer,wait, Complete non-ejection of one line in 1 See 2F2F for the
then turn on again. chip. priority of error
(In either A line or B line, a complete detection.
non-ejection of 1280 nozzles)
・Error code assuming broken flexible cable
or contact failure (heat enable line).
03800500-2F43 as follows: 2F30 (P3-5).
Turn off printer,wait, Complete non-ejection (640 nozzles) of See 2F2F for the
then turn on again. EVEN line or ODD line. priority of error
・Error code assuming broken flexible cable detection.
or contact failure (data line).
03800500-2F44 as follows: 2F30 (P3-5).
Turn off printer,wait, More than half of 640 nozzles in EVEN line See 2F2F for the
then turn on again. or ODD line have non-ejection (more than priority of error
320 nozzles). detection.
・Error code assuming a head failure such as
broken heater board of head.
2F46 Hardware error. Only for iPF750 series The shutter HP sensor did not respond at Check the platen
03130031-2F46 startup and at switching of platen shutter at shutter HP sensor
Turn off printer,wait, printing. (I/O Display).
then turn on again. Check/ replace the
platen shutter
drive unit or
sensor
2F47 Hardware error. Only for iPF750 series The optical axis of the Print Head ①Check whether
3800500-2F47 Management Sensor unit has been any foreign
Turn off printer,wait, intercepted for some reasons. matter such as
then turn on again. paper slip
The amount of LED luminescence and the exists on the
level of detection signal of diode light Print Head
receiving sensitivity has gone beyond the Management
predefined range. (determines the level of Sensor optical
APCCHK)（It’s not a problem of printhead or axis.
ink supply system.） ②Light
interception
due to ink
accumulation.
⇒Remove the
ink/ Replace
the unit.
③Check
connection of
the Print Head
Management
Sensor’s
connector.
④Main PCB
(Check the fuse/
Replace the
PCB.)
⑤A large amount
of ink mist has
been attached
to optical
element.
⑥Replace the
Print Head
Management
Sensor.
Go to *2F2F /
2F30 (P3-5).
See 2F2F for
the priority of
error detection.
2-54

Large LCD Small LCD
2F48 Hardware error. VHT (heater drive drive power supply iPF6300 series
03130031-2F48 for printhead) error ①Replace the printhead.
Turn off printer, wait, VHT has gone below or above the ②Replace the main PCB.
then turn on again. rating. iPF8300 series
①Replace the printhead.
②Replace the CR relay
board.
③Check/ replace the long
flexible cable.
④Replace the main PCB.
2F49 Hardware error. Printhead short-circuited detected. iPF6300 series
2F50 03130031-ｘｘｘｘ Prior to VH power on, it has been ①Replace the printhead
2F51 Turn off printer, wait, detected that the printhead had been ②Replace the main PCB.
then turn on again. damaged due to paper jam etc, and iPF8300 series
ink went inside the terminal area ①Replace the printhead
causing near short-circuit. ②Replace the CR relay
2F49: L side printhead board
2F50: R side printhead ③Check/ replace the long
2F51: LR both printhead flexible cable.
④Replace the main PCB.
2F4A Hardware error. Main PCB error. Replace the main PCB.
03130031-2F4A iPF6300/8300 or newer.
Turn off printer, wait,
then turn on again.
2F4D Hardware error. VHT leak detection error of left For iPF6400 series,
03130031-2F4D printhead, in case of VHT exceeds ①Replace the printhead.
Turn off printer, wait, rated value or falls below the rated ②Replace the main
then turn on again. value. board.
2F4E Hardware error. VHT leak detection error of right For iPF8400/9400 series,
03130031-2F4E printhead, in case of VHT exceeds ①Replace the printhead.
Turn off printer, wait, rated value or falls below the rated ②Replace the CR relay
then turn on again. value. board.
2F4F Hardware error. VHT leak detection error of right and ③Check and replace the
03130031-2F4F left printhead or a single printhead, in long flexible cable printed
Turn off printer, wait, case of VHT exceeds rated value or circuit.
then turn on again. falls below the rated value. ④Replace the main
board.
2F52 Hardware error. Detected that a CR unit of a legacy Replace with an
03130031-2F52 model has been mounted appropriate CR unit.
Turn off printer, wait, (iPF8300/6300/6350 only). ①Replace with an
then turn on again. appropriate CR unit.
②Replace the printhead.
③Replace the main
board.
2F53 Hardware error. Supply valve motor error of the left ink iPF8400/9400 Series
03130031-2F53. tank. ①Replace the left ink
Turn off printer,wait, Drove supply valve motor. The tank unit.
then turn on again. movement was not detected. ②Replace the main
board.
2F54 Hardware error. Supply valve motor error of the right iPF8400/9400 Series
03130031-2F54. ink tank. ①Replace the right ink
Turn off printer,wait, Drove supply valve motor. The tank unit.
then turn on again. movement was not detected. ②Replace the main
board.
2-55

Large LCD Small LCD
2F60 !Spectrophotometer SP unit won’t return signals. ①Install SP unit.
(SP) Unit not ②Replace signal line.
connected. ③ Replace connection.
Turn off power and ④Replace SP unit PCB.
attach
Spectrophotometer
Unit.
2F61 Hardware error UART communication error. ①Replace signal line.
038A0002-2F61 (Data transfer volume in ② Replace connection.
Turn off printer, wait a consistency, checksum error etc.) ③Replace SP unit PCB
while, then turn it on
again.
2F62 Hardware error When transmitting specified pulses ① Replace SP unit
038A0002-2F62 to SP CR, the SP CR won’t PCB.
Turn off printer, wait a respond to SP CP-HR sensor. ②Replace lines around
while, then turn it on SP CR.
again. ③Replace CR motor.
2F63 Hardware error SP unit landing sensor won’t ①Replace up and down
038A0002-2F63 respond when a predefined pulse is drive U.
Turn off printer, wait a sent to the up and down motor. ②Replace landing
while, then turn it on sensor.
again. ③Re-install delivery
guide.
④Replace SP unit PCB
2F65 Hardware error When a predefined pulse is sent to ①Replace up and down
038A0002-2F65 the lifting motor, the HP sensor in drive U.
Turn off printer, wait a SP unit won’t respond. ②Replace landing
while, then turn it on sensor.
again. ③Re-install delivery
guide.
④Replace SP unit PCB
2Ｆ66 Hardware error Blast fan won’t return signals. ①Replace fan
038A0002-2F66 ②Replace signal lines
Turn off printer, wait a ③Replace SP unit PCB
again.
2F67 Hardware error Embedded FlashROM read/ write Replace SP unit PCB
038A0002-2F67 error
Turn off printer, wait a
again.
2F68 Hardware error Spectrophotometer EEPROM Replace SP unit PCB
038A0002-2F68 read/write error
again.
2-56

Large LCD Small LCD
2F69 Hardware error Write/read error at RAM check Replace SP unit PCB
038A0002-2F69
again.
2F6A Hardware error Firmware update failed. ①Update firmware
038A0002-2F6A again
Turn off printer, wait a ②Replace SP unit
while, then turn it on PCB
again.
2F6B Hardware error Initialization after power on of CPU Replace SP unit PCB
038A0002-2F6B at SP side failed.
again.
2F6C Hardware error. Failed self-testing. Replace the
03130031-2F6C. spectrophotometer
Turn off printer, wait, board.
then turn on again.
2F70 Hardware error. Indication at ink priming error in For iPF6400 Series,
03130031-2F70. both subtanks. ①Replace both of the
Turn off printer, wait, inktank units.
then turn on again. ②Replace the main
board.
2F71 Hardware error. Indication at ink priming error in the For iPF6400 Series,
03130031-2F71. left subtank. ①Replace the left
Turn off printer, wait, inktank unit.
board.
2F72 Hardware error. Indication at ink priming error in the For iPF6400 Series,
03130031-2F72. right subtank. ①Replace the right
Turn off printer, wait, subtank
board.
2F80 !Spectrophotometer Spectrophotometer sensor won’t ①Install
sensor is not return signals. Spectrophotometer
mounted. Please sensor.
check if the sensor is ②Check cables.
mounted properly ③Replace
and press OK. spectrophotometer
sensor.
④Replace SP unit
PCB
2F81 ! Spectrophotometer After white calibration, the ①Clean white tile.
Unit Calibration white spectrophotometer sensor returned ②Mount white tile.
tile error. a value other than predetermined ③Replace
Clean the tile then value. spectrophotometer
mount it and press sensor.
OK.
2-57

Large LCD Small LCD
2F82 ! Delivery guide of SP While the SP unit landing sensor ①Mount delivery
unit is not (HP) and up and down unit cover guide.
mounted. Check if sensor are detecting, the interlock ②Replace SP unit
the guide is switch remains OFF. PCB.
mounted properly ③Replace landing
and press OK. sensor.
2F83 ! Backing plate error in No signal retuned from backing plate. ①Clean the backing
the spectrophotometer The signal from the backing plate is plate.
unit. Clean the backing beyond threshold. ②Replace the
plate. Install the spectrophotometer unit
backing plate to the board.
unit. Then press [OK]. ③Replace the
spectrophotometer
sensor.
2F85 ! SP unit up and down SP unit’s up and down cover sensor ①Close inner cover.
cover is open. won’t respond. ②Replace cover
Close it and press OK sensor.
③Replace SP unit
PCB.
2F86 ! SP unit cover is The outer cover sensor of the SP ①Close outer cover.
open. unit won’t respond. ②Replace cover
Close it and then sensor.
press OK. ③Replace SP unit
PCB.
2F87 ! Colorimetric readout When executing color measuring, ①Operate paper feed
error. Please press the spectrophotometer sensor adjustment.
OK and execute color returned a value other than ②Change the patch
measuring again. predetermined value was returned. size to large.
③Printer support (In
case of printing
failure).
④Replace
spectrophotometer
sensor
2F88 ! Colorimetric readout When reading the positioning bar, a ①Operate paper feed
error. Please press value other than predetermined adjustment.
OK and execute color value was returned. ②Printer support (In
measuring again. case of printing
failure).
③Replace
spectrophotometer
sensor.
2F89 ! Colorimetric readout 1) No shifting amount detected from ①Operate paper feed
error. Please press the positioning bar reading value. adjustment.
OK and execute color 2) Position shifting exceeded the ②Printer support (In
measuring again threshold value. case of printing
3) Skew exceeded the threshold failure).
value. ③Replace
spectrophotometer
sensor
2-58

Large LCD Small LCD
2F90 Detected 3V of abnormal power out
from the printhead.
(Latch up current flows at head logic
and temporarily the print head falls into
abnormal state ; it is possible to
recover by power on and off.)
2FA0 ! It is recommended to Inform the calibration timing of the Calibrate the
clean the white spectrophotometer sensor. spectrophotometer
calibration board to sensor.
prevent it from
possible dirt.
4001 ERROR ERROR Borderless/flow pre-ejection/mist Check the parts
E146-4001 E146-4001 recovery count full counter and replace
Call for service. Call For Service the target unit or
Refresh Service Kit.
Initialize the parts
counter for the target
unit after the
replacement.
401A ERROR HDD failure ①Restart in service
E602-401A Failed to read and write to and from
Call for service. the HDD. mode.
②Remove and install
HDD
③Replace HDD. Switch
on service mode after
the replacement.
401B ERROR Poor HDD connection ①Restart in service
E602-401B The HDD and the HDD controller are
Call for service. not indefinable. mode.
②Remove and install
HDD
③Replace HDD. Switch
on service
④Replace HDD
controller or the main
board. Restart after the
replacement.
401C ERROR ERROR Faulty RTC ①Restart the printer in
E198-401C E198-401C Any error other than the two errors service mode.
Call for service. Call For Service mentioned below has been detected ②Replace the main
while initializing the RTC at startup. PCB.
401D ERROR ERROR RTC low battery error ①Restart the printer in
E198-401D E198-401D A battery error has been detected service mode.
Call for service. Call For Service while initializing the RTC at startup. ②Check the RTC
battery.
③Replace the main
PCB.
401E ERROR ERROR RTC clock stop ①Restart the printer in
E198-401E E198-401E The RTC has been detected idle while service mode.
Call for service. Call For Service initializing the RTC at startup. ②Replace the main
PCB.
4027 Hardware error. Power On Lift shift timeout error ①Switch off the
03130031-4027 Again A lift operation has been executed, but printer, then back
Turn off printer, Lift Motion no sensor has been detected or a on.
wait, then Timeout sensor has remained detected. ②The carriage cannot
turn on again. travel to the lift drive
position.
③The lift drive cam is
not engaged.
④Faulty lift drive
sensor
⑤Faulty lift drive
motor
⑥Replace the main
board.
Go to *4027(P3-22).
2-59

Large LCD Small LCD
4034 ERROR ERROR Multisensor unit version error Replace the
E196-4034 E196-4034 A different version of multisensor is multisensor unit.
Call for service. Call For Service installed.
This would not occur in an ordinary
user environment.
4037 ERROR ERROR Linear scale error Go to *2F26 (P3-3).
E173-4037 E173-4037 No signal is available from the carriage
Call for service. Call For Service encoder when the head is driven.
403E ERROR ERROR Head abnormal temperature rise (head Go to *403E(P3-21).
E161-403E E161-403E 1 (R), or A model)
Call for service. Call For Service Either of the two Di sensors
maintained for each printhead chip
(color-specific) has been detected at
120oC or higher or -10oC or lower.
403F ERROR ERROR Head abnormal temperature rise (head Go to *403E(P3-21).
E161-403F E161-403F 2 (L))
Call for service. Call For Service Either of the two Di sensors
maintained for each printhead chip
(color-specific) has been detected at
120oC or higher or -10oC or lower.
4040 ERROR ERROR Checksum error ①Start in download
E196-4040 E196-4040 The checksum of a file transmitted on mode to upgrade
Call for service. Call For Service execution of the firmware update is the firmware.
unmatched. ②Restart the printer in
service mode to
clear the error.
③Replace the main
PCB.
4041 ERROR ERROR Flash erase error ①Start in download
E196-4041 E196-4041 Failed to erase flash ROM on mode to upgrade
Call for service. Call For Service execution of the firmware update. the firmware.
②Restart the printer in
service mode to
clear the error.
③Replace the main
PCB.
4042 ERROR ERROR Flash write error ①Start in download
E196-4042 E196-4042 Failed to write flash ROM on execution mode to upgrade
Call for service. Call For Service of the firmware update. the firmware.
service mode to
clear the error.
③Replace the main
PCB.
4042 Unknown file. MIT data transfer failure ①Execute “Initialize
Check file format. Failed to write MIT data on its Paper Type” from
Turn off printer, transmission. the system settings.
wait a while, then (Note: All paper
turn it on again. information will be
reset to its factory
defaults and
additional Paper
deleted.)
②Upgrade the
firmware in
download mode.
③Replace the main
PCB.
4043 ERROR ERROR Firmware update failure error ①Start in download
E196-4043 E196-4043 Failed to allocate a work area on RAM mode to upgrade
Call for service. Call For Service on firmware update. the firmware.
service mode to
clear the error.
③Replace the main
PCB.
2-60

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
4044 ERROR ERROR EEPROM size error ①Start in
E196-4044 E196-4044 Size information about the firmware data download
Call for service. Call For Service transmitted on firmware update and the size mode to
of actually transmitted data do not match. upgrade the
firmware.
②Restart the
printer in
service mode
to clear the
error.
③Check the
firmware
transfer
environment
(IF changes,
PC).
④Replace the
main PCB.
4045 ERROR ERROR Engine EEPROM write error ①Start in
E196-4045 E196-4045 An EEPROM read/write failure has been download
Call for service. Call For Service detected in the engine portion of the mode to
firmware. upgrade the
firmware.
②Restart the
printer in
service mode
to clear the
error.
③Replace the
main PCB.
4046 ERROR ERROR Recovery part revolutions reaching 50,000 Check the parts
E141-4046 E141-4046 cycles or more counter and
Call for service. Call For Service Recovery part operations have reached a replace required
predetermined count. parts.
(Replacement of
the parts coming
to the end of their
useful lives is
recommended.)
Initialize the
counter for the
replacement unit
mounted.
The
iPF5000/500/600
have a counter
problem fixed.
Identify the
firmware version
and start in
download mode
to upgrade the
firmware to
Ver.1.13 or later
from any earlier
release.
4047 ERROR ERROR Carriage count error Check the parts
E144-4047 E144-4047 Supply part operations have reached a counter and
Call for service. Call For Service predetermined count. replace the
target unit or
Refresh Service
Kit.
Initialize the
parts counter for
the target unit
after the
replacement.
2-61

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
4048 ERROR ERROR Non-discharging nozzles on initial filling Go to *2F2F
E144-4048 E144-4048 An unallowable number of non-discharging (P3-5).
Call for service. Call For Service nozzles have been detected at the
completion of initial filling.
4049 Unknown file. Cannot update Wrong transfer ROM data model ①Restart the
Check file format. firmware Files for a different model have been printer in
Turn off printer, Power On transferred on firmware update. service mode
wait a while, then Again to clear the
turn it on again. error (this
error won’t
occur when
FUT is used).
②Start in
download
mode to
upgrade the
firmware.
③Replace the
main PCB.
404A ERROR ERROR Non-ejection count error Check the parts
E194-404A E194-404A A non-ejection part operation counter has counter and
Call for service. Call For Service reached a specified limit. replace the
target unit or
Refresh Service
Kit.
Initialize the
parts counter for
the target unit
after the
replacement.
404B ERROR ERROR Temperature/humidity sensor error ①Restart the
E199-404B E199-404B When temperature 0 degrees C and printer in
Call for service. Call For Service humidity 0% are detected, the detection service mode
mechanism is considered failed and an error to clear the
message is displayed. error.
②Identify the
firmware
version and
update the
firmware to the
last release if
it is earlier
than Ver.1.31
(firmware
defect）.
③Remove and
reinsert the
temperature/h
umidity sensor
PCB
connector
④Replace the
temperature/h
umidity sensor
PCB.
2-62

Code
(*: Reference fault
digits)
or tool)
404C ERROR ERROR Serial number information mismatch ①Check to see if
E196-404C E196-404C A mismatch has been detected between the the correct
Call For Service serial number information stored in the PCB is
Call for service. EEPROM on the main PCB and that stored mounted,
in the EEPROM on the MTC relay PCB at since a PCB of
startup. the wrong
model may
have been
mistakenly
mounted
during
servicing.
②Invoke service
mode to
implement
PCB
replacement.
404D ERROR ERROR Machine ID information mismatch ①Check to see if
E196-404D E196-404D A mismatch has been detected between the the correct
Call For Service model ID information stored in the EEPROM PCB is
Call for service. on the main PCB and that stored in the mounted,
EEPROM on the MTC relay PCB at startup. since a PCB of
the wrong
model may
have been
mistakenly
mounted
during
servicing.
②Invoke service
mode to
implement
PCB
replacement.
404E ERROR E196-404E ERROR An EEPROM read/ write error has been ①Start in
Call for service. E196-404E detected in the controller portion of the download mode
Call for service. firmware. to upgrade the
firmware.
②Start in service
mode to clear
the error.
③Replace the
main PCB.
404F ERROR E144-404F Pump revolutions full Clear the counter
Call for service. The number of HP pre-ejection pump in service mode
revolution has reached the defined value. after having
replaced the HP
pre-ejection tray
unit.
4050 Error E161-4050 Error! Non-ejection detection error Go to *2F2F/2F30
The timing of “ink priming sequence” is
Call for service. For E161-4050 (P3-5)
fallowing.
iPF6000, Call for service. ・at installation of a new model printer Refer to 2F2F for
03800500-4050. ・At reinstallation after the second the prior error
transportation. detection.
・At replacement of the printhead
405A Error E602-405A Incorrect capacity HDD model is connected. Replace HDD
Call for service.
405B Error E602-405B Mismatched HDD model is connected. Replace HDD
Call for service.
4061 ! The paper loaded Postion ditection of askew loaded paper. Go to *2010.
askew. Remove the (P3-12)
paper.
2-63
ス
Chapter 3
More Sophisticated Fault
Isolation Tasks
Chapter 3 More Sophisticated Fault Isolation Tasks
1. 【2F13】AD converter external trigger ※ output error

(HW-1 fault)
Occurrence The carriage is unable to travel since the motor is switched off after the occurrence of some error
conditions during printing, disabling pulse (head ejection timing signal) input from the carriage encoder.
Abnormal carriage drive load
Carriage operational
C1 Carriage motor drive at electrical fault
causes
Failure
failures
Faulty carriage encoder sensor
Long flexible cable defect (broken wire)
Electrical failure C2 Linear encoder abnormity
Main controller failure
※AD Converter External Trigger: Head ejection timing signal
Cause Point to check Action

C1 For iPF5000 Series Faulty carriage idler pulley (broken spring hook, belt coming Take corrective
off). action.
C1 Check carriage components other than the idle pulley for operational failures. 2F26 (P3-3)
C2 If the error occurs before the start of printing, the main controller is most likely faulty. Replace
C2 Linear encoder assembly confirmation. T06（P4-20）
C2 Broken wire confirmation of long flexible cable. T11（P4-27）
The problem is reported to have occurred as a result of a faulty cutter, depending on 2015 (P3-17)
the version of firmware.
Check to see if any other operational failure has not occurred (browse through Print Take corrective
Inf for a log of error occurrences). action.
Idler pulley
3-1
2. 【2F1F】Purge sensor error

Occurrence
conditions Error detected during a recovery operation
Carriage problem C1 Carriage drive problem

causes
Failure
Recovery system
mechanical C2 Lock pin operation problem
problem
Recovery system
C3 Faulty main controller
electrical problem

C1 Check the carriage belt for tension (making sure that it is not loose). Fix.
C1 Linear encoder assembly confirmation. T06（P4-20）
C1 Check for foreign matter. Remove.
C2, C3 Check the recovery system for successful operation. Flow 1
Flow 1
Switch off the power and

2F26 Carriage inoperable
move the carriage The lock pin is up with a click
Normal T05 Purge operational fault isolation

No click sounds
3-2
3. 【2F26】Carriage operation disabled

Occurrence The normal operation of the carriage cannot be detected from the carriage encoder sensor.
conditions The carriage does not reach the specified speed or is idle.
Soiled carriage rail
Carriage drive load
C1 Improper carriage belt tension (jumping teeth)
error
Failure causes
Residual jam slips in the printer

Carriage motor Drive signal/voltage error
drive at electrical C2 Poor connector contact/wiring
fault Faulty motor
Soiled or flawed carriage encoder, or improper mounting position/tension
Faulty carriage
C3 Soiled or faulty carriage encoder sensor
encoder sensor
Disconnection or partial disconnection in the flat cable, or poor connector contact
Carriage lock pin not released, capping operational failure or position detection
Faulty purge unit C4
failure

Check the carriage stop position. If the carriage is at the leftmost position, the purge
C4 T05 (P4-19)
unit may be faulty (check the lock pin).
Check the carriage load (move the carriage by hand to make sure that it is not heavy
C1 Flow 1
or foreign matter is not stuck in it).
Check images to see if the edges do not have stepped uneven densities in the paper
C3 T03 (P4-12)
feed direction.
Restart the printer. and check the behavior of the firmware and the carriage (upgrade
C2 Flow 2
the firmware if it is Ver. 1.31 or any earlier release).
C3 Check to see if the carriage encoder is properly installed. T06 (P4-20)
C3 Check to see if the carriage encoder is not faulty. T03 (P4-12)
C4 The purge unit carriage lock pin is up but the carriage is not at the capping position. T05 (P4-19)
Checking for load during carriage travel

Unlock the purge unit and move it Foreign matter inside (cutter, cleaning
Flow 1 Hits something
by hand brush, etc.)/bearing out of position
Clean the soiled rail, replace the rail

T07 Noticeably heavy
cleaner/faulty bearing
How to unlock the *Never oil the carriage rail.
carriage
Faulty belt Broken spring hook, jumped belt tooth
iPF700 Series iPF8000 Series
Rail cleaner
Rail cleaner
3-3
Reboot and check the carriage operation visually.
Flow 2 Totally idle Flow 3
Operational but
momentarily/collision noise
T03 Possibly faulty carriage encoder
Faulty idler pulley (Belt tension

Fix or replace
Operational but with a noise of mechanism)
jumping teeth (with a rasping
noise) Improperly mounted carriage belt (on
Fix or replace
the back of the carriage) (too long)
Fully operational Upgrade the firmware
T03
Firmware V1.32 or later
Possibly faulty carriage encoder
Carriage totally idle at startup

Measure the main controller
Flow 3 Replace the carriage motor Replace the main controller
carriage motor drive voltage Voltage appearing
Not appearing
Replace the carriage motor and the

main controller simultaneously Fuse blowout suspected
iPF5000 Series
Check the main controller
Replace the main controller
fuse for a blowout *
Other than the iPF5000 Series Not blown
Replace the carriage motor

and the main controller
Blown simultaneously
■Carriage Motor Drive Voltage Check Points

Model Measurement point Measurement timing Voltage
iPF5000 Series (other than below) 26V
Main controller J3101-3
iPF5100, iPF6100 32V
During initial operation
iPF650/750 Series Main controller J4101-7 30V
(carriage motor drive) at
iPF700 Series, iPF9000 Main controller J3101-1 startup 32V
iPF8000 Series, iPF800 Series
Main controller J3150-14 32V
(other than the iPF9000)
■Fuse blowout check (other than the iPF5000 Series,IPF650/750 Series)

Check for continuity across the fuse FU3100.
1
J3201 J3003
1
1 1
J3501 J3601
FU3100
J1801
1 1
J3502 J3602 1
J3150 J2801
1
1
A1
J3401
1 J2501
B1
J1101
J1102
J2601
J1001
1 J3001 J2402
1
1 1 1 1 1 A1 1
J2701
J120 2 J120 1 J330 1 J300 2 J250 2 J2702
1 B1
3-4
4. 【2F2F】Non-ejection detection error, 【2F30】

Non-ejection detecting position adjustment error
Occurrence The Print head management sensor has detected more non-discharging nozzles than preset
conditions (2F2F).
Supply system air leakage
Suction failure
Non-ejection C1
Drive signal/voltage error
Failure causes
Faulty connector contact/wiring

Drive signal/voltage error
Faulty Print head
C2 Faulty connector contact/wiring
management sensor
Soiled or faulty sensor
Soiled, flawed or incorrectly positioned carriage encoder
Head and Print head Soiled or faulty carriage encoder sensor
management sensor Disconnection or partial disconnection in the flat cable, or poor connector
C3
out of relative contact
position Carriage out of position due to curled ink tube(For iPF9000 Series)
Shift carriage position due to curl trouble of the tube(For iPF9000 Series)

C1 Check the tube to see if it is filled with ink, and also check the joint. T04 (P4-12)
C3 Check to see if the carriage encoder is properly installed. T06 (P4-20)
C3 Check the carriage encoder for defects (such as soiling, flaws and incorrect setup). T03 (P4-12)
C2 Check to see if there is not any foreign matter near the Print head management sensor. Remove.
Check service mode nozzle patterns (upgrade to Ver.1.23 from any earlier release
C1 Flow 1
before making this check)
Upgrade to the
C3 Check the firmware (Countermeasure for non-ejection detection position)
latest version
C1 Check to see if the ink is a genuine supply. (Recommend the use of the genuine ink.) －
Non-ejection Detection Sequence New firmware
No non-ejection ① *1
End of cleaning Perform non-ejection detection End
Keep printing in the
Non-ejection detected present state
No non-ejection
② *2
Warning is
Cleaning A Perform non-ejection detention indicated Keep printing with
No non-ejection before operating keys
printing ③
Non-ejection detected
Cleaning A Printing is disabled
Manual
Cleaning B Cleaning B Perform non-ejection detection Previous firmware
over the on-ejection
nozzle threshold
amount ①
Non-ejection detected
Cleaning A or B Keep printing in the
Non-ejection present state
Non-ejection
Automatic non-ejection detection error position error
②
detection sequence
Automatic Error 2F2F Error 2F30 Keep printing with
based on dot counts
operating keys
*1 When the setting of “SERVICE MODE>SETTING>HEAD WARNING” is OFF, message is not displayed. (By default, the setting is set to OFF.)
*2 When the setting of “SERVICE MODE>SETTING>HEAD WARNING” is OFF, printing is disabled.
3-5
Error code
Warning/error indication Non-ejection status
No. (last 4 digits)
Previous firmware 30 to 100 non-ejection complementary disabled nozzles per color
“Check Printout” 1010
① “Problem with Printhead” , 1012 (R Head)
New firmware Less than 100 non-ejection nozzles, and 30 or more
“Chk printing results” , 1013 (L Head)
complementary disabled nozzles
Previous firmware
“Printhead Check Nozzles” 100 to 200 non-ejection complementary disabled nozzles per color
“PHead needs cleaning” 280C
② “Execute printhead cleaning. If , 250D(R Head) OFF 320 or more non-ejection nozzles
this message is still displayed, , 280E(L Head) New
3
replace the printhead.” firmware* ON 100 to less than 320 non-ejection nozzles, and 30 or more
complementary disabled nozzles.
“Printhead Check Nozzles”
2827
“Execute printhead cleaning. If
③ , 2828(R Head) New firmware 320 or more non-ejection nozzles
this message is still displayed,
, 2829(L Head)
replace the printhead.”
*3 The set value of “SERVICE MODE＞SETTING＞HEAD WARNING”
Non-ejection mask error

Check nozzle check More than half of the nozzles
Flow 1
print in service mode are non-discharging (per color) Yes T02 Real non-ejection
If the firmware is Ver.1.23

or earlier, upgrade it and No
check.
Flow 2 Non-discharging nozzle detection failure
Non-discharging nozzle detection failure (if non-discharging only in user mode)
Flow 2 Check the Print Head Management Sensor for Check to see if nozzles are not installed slantwise
displacement
Replace the Print Head Management Sensor
Check the carriage encoder for successful T03 Carriage encoder fault isolation
Replace the main controller Foreign substance check and replacement

of Print head management sensor
SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > NOZZLE CHK POS.
■iPF5000シリーズ
■iPF5000 Series ■iPF650/750シリーズ
■iPF650/750 Series
Print不吐検センサ
Head
management sensor
Print Head
不吐検センサ
management
不吐検センサ sensor
3-6
■iPF700 Series ■iPF800/iPF8000 Series
Print Head management sensor
不吐検センサ
Print Head management
sensor
3-7
5. 【200C】Roll paper leading edge detection error,

【200D】Cut sheet leading edge detection error
The multisensor cannot detect the leading of paper
Occurrence
conditions (multisensor delay jam) when it has been successfully
detected by the LF_PE sensor.
Improperly mounted multisensor
Multisensor
C1 Low light intensity (due, for example, to soiling)
Failure causes
detection errors
Paper with its leading edge cut remaining
Reflectance problem (thin tracing paper, semitransparent mat paper, etc.)
Soiled or broken
Paper problems C2 Preprinted paper used
The end of the roll is so sticky that it won’t be separated from the paper tube.
Curled leading edge of paper
Insufficient feeding force
Paper feed problem C3
Stuck in the groove
Operation Check to see that the choice of roll or cut sheet is correct. Explain.
C1 Check to see if the leading edge of paper cut is not left. Remove.
C2 Check to see if suction holes are not clogged with paper dust or other foreign matter. Remove.
C2 The end of the roll is so sticky that it won’t be separated from the paper tube. Explain.
C2 Check to see if preprinted or color paper is not used. Explain.
Check the
C2 Check to see if the leading edge of paper has been cut correctly.
cutter.
Check the
C2 Check to see if the paper is not cockled, soiled or torn.
paper.
C2, C3 Check to see if paper do not jams between the platen and LF roller. Flow 3
C2 Does not occur with A4 plain paper → Not a multisensor fault Flow 3
None of the above Flow 1
Flow 1 Check the multisensor for illumination and the paper position
Check the paper has reached Not illuminating

With the top cover open,
load the same paper
under the multisensor, causing Flow 2
it to illuminate
Illuminating
Have the door switch released beforehand

Paper has not reached Flow 3
Replace the multisensor after making

Paper has reached sure it is improperly mounted Flow 4
Replace the multisensor reference plate at the same time
Multisensor Illumination Check
iPF5000 Series iPF700 Series iPF8000 Series
3-8
Flow 2 Fault isolation for the multisensor failure to illuminate
Check for Vh (normal value: 21.5V) on the

iPF5000 Series Replace the power PCB
main controller while paper is feeding
iPF650/750 Series Abnormal
Normal
iPF700 Series
Check the short flexible cable in the Replace the multisensor after making
iPF800 Series
multisensor and reinsert it sure it is improperly mounted Flow 4
iPF8000 Series
Replace the multisensor reference plate at the same time
■ How to measure Vh (Printhead drive voltage)

Model Measurement point Measurement timing Voltage
iPF5000 Series Main controller J1801-3 While feeding paper ＋21.5V
iPF650/750 Series Main controller J1801-6 (multisensor illuminating) ＋32V
iPF700 Series
iPF800 Series Measurement at finely pitched IC pins is impossible.
iPF8000 Series
IC802
IC802 IC803
IC803
BAT801
BAT801
IC701
IC601 IC3101
IC3101
IC602 J1801 pin 3

IC2
IC603 IC1
IC604
IC2801
IC2801
IC1201
IC2901
IC2901
IC3001
IC3001
Flow 3 Point to check when paper fails to reach the multisensor
Check the leading Leading end stuck under Remove the cause of curling
end position of paper the LF roller of the paper
If the leading end of the paper

Explanatory
is shaped improperly, check
drawing 1
the cutter
Leading end of paper not
Feeding failure caused by
passing between the LF Remove LF roller paper dust
paper dust
roller and pinch roller
Influenced by curled thick
Nipping failure
paper
Feeding failure caused by a

Nip cam out of phase
short nip pressure
Faulty nip spring
Pinch roller unit defect
Flow 4
Check the carriage relay board

Replace the carriage relay board Replace the main controller
flat cable (short) for connection Abnormal Abnormal
iPF700,iPF8000,iPF8000 Series only
3-9
Explanatory drawing 1
Cam Phase Alignment
■iPF5000 Series
Pinch roller (nip) release gear
Carriage shaft gear
■iPF650/750シリーズ
■iPF650/750 Series
ギアの突起
Pinch roller unit defect
ギアの切り欠き
Notch of gear
3-10
■iPF700 Series
■iPF800 Series
■iPF8000 Series
3-11
6. 【2010】Skew detection error, 【2017】Paper right side

detection error, 【2018】Paper left side detection error,
【2405】Borderless printing disabled
Occurrence The multisensor cannot detect the paper width.
conditions A skew has been detected by the multisensor.
Improperly adjusted or mounted multisensor optical axis
Multisensor detection
Failure causes
C1 Low light intensity (due, for example, to soiling)

error
Paper with its leading edge cut remaining
Reflectance problem (thin tracing paper, semitransparent mat paper, etc.)
Soiled or broken
Paper problem C2
Preprinted paper used
Curled leading edge of paper
Insufficient feeding force
Paper feed problem C3
Skewing
Check to see if roll paper have hit the reference side of the spool (paper winding out
C1 Explain.
of order).
C3 Check to see if the spool is not broken or if it is locked. Replace.
Check to see “Borderless Spacer” has been set for borderless printing in the A1 or A2
C1 size. Explain.
(iPF5000 Series only)
C3 Load cut sheet with the paper guides adjusted to the paper width. Explain.
The firmware is Ver. 1.13 or any earlier release (tracing paper compatibility/skew Upgrade to the
C1, C3
control). latest release.
C1 Check to see if the leading edge of paper cut is not left. Remove.
C2 Check to see if suction holes are not clogged with paper dust or other foreign matter. Remove.
C2 Check to see if preprinted or color paper is not used. Explain.
Check the
C2 Check to see if the leading edge of the paper is correctly cut (it is not cut slantwise).
cutter.
Check the
C2 Check to see if the paper is not cockled, soiled or broken.
paper.
Check to see if non-recommended paper, such as thin tracing paper and
C2 Explain.
semitransparent mat paper, is not used.
C2 Does not occur with A4 plain paper → Not a multisensor fault Flow 1
Adjust the
C1 Adjust the optical axis of the multisensor (in service mode) to confirm the recovery
optical axis.
If none of the above apply, check error logs.
Flow 1
Remove the cause of curling of the paper

Check the leading end
position of paper Media trouble
If the leading end of the paper is shaped
improperly, check the cutter
Feeding failure caused by

Remove LF roller paper dust
paper dust
Nipping failure Influenced by curled thick paper
Feeding failure caused by a

Nip cam out of phase
short nip pressure
Faulty nip spring
Defective/broken pinch roller unit
3-12
カムの位相合わせ
Adjusting Cam Position
ピンチローラ（ニップ）解除ギア
Pinch Roller (Nip) Releasing Gear
キャリッジシャフトギア
Carriage Shaft Gear
Spool reference side Borderless printing spacer
3-13
7. 【2E27】Paper jam while feeding, ejecting or printing on

paper (Jam 1)
Occurrence
Jams occurring between the LF_PE sensor and the multisensor
conditions
C1 LF out of synchronization
causes
Failure
C2 Jams past the LF_PE sensor

C3 Faulty cutter drive unit (iPF5000 Series only)
Cause Key point to check Action
If roll paper are being fed, check the roll paper unit for operation (pendulum gear).
C2 If a jam occurs while loading cut sheet (fed from the top) or rewinding roll paper with the Fix.
feeding methods switched, the roll paper unit is at operational fault.
C1 Improper LF belt tension, faulty LF motor or faulty LF encoder Check.
C2 Check to see if there is any jam on the paper ejection side of the LF_PE sensor. Check.
C3 Check the cutter drive unit. Flow 1
Flow 1 Fault isolation for malfunctioning (iPF5000 Series only)
Check the lift motor for

Check for bitten wires Replace the lifter motor
operation
Does the cutter lift on Not lifting
Replace the cutter motor
switching from roll
media to cut media?
Replace the cutter driver PCB iPF5000, iPF500, iPF600 only
Feed paper manually and

perform Forced Cut
2F26 Carriage inoperable
Lifting Cutter driven
Cutter idle Replace the cutter motor

Check for bitten
wires
Replace the cutter driver PCB iPF5000, iPF500, iPF600 only
■iPF5000 Series
Jam occurring in the path of paper travel between
the LF_PE sensor and the multisensor Feeding of roll
media fed from top
Multisensor
Cutter
Manual feeding from
S
top (POP board)
Roll feed sensor
S
S
Flapper
Prefed paper
LF_PE sensor detection sensor Release
S
Paper detection sensor
Back cover
Cassette pickup S
Cassette detection sensor
S
3-14
8. 【2E25】Paper jam while feeding, ejecting or printing on

paper (Jam 2)
Jam between the prefed paper detection sensor and the LF_PE sensor (LF_PE sensor delay
jam)
Occurrence Jam between the roll paper sensor and the LF_PE sensor (LF_PE sensor delay jam)
conditions LF_PE sensor detects “no sheets” after feeding of a roll sheet or a cut sheet has been
properly operated.
LF_PE Faulty sensor
LF_PE sensor lever operational failure
C1 Sensors
Bitten wires
Failure causes
Faulty main controller

Back cover out of position/not closed properly
Foreign matter in the path of travel
Feeding Cassette pressure cam parallel pin out of position
C2
system Broken/worn drive gear
Improper cassette pick-up motor belt tension
Soiled cassette feed roller
Paper Slippery paper
C3
problems Folded paper
C2 Check to see if the main unit back cover is properly closed (cassette pick-up only). Close.
Remove the
C2 With the back cover open, check for jams.
jams.
Check to see if there is foreign matter in the path of travel.
⇒ With the back cover removed, illuminate the inside to see slips of paper. Remove foreign
C2
Release the nip and (POP mode) and push in the paper from the front to matter.
remove the slips.
Replace the
C1 Check to see if the sensor functions normally in IO mode.
sensor.
With the main unit back cover open, feed paper (cassette pick-up only).
C1, C2,
⇒If no problem is found, there is no problem along the path form the prefed paper Fix.
C3
detection sensor to the cassette.
If roll paper are being fed, check the roll paper unit for operation (pendulum gear).
Switch to cassette or POP mode and retract the paper to the roll paper unit side
C2 Fix.
once. Then, switch to roll paper feeding. If an error occurs with the roll, the roll
paper unit is at operational fault.
Back cover
Pendulum gear
Roll feed unit PCB
iPF5000 Series only
3-15
9. 【2E24】Faulty roll paper unit, 【2E0E】Roll paper unit

not available
Occurrence Roll sheets received designated print data while starting up with the roll unit disconnected.
conditions Detecting cam of the roll unit without sheets was failed.
Failure causes
Faulty roll paper sensor

C1 Sensors
Faulty roll cam sensor
Pendulum gear loosened out of position or damaged drive gear
C2 Operational
Faulty roll paper unit motor
Faulty roll paper unit PCB
C3 Electrical
Faulty main PCB
Replace the roll
C1 Check to see if the roll paper sensor functions normally in IO mode.
paper sensor.
With the cover open, interchange the roll cam sensor and the roll paper sensor to
Replace the roll cam
C1 check that they still function normally.
sensor.
(Replace the roll paper sensor if it fails to function normally in IO mode.)
With the cover open, check the driver for normal operation (without the pendulum
C2 Replace the gear.
gear loosened out of position or the drive gear being damaged).
Check the roll paper unit for contact.
C3 (Turn off the printer and connect the roll unit to check to see if it recovers when the －
printer restarts.)
C3 With the roll paper unit uncovered, check the voltage while it starts up. Flow 1
Flow 1
Is the drive voltage available to

the roll feed motor PCB? Replace the roll feed motor
Yes
Replace the roll feed unit PCB
No
Roll Feed Unit Drive Voltage Check
Phase B－ Phase A－ Phase A
Phase B
Evaluation method
Check any one of the four terminals of the roll feed motor PCB
with the tester while the motor is running. The drive voltage is
normal if the multimeter reads 12 to 14 V.
3-16
10. 【2015】Cutting failure (Cannot cut sheet / Paper

cutting failed)
Occurrence
The multisensor has detected paper that is not supposed to exist, after cutting paper.
conditions
Faulty/loose cutter
Deformed/flawed lower blade of the cutter
Failure causes
Run over thick paper (cloth)

C1 Cutting failure Lifter operational failure (iPF5000 Series)
Low suction fan suction force
Faulty cutter blade lowering mechanism of the cutter (iPF700, iPF8000 Series)
Incorrect paper choice
C2 Ejection failure Residual/stuck paper
Cannot rewind
C3 Jam
paper
C1 Check to see if the cutter has not loosened out of position. Mount.
Check to see if there is not any foreign matter stuck in the cutter blade lowering
C1 Remove.
mechanism (iPF700, iPF8000 Series).
If non-recommended paper (paper thicker than recommended, canvas paper, cloth) has
C1 Explain.
been used, check to see if a recommended paper equivalent can be cut.
C1, C2, C3 None of the above Flow 1
Temporary If paper cannot be cut in a high-duty printing operation only, reducing the cutting speed may make the
measure paper is easier to cut.
Temporary Film-based paper will be made easier to cut if the “Reduce Cutting Dust” mode is selected, but its
measure execution would leave ink marks on the cut section.
Flow 1
Yes Is there residual paper Obstacles before the paper

Is paper cut properly? Remove the residual paper
left on the platen? ejection unit
Yes
No No Sticking caused by static
Paper rewinding failure electricity
Dirty platen
Feed paper manually Check the cutter blade

Is the cutter blade
and perform Forced lowering mechanism for Faulty cutter
iPF700 Series down? No
Cut successful operation
iPF8000 Series Yes
Foreign matter in the
lowering mechanism
Are platen suction
holes clogged? Remove clogging
Yes
No
Are there marks of the

Replace the upper and
upper blade riding
lower blades
over the lower blade? Yes
Replace the cutter (upper

blade)
No
iPF650/750,iPF800 Series
Replace the cutter
iPF5000/iPF600 Series
Replace the cutter unit
3-17
11. 【2F24】Cutter shift timeout error

Occurrence The cutter wont’ move to the home position or the position opposite to the home position in
condition time.
Worn cutter
C1 Cannot cut sheet
Failure causes
Special paper
Worn/broken drive gear,belt
Faulty cutter drive
C2 Faulty cutter motor (iPF5000Series,iPF650/750Series,iPF800Series)
unit
Carriage malfunction (iPF700, iPF8000 Series)
Bitten wires
Faulty cutter Faulty sensor
C3
electrical equipment Faulty cutter driver PCB (iPF5000, iPF500, iPF600 only)
Faulty main controller
C1, C2, C3 Check the cutter position at an error stop. (iPF5000, iPF650/750Series ,iPF800 Series) Flow 1
C1, C2, C3 Check the cutter position at an error stop. (iPF700,iPF8000 Series) Flow 2
Flow 1 iPF5000 iPF650/750 iPF800 Series
Cutter positioned Yes

Is the motor rotating? Check the gear/belt
at the left end
No For the iPF5000, iPF500 and
Remove foreign matter iPF600 only
from the sensor if any Check for bitten Is the drive voltage No Replace the main
Replace the cutter driver
wires available (*) ? controller
Yes
Replace the motor
*See “Cutter Motor Drive Voltage Check” for the subsequent action to take.
Check the -Check for bitten wires A sensor fault has been
Cutter positioned
right-side -Check for successful identified by replacing with Replace the sensor
at the right end
sensor visually No foreign operation in IO mode a lift detection sensor
matter
Replace the main

Remove the foreign matter Replace the cuter driver
Foreign matter controller
present For the iPF5000, iPF500 and iPF600 only
Cutter anywhere If non-recommended paper has

other than the left been used, check with a Replace with recommended paper
and right ends recommended paper equivalent
Replace the cutter
Cutter Motor Drive Voltage Check iPF5000 Series
Cutter motor
Cutter
Cutter lift motor Cutter right position sensor
Evaluation method Cutter HP sensor

The drive voltage is normal if the voltage
appears to vary by a margin of several volts
while the cutter is driven. Cutter lift sensor
3-18
Flow 2 iPF700, iPF8000 Series
Is paper in contact with the No Are platen suction Yes

Clean
lower blade (not elevated)? holes clogged?
No
Curled paper
Yes
Check the basket for

b t l
Are there marks of the
upper blade riding over the Replace the upper and lower blades
lower blade? Yes
No
Replace the cutter upper blade
Cut paper manually to Is the cutter blade Check the cutter blade Remove foreign matter
check resultant conditions down? No lowering function from the lowering part
Yes
Replace the cutter upper
blade
Are there marks of
the upper blade Replace the upper and
riding over the lower Yes lower blades
blade?
2F26
No
Replace the cutter Carriage inoperable
upper blade
3-19
12. Cutting failures without error indications

■J1. Wavy cut section
■J2. Residual cutting chips on the reference side
■J3. Ejection cut setting
Cases
■J4. Normally ended without cutting, or line printed at the cutting position
■J5. Normally ended without cutting. (with take-up roll unit installed)
■J6. Cut, but with a line printed at the cutting position
■J7. Cut automatically
■J8. Images cut halfway
Case Cause Action

Caused by printing on cockled paper having a high printing Change the paper or duty.
J1
duty. Print with borders.
Paper gets torn off as it drops slantwise under its own weight
during cutting.
Support the paper when cutting.
J2 Non-recommended grades of paper are liable to this problem
Use recommended paper.
(because of their heavy weighing capacity and slippery reverse
side).
With paper on which inks be difficult to dry, such as film-based
paper, blurred print images could result if the paper is cut Cancel the ejection cut setting of the
J3 immediately after printing. The default setting designed to main unit and support the paper by hand
prevent this problem is “Ejection Cut” (press the [Online] button during printing.
after printing to cut the paper).
Change the driver setting
J4 The driver setting is either [Do Not Cut] or [Print Cut Lines].
Page Settings＞Auto Cut Setting
Using take-up unit has been set up. Change the setting in main menu.
J5
・[Take-up Reel] > without
The main unit has the [Reduce Cutting Dust] mode setting. In
Turn off [Reduce Cutting Dust] in the
J6 this mode, a yellow line is printed at the cutting position to
paper preferences on the main unit.
prevent cutting dust from being produced on printing.
Replace the main controller (cutter driver
J7 Faulty main controller (cutter driver PCB)
PCB)
Cut automatically when printed past the maximum allowable
J8 print length of an application of the OS Use utilities, such as RIP
3-20
13. 【403E】,【403F】Printhead abnormal temperature rises

Occurrence Three instances of the internal head temperature sensor reaching 120oC or higher (or -10oC or
condition lower) have been detected for 28 ms.
The face is physically damaged from jammed paper or from foreign matter falling
C1
Failure causes
Printhead onto the platen.

C2 Electrical shorting in the head
C3 Electrical Poor head contact
Ink supply
C4 Abnormal head temperature rises caused by non-discharging
system
Main unit
C5 electrical Faulty carriage (relay) PCB, head relay PCB, flexible cable, main controller
equipment
C1 With the cover open, check to see if jams have not occurred. Remove.
Update to the
C1 Check the firmware version (Paper jam detection)
latest version
C4 Check that ink is available in the ink tube. 2F2F (P3-5)
Check to see if a paper cutting failure has not occurred on the most recently used
C1 2015 (P3-17)
printed matter.
C1 Check the face of the printhead (to see if it is not flawed by paper or foreign matter). Replace the head.
After removing and inserting the print head, start in service mode to clear the error.
C2,C3 Then, restart the printer in normal mode to check to see if the error recurs (possibly Replace the head.
poor contact).
C5 Check the main unit electrical equipment. Flow 1
Flow 1
Replace the flexible

Is the flexible cable broken?
Yes cable
T11 No
Replace the main
Replace the carriage relay PCB
controller iPF700、iPF8000 Series
iPF800 Series
Replace the carriage unit

iPF5000,iPF650/750 Series
Check the face for flaws

Check the ink in the tube (never touch the face)
3-21
14. 【4027】Carriage lifting error

Occurrence
Carriage failing to move to the lift position (lift cam sensor detection error)
condition
CR drive Carriage unable to travel to the lift position (wide format/medium format)
Failure causes
C1
problem carriage encoder read error
Lift motor inoperable
Lift cam drive Idling caused by a damaged coupling (wide format/medium format)
C2
problem The carriage dose not stop appropriately at the coupling position. (iPF9000series)
Gear out of phase (Narrow format)
Sensor detection
C3 Deformed sensor mounting plate
problem

With the HP exterior removed, check to see if there is any foreign matter, such Remove foreign
C1
as paper slips. matter.
Check the gap phase and also check to see if the sensor flag and gear are not
C2 Fix.
damaged.
For iPF9000 Series, the are cases that the carrige does not stop appropriately
C2 Replace the tube unit.
at the coupling position sue to Tube bending and the carrige starts idling.
Visually check the sensor mounting plate for deformation, bitten wires and
C3 Fix.
missing connectors.
C1, C2 Restart the printer. And check for successful operation. Flow 1, Flow 2
Flow 1 iPF5000 Series
Switch on Is the lift motor running? Faulty lift motor and bundled wires Replace the main PCB
No
Yes
Is the carriage moving up

and down? Faulty sensor detection system
Yes
Check the gearing for faults

No
Lift cam sensor
Lift motor
3-22
Flow 2 iPF700/iPF800/iPF8000 Series
Switch off and move the carriage

Is the carriage in contact
Switch on
with the edge of the HP?
by hand; does the carriage hits T03
No the edge of the HP? Yes
Faulty carriage encoder
Yes
Remove foreign matter
No
Is the carriage in contact Faulty lift motor and bundled

Replace the main PCB
with the coupling? wires, and faulty gear
Main unit not
Carriage side
rotating
not rotating Does the carriage lift up

Faulty sensor detection system
and down? Operational

Not Operational
2F26
2F2F
Coupling idle
iPF700 Series
Lift motor
Coupling
Coupling
Lift motor
Carriage HP sensor
3-23
15. Imaging Failures ① Soiled print side, ink dropping, soiled

reverse side, black/white dots, roller marks
C1 Head rubbing caused by an improperly set paper spacing
Head rubbing caused by wavy or cockled (wavy paper caused by ink) or by a loose head
Failure causes
C2
Ink stain on ejection guide due to paper floating, retransferring, and rubbing
C3 Ink dropping caused by a faulty recovery system
C4 Ink dropping caused by a soiled carriage
C5 Ink dropping caused by a faulty head
C6 Black and white dots caused by the spur
C7 Reverse side (edge) soiling by the suction fan and reverse side caused by a soiled platen
C8 Roller marks produced by a feeding failure
C9 Ink staining caused by paper rubbed before the ink dries
C3, C4, C5 If the reverse side is soiled, check to see if the feeding system is not soiled. Clean.
Reduction the
suction force.
C7 Occurring only at the edges of the soiled reverse side of paper.
Lower the
head.
C1, C2, C3, C6 Occurring outside the print area as well. Flow 1
C1 Check that an incorrect paper type setting is not used (main unit/driver). Reset.
C9 Paper, such as tracing paper or films, may be difficult to dry. Explain.
C9 With a high print duty, the ink may be removed if it is touched before it dries. Explain.
C8 If roller marks are observed, check their location. Clean.
Flow 1
Clean with the accessory cleaning

Soiling caused by the spur
sheet (iPF5100, iPF6100 only) [Main Menu] → [Maintenance] → [Spur Cleaning]
A flame-retardant cloth may be used in place

of the cleaning sheet.
……
……
……
Replace the spur
Soiling caused by
Wavy paper Wavy paper before printing Moistened paper
head rubbing
Replace with higher-grade
Wavy paper after printing
paper
Set the head height to [Auto] or

increase it
Increase suction force
Clean the platen suction holes Improper absorbing power
of the suction fan
Replace the suction fan
Replace with the

Curled paper Correct the curls
recommendation paper.
Transfer of ink at feeding Clean ink stain at feeding

passage passage
Spot, linear, tailing Clean the platen suction holes Improper absorbing power Increase suction force
of the suction fan
7.0 Curled paper Correct the curls Replace with the recommendation paper.
The paper of being hard to dry ink Set the drying time. Replace with the recommendation paper.
3-24
Ink Dropping
Clean the purge unit (1) Clean the rubber parts of the blade and cap of the purge
unit with alcohol.
Nozzle surfaces
(2) Turn the gear one cycle and coat the blade with glycerin.
Clean soiling off the head (1) Move the carriage to the middle.
(2) Place an anti-soiling sheet and take out the head onto it.
(3) Clean the soiling off the head.
*Use commercial purified water. (Do not use tap water)
*Never touch the nozzle surfaces.
Clean the carriage unit (1) With the head removed, clean the outer surface of the
bottom of the carriage.
* The carriage unit cannot be fully cleaned without
removing the carriage.
Perform Cleaning B (1) Replace the head in original position and switch on the
printer.
3-25
16. Imaging Failures ② Lines, streaks and bands

C1 Software
Causes
Failure
C2 Printer driver settings

C3 Main unit
C4 Operating environment
Check that the loaded paper, the paper type specified from the operation
panel and the paper type specified with the driver match (unmatched
Specify a valid paper
C2, C3 paper type).
type.
※ Paper is fed according to the operation panel setting of the paper type and
printed according to the driver setting of the paper type (printing method).
Check to see if roll paper are not skewed (reload the paper, feed paper
C3 Reload the paper.
manually).
Check to see Nozzle Check Print performed in User mode results in an
C3 T01 (P4-1)
error.
Imaging Failures ①
C3 Occurring outside the print area as well.
(P3-24)
Use in the
Occurring only with proof sheets (fine cracks formed in the ink absorbing
C3 recommended
layer in a low-humidity environment).
environment.
C1, C2
Check the direction and conditions of lines. Flow 1
C3, C4
Imaging Failures ⑤
C3 Color misregistration
(P3-34)
Flow 1
Black
Lines Soiled pinch roller or Replace the pinch roller or
lines Vertical
(streaks) carriage encoder carriage encoder
(streaks)
Horizontal Band blotches T09 Perform band adjustment
White
lines Horizontal Band blotches T09 Perform band adjustment
(streaks)
Horizontal Misdirected impact due to Lower the head/reduce suction
edges edge suction force/change to an upper mode
Soiled or flawed carriage

Vertical Replace the carriage encoder Explanatory drawing 2
encoder
Dented paper, disordered

Reduce suction force or change
impact or non-uniform Explanatory drawing 3
paper
drying on suction
Cracks on the printing side

Use in the recommended
(ink absorbing layer) of Explanatory drawing 4
environment
proof paper when damp
Pasted If the problem occurs running

Applications/OS Explanatory drawing 5
images only Illustrator, uncheck [Bitmap Print]
If the problem occurs running

Excel, choose [Layout] →
[Special Settings] and check Explanatory drawing 6
[Application Color Matching
Priority]
3-26
Direction of Lines
Vertical
Horizontal
Head
Paper
Platen
Suction
Print misregistration
Non-uniform colors
Head
Paper
Platen
Suction
Explanatory drawing 4 Symbol Width

a About 32 mm
b About 40 mm
c About 135 mm
d About 40 mm
e About 180 mm
g f e d c b a f About 40 mm
g About 135 mm
3-27
Due to an Illustrator bitmap print processing problem, images delivered from Illustrator
are marked with lines
Uncheck “Bitmap print” in the Illustrator print window
White lines appear only in a pasted image
Inconsistencies between the parts of an image transmitted from Windows when in ICM
mode (Windows color matching)
In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose [Layout] -> [Special
Settings] and check [Application Color Matching Priority]
Use a matching mode other than ICM

White lines appear only in a pasted image
Processing option Matching mode
Color
Any color Horizontal Band blotches T09 Perform band adjustment
lines
(including black Loosen the tension of the roll
and white) Paper path load media to eliminate the effect of
back tension, and then check
Check with other paths and other

kinds of paper
Check the spool shaft for faults
Check the paper is not caught

Elevated paper
anywhere when it is ejected
Band blotches caused Feed paper manually (about 1

Horizontal edge
by skewing m)/set roll media on the spool
Non-uniform carriage 2F26
Vertical
scanning
Explanatory drawing 2 Faulty carriage encoder
3-28
Bands
(blotches)
Any color Horizontal Band blotches T09 Perform band adjustment
(including black
and white) Do not allow paper to overlap until it
Paper overlapping/Paper taken up before dries
drying (non-uniform fusing)
Do not use a media take-up unit
Carriage stops in a recovery

In part, horizontal Print in an upper mode
Non-uniform
operation (printing on long sheets)

drying
Carriage stops waiting for data to Check the specifications of the PC

be transferred and the network
Difference in paper feed between the LF Correct trailing end feeding/print on

Rear end, horizontal
roller and spur roll media
For cut media on the
iPF5000 Series only
If the spur is deformed, replace
Print in an upper mode or change

Vertical Cockling
paper
Wavy paper caused by ink
Dented paper or disordered

impact/non-uniform drying caused by Reduce suction force/change paper
suction
Non-uniform carriage scanning 2F26

Explanatory drawing 2 Faulty carriage encoder
Dented paper caused by the pinch roller Change paper

nip
Cut the leading end
3-29
17. Imaging Failures ③ Blurred, ghost, spread, shaken or

undersharp images
C1 Carriage operation (belt tension)
C2 Electrical (carriage encoder, flexible cable)
causes
Failure
C3 Paper (paper settings, paper difficult to dry, invalid paper information, rubbing, loose paper)
C4 Media delivering (does not occur)
C5 Resolution (data interpretation, applications, RIP, driver setting)
C6 Printhead
C7 Adjustment system (head height, head adjustment, inclination adjustment, suction)
C1 to C7 Check images. Flow 1
Check that the paper settings are valid (an invalid paper setting result in an ink
C3 Explain.
overflow).
Check to see if any error has been indicated by running Nozzle Check Print in
C2, C6 T01 (P4-1)
User mode.
Check the firmware version (the environmental sensor settings are varied upon
Others Upgrade.
recovery from sleep mode).
C5 Application-dependent? Flow 2
C3 Paper, such as tracing paper or films, may be difficult to dry. Explain.
Correct adjustments may not have been achieved due to particular
C7 T08 (P4-21)
environmental conditions during head adjustment work.
The carriage inclination adjustment lever is not set at the correct position (iPF700
C7 T08 (P4-21)
Series).
If this failure has occurred concurrently with a phenomenon of too slow printing, Update MCT.
Others
there may be a data error in Media Configuration Tool (MCT). T18(P4-35)
Flow 1
Print start position varied from Is the carriage belt tension

path to path normal? T03 Faulty carriage encoder
Yes
No
Damaged idle pulley Replace
Replace the carriage belt (unit)
Paper feed direction varied

Is paper ejected properly? Remove the cause of the failure
from path to path No
Paper elevated while printing Increase suction force

Yes
Clean the platen
Vertical line
Normal image
Horizontal line
3-30
- Misregistration in
Thick, blurred or smeared
two-way impact on
Print drawings in character and line T08
vertical lines drawing mode
carriage travel
The carriage will travel slower, making for Perform automatic
- Satellite effect better impact accuracy (dye models). head adjustment
Specify one-way printing (which will

slow the printing speed)
T08 Perform automatic head adjustment
Only leftmost or rightmost vertical Ink attracted to the suction fan to make Print within the guaranteed print area
lines are thick or doubly blurred impact accuracy at end points erratic
Lower the head
Watch for head rubbing
Reduce the suction force of the suction

fan
Flow 2
Position and direction

Occurring with Illustrator Reduce the Illustrator print resolution Illustrator specification
lacking in regularity
Occurring with RIP Driver found valid RIP problem
Check the number of pixels in the

Occurring with bitmap (image) data Jaggy
source data
3-31
18. Imaging Failures ④ Line and character errors

C1 Application problem
causes
Failure
C2 Printer driver settings

C3 Main unit
Check to see if an error has not been detected by running Nozzle Check Print in
C3 T01 (P4-1)
User mode.
C1, C2, C3 Check the direction and conditions of lines. Flow 1
C3 Color misregistration T08 (P4-21)
Flow 1
Vertical line
Normal image
Horizontal line
Only leftmost or rightmost vertical Ink attracted to the suction fan to make Print within the guaranteed print area
lines are thick or doubly blurred impact accuracy at end points erratic
Lower the head
Reduce the suction force of the suction fan
Vertical lines (band) print darker in part Ink in the idle nozzles is thickened during Rotary printing
printing, making impact accuracy erratic or
adding to the density Affected areas move
Print a throw-away image (lines)

outside the print area in the
same color
Thickening is an increase in density of an ink
caused by the evaporation of the solvent in the ink.
Photograph or solid print area Darker prints
Only the leading end of a rightmost Erratic ejection only at

Perform Cleaning A
line is abnormal the start of impact
May or may not be
Print in an upper mode

avoidable
Rotary printing
Print a throw-away image (lines) outside the

print area in the same color
3-32
・Misregistration in two-way
Thick, blurred or smeared Print drawings in character and
vertical lines
impact on carriage travel
line drawing mode T08
・Satellite effect
The carriage will travel slower, making for Perform automatic
better impact accuracy (dye models). head adjustment
Specify one-way printing (which

will slow the printing speed)
T08 Perform automatic head adjustment
Lines printed in CAD mode are

Only lines are thick in all In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose
automatically subjected to [Enhance
directions [Preferences] and uncheck [Enhance thin lines]
thin lines] processing
In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose

[Layout] → [Special Settings] and change [Set
FineZoom] to “No.”
In the print driver properties dialog box,

Only characters are thick Low character output resolution
check [Sharpen characters] in the printer
Only on five-color dye and pigmented ink models
3-33
19. Imaging Failures ⑤ Defective toning and color

misregistration
C1 Software and applications
Printer driver
causes
Failure
HDI driver
C2
RIP
Plug-In
C3 Main unit
C4 Color management
Check to see if any error has been detected by running Nozzle Check Print in
C3 2F2F (P3-5）
User mode.
Imaging Failures ⑥
C1, C2 AutoCAD
(P3-36)
C1, C2, Check to see if any error has been detected by running Nozzle Check Print in
Flow 1
C3, C4 User mode.
Flow 1 Tinting failures
Application Check with other applications Print in PDF

problems
Application settings
Driver settings Driver Function Description
Cases (back print, backlight film, plain paper, tracing paper), gamut problems
Paper Paper chromogenicity Paper-specific problems and cases (know-how), evaluation problems/isolation
problems
With proofs, allow pigments to stand for 5 to 10 minutes and dyes to
Color varied before and after fixing
stand for one day as a rule.
Driver and MCT version
Paper lot variations
Humidity detection bug; upgraded to V1.35 or later release (if occurring

Main unit Firmware version with Mark II only)
problems
Color calibration Switch off and check and then rerun with RC base paper.
Maladjusted registration T08 Perform automatic head adjustment
Upgrades may result in

Driver and MCT version varied hues
Head problems Individual head differences

Perform printer calibration
Aging head
Color calibration Switch off and check and then rerun with RC base paper.
Maladjusted registration T08 Perform automatic head adjustment
3-34
Color Colors appearing different from monitor views

management
problems
Different printer used Build a plan of color management
Colors varied in specific environments (under specific lighting)
Dependent on the printer model

Use Kyuanos
Fading and Caused by light, gases and so on Dye inks are more liable to fading than pigmented inks.
discoloration
problems
Chemical changes activated by temperature/humidity Dye inks are more liable to fading than pigmented inks.
Discoloration of the paper itself
3-35
20. Imaging Failures ⑥ Missing lines or images

C1 AutoCAD (Windows only)
causes
Failure
C2 Adobe Illustrator
C3 Other applications
C4 Main unit
Check to see if an error has been detected by running Nozzle Check Print in
C4 T01 (P4-1)
User mode.
C1, 2, 3 Check to see if the latest release of the service pack is installed. Install.
C1 AutoCAD general problems Flow 1
C2 Adobe Illustrator problem Flow 2
C4 Underpowered HP-GL/2, HP RTL Flow 3
C3 Other general application problems Flow 4
Recommend the use of
C2 Postscript data (Adobe Acrobat, Illustrator, etc.)
RIP.
Explanatory drawings
Normal Defective
Missing objects
Flow 1
With AutoCAD2007 or 2007LT, install Service Pack 2
*For all AutoCAD programs including AutoCAD2007, there are fix patches released. Be sure to
install the latest patch as much as possible.
Where a large image is pasted, for example, the problem can be avoided by cutting the workload on AutoCAD
Choose [Properties] in the [AutoCAD Print] dialog box

Too high image quality setting for
Choose [Graphics] → [Raster Graphics]
AutoCAD
Change the setting of [Raster and Shading/Rendering View Port] and move the slider to left
In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose [Layout] ⇒ [Special Settings] and
Driver setting of A1 or higher change [Set FineZoom]
FineZoom set to [Auto] *The default setting is [Auto]. Seek confirmation from the customer because the new setting
could worsen image quality.
Driver used In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose [Main] ⇒ [Advanced Settings] and
Too high print quality setting change [Print Quality] to [Draft]
Reduce the image resolution using an application, such as Photoshop, to hold the number
Too large an image pasted
of pixels to 2,000,000 or below
Not enough PC memory Expand PC memory
*In addition to missing image, phenomena, such as “Dimmed print,” “Print failure” and “Abnormal tinting (fewer colors)” might be observed.
3-36
Flow 2
Due to an Illustrator bitmap print processing

problem, images are delivered from Illustrator, with Uncheck [Bitmap print] in the Illustrator Print dialog box
some parts missing.
Flow 3
Appearing on the panel Size of vector data exceeding the - Cut the vector data
- GL2:W0903 processing capacity - Use HP RTL data for operability On The Fly
- GL2:W0501
Appearing on the panel Unknown command encountered Check and fix data before printing
- GL2:W0504
Flow 4 Actions to be taken by probable cause are listed below.
Where a large image is pasted, for example, the problem can be avoided by cutting down the workload
Change the FineZoom In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose [Layout] ⇒ [Special
setting to [Yes] Settings] and change [Set FineZoom] to [Yes]
Lower high print quality In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose [Main] ⇒ [Advanced
setting Settings] and change [Print Quality] to [Draft]
Reduce the size of image Reduce the image resolution to 2,000,000 pixels or below using an application
pasted such as Photoshop
Expand PC memory Add to PC memory
Images transmitted from Windows found defective when in ICM mode (Windows color matching)
Check [Application Color In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose [Layout] ⇒ [Special
Matching Priority]. Settings] and check [Application Color Matching Priority]
Missing parts in some data if high-speed rendering (high-speed rendering engine) is used
Uncheck [Fast Graphic In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose [Layout] ⇒ [Special
Process] Settings] and uncheck [Fast Graphic Process]
Some application may suffer degraded print quality if FineZoom is turned on.
In the printer driver properties dialog box, choose [Layout] ⇒ [Special

Set FineZoom to [No]. Settings] and change [Set FineZoom] to [No]
And uncheck [Open Preview When Print Job Starts], [Page Layout], and
[Watermark].
Print jobs sometimes time out after processing on an underpowered PC
In [Advanced Settings] tab in the printer driver properties dialog box, select
Spool all pages before
[Spool all pages of data and transmit the print data to the printer] to spool the
printing
print document to speed up the time the program takes processing
3-37
21. Imaging Failures ⑦ Printing in a size different from the

specification
C1 Microsoft Word bug
Causes C2 AutoCAD2008 bug
C3 Adobe Illustrator bug
Flow 1
Word problem: Failure to acquire driver settings under specific conditions

Case: If an A4-size document is printed, enlarged to A0, in Word, it prints out in A4 the first time and in A0 the
second time and thereafter.
Explained in a Microsoft support page. (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/904805/)

<Workarounds>
1. Open the printer driver print properties dialog box from [Properties] in the Word [Print] dialog box.
2. Choose enlarged printing and close the dialog box.
3. Close the Word [Print] dialog box without printing.
4. Open the Word [Print] dialog box again and open the printer driver print properties dialog box from [Properties].
5. Close the printer driver properties dialog box.
6. Print.
Flow 2
AutoCAD LT2008’s failure to acquire relevant information from the printer driver has resulted in a mismatch in
processing from the driver.
<Workarounds>
Method 1 (Do not change settings in the printer properties dialog box in the [Control Panel])
Select a printer in the AutoCAD print dialog box and change to 1200 dpi in the custom properties dialog box. This
procedure will enable AutoCAD to acquire relevant information from the print driver, assuring successful
processing.
Method 2
Create a PC3 file for each unique set of printer settings.
Flow 3
Printing data in a non-standard size (60x150cm) in Adobe Illustrator CS halts after about 90 cm.
<Cause>
Adobe Illustrator CS and CS2 bug.
http://support.adobe.co.jp/faq/faq/qadoc.sv?225277+002
It appears that the data size mentioned above has been mapped by Illustrator to the standard size closest to the
width of the paper size selected, resulting in a width of ARCH D (609.6 mm). As a result, 150 cm long data can only
be printed as far as 91.44 cm.
<Workaround>
This problem occurs if you choose in the sequence of [Paper Settings...] and then [Print] when printing in Illustrator.
To prevent it, reverse this sequence by choosing [Print] and then [Paper Settings...].
3-38
22. Imaging Failures ⑧ No printing

C1 Software
Printer driver
causes
Failure
HDI driver
C2
RIP
Plug-In
C3 Main unit
C3 Check Nozzle Check Print. T01 (P4-1）
C1/C2 Print using other software, other drivers and other PCs.
Flow 3 in Imaging Failures ⑥
C3 Unusually slow printing
(P3-37)
AutoCAD
AutoCAD2007 (LT) AutoCAD2007 problems
- A file having a large TIFF image pasted to it <Workaround>

- A fatal error occurs printing the file after In the AutoCAD print properties dialog box, choose [Print Options]
choosing [File] → [Open] and check [Print background] to print
Other applications
See “Imaging Failures ⑥”
3-39
23. Operational Failures ① PosterArtist won’t launch

Failure C1 PosterArtist2007/2008
causes C2 PC problem
Correct the PC
C1 The PC timer has been altered after the installation.
date and time.
C2 PosterArtist bug Upgrade.
PosterArtist 2007/2008 Chargeable version
Restore the original PC time.

A license management error may occur if the PC
If PosterArtist still does not launch, cancel the license and
time is reverted to a point in the past
uninstall PosterArtist and then reinstall it.
You have logged in to Windows Vista with a user Log in with a user name consisting solely of single-byte
name containing double-byte characters characters (already fixed in Ver. 2.00.01)
An obsolete printer driver, such as BIJ and FAX, is

Upgrade to Ver. 2.00.01 or later
installed
Oversize is specified as a document size as the Upgrade to Ver. 2.02.10 or later, or specify a document size
default setting of the printer driver other than oversize
PosterArtist has been installed or launched on a

PC carrying a serial ATA HDD and running in AHCI Upgrade to Ver. 2.02.11 or later, or install SPS2.4 SP1.
mode (*)
*AHCI mode: Short for Advanced Host Controller Interface, AHCI refers to a serial ATA native interface specification first
implemented in serial ATA2.
Serial ATA 1.0a used to emulate IDE by software but AHCI mode helps to demonstrate the original serial ATA
access speed.
3-40
24. Operational Failures ② Cannot install

Failure C1 The user software CDs setup menu does not appear
causes C2 Cannot install the HDI driver
C1 QuickTime Ver.7 is installed. Flow 1
C2 Multiple copies of AutoCAD are installed. Flow 2
Flow 1
Cannot install from the integrated installer

Upgrade to the latest release of QuickTime or uninstall it
sometimes due to a QuickTime Ver. 7.0.2 bug
Install the printer driver and other tools individually without

using the integrated installer
Flow 2
The HDI driver installer installs only the latest Run AutoCAD “Add Plotter Wizard” to install an earlier version
version of the AutoCAD HDI driver of the AutoCAD HDI driver
3-41
25. Operational Failures ③ The main unit won’t start or the

power turns off automatically (without an error occurring)
Faulty operation panel (and cable)
Electrical faults C1 Faulty PCB (and cable)
causes
Failure
Faulty main controller (and cable)

Faulty printhead C2 Faulty printhead
Supply power Abnormity of supply power AC100V (voltage lowering, electrical outlet trouble,
C3
abnormity instant disconnection, etc.)
The main unit won’t turn on, or the main unit starts but the power turns off
C1 Flow 1
automatically.
C2 Start the main unit with the head being removed. Replace the head.
Leave the main unit 6 min. or more with the power disconnected. Supply power
C3
improvement
Flow 1
Check for cable contact between the operation panel PCB

and the main controller
Is 5V power available to the operation panel? (See below) Replace the operation panel
Yes
No
Other than the
iPF5000 Series iPF5000 Series
iPF5000 Series : J1801-9
iPF650/750 Series : J1801-2
Is the main controller Check VM with main Replace the power

green LED on? controller (+26/32V). PCB
Off Abnormal
Normal
Replace the main
controller
Check 5 V appear on pin 12 of On
main controller J1801 Replace the operation
panel cable
Abnormal
Normal
Replace the operation

panel cable
Replace the power PCB
■Operation panel supply voltage check points
Model Measurement point Voltage

Operation panel PCB
iPF5000 Series J1 pin 11
iPF650/750 Series J40 pin 8 ＋5V
Other than above Series J101 pin 11
J1 pin 11 on iPF5000 Series
3-42
Chapter 4
Fault Isolation Tool Collection
Chapter 4 Fault Isolation Tool Collection
T01 Interpreting Nozzle Check Patterns
Printing Nozzle Check Print 32 32本

lines
0
1200dpi
AA列
line 40本
1 40 lines
2
BB列
line
Identical to the arrangement of caps

A line
1279 B line
0
0
1 2
2 3 4
1 6
32 33 3
34 35 5
7
64
64
65 66
66 67
65
67
Printing in service mode Printing in user mode

(one horizontal line per nozzle) (one horizontal line per two nozzles)
BBチップ
Chip
A列ヒート信号
A line_Heat_Signal B列ヒート信号
B line_Heat_Signal
Aチップ
A Chip Cチップ
C Chip
VH a*
(※2ヘッドの場合*＝1～4）
(In case of two print heads * = 1 to 4)
VH b*
(※2ヘッドの場合*＝1～4）
(In case of two print heads * = 1 to 4)
B列_Data_Odd
B line_Data_Odd
B列_Data_Even
B line_Data_Even
A列_Data_Odd
A line_Data_Odd
A列_Data_Even
A line_Data_Even
4-1
■How to Read Nozzle Check Pattern
5色染・顔料モデル
Five-color dye and pigmented ink models
Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Nozzle Check Pattern Service
C
C M
M YY
AA列 AA列
line line A列
A line
C
C M
M YY
BB列
line BB列
line BB列line
MBk
MBk MBk
MBk Bk
Bk
AA列
line AA列
line A列
A line
MBk
MBk MBk
MBk Bk
Bk
BB列
line BB列
line BB列line
iPF5000,8000,9000 iPF5100,6100,6200,8100,9100
Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Nozzle Check Pattern Service Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Nozzle Check Pattern Service
(L) (L)
Y PC C Y PC C
Y PC C Y PC C
PGY GY MBk PGY GY Bk
PGY GY MBk PGY GY Bk
(R) (R)
PM M Bk PM M MBk
PM M Bk PM M MBk
R G B R G B
R G B R G B
4-2
iPF6300,6350,6400,6410,6450,6460,8300,8400,8410,9400,9410 iPF6000S
(L) (L)
PC C MBk PC C PM
PC C MBk PC C PM
Y M PM GY MBk M
Y M PM GY MBk M
(R) (R)
R G B Y Bk GY
R G B Y Bk GY
PGY GY Bk PM C PC
PGY GY Bk PM C PC
4-3
iPF8000S,9000S iPF6300S,8300S,6400S,6410S,8400S,8410S,9400S,9410S
(L) (L)
PC C PM PC C MBk
PC C PM PC C MBk
GY MBk GY GY PM Y
GY MBk GY GY PM Y
(R)
(R)
Y Bk M M PM GY
Y Bk M M PM GY
C Bk C PC
PM PC
Bk C PC
PM C PC
6色顔料モデル
Six-color pigmented ink models
Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Nozzle Check Pattern Service
Y C MBk
Y C MBk
Bk M R
Bk M R
4-4
T02 Nozzle Check Print Fault Isolation Tool
Normal status (five-color models)
1) all color non-ejection at

one or two Print Heads
① Non-ejection of all colors in T04 Suspect Ink supply system abnormity

one or two Print Heads. Air is in tubes.
Complete non-ejection iPF5000 series

Replace Power PCB Replace Main Board
of the two Print Heads iPF650/750 series
on a two-head model.
Excluding above Check Carriage Relay PCB Replace Carriage Relay PCB
Air is not in Tubes.
and Short Flexible Cable⑤ and Carriage Unit.
Complete non-ejection Excluding below

Check Short Flexible cable⑤
of a single Print Head on
a two-head model. iPF5000 series, 650/750 series
T10
Suspect electrical non-ejection
Complete non-ejection iPF800 series Check connection of Carriage other than the Print Head.
of the single Print Head Relay PCB Flexible Cable.
on a single-head model.
Normal T10
Suspect electrical non-ejection
Print and check Vh other than the Print Head.
iPF5000 series
iPF650/750 series output on the Main Replace Power PCB
Board (21.5V). Abnormal
4-5
2) one-color or Air in the tube Ink Supply Problem T04

Yes
multi-color all non-ejection Ink Suppy / Purge Unit failure
No Is suspected
Electrical Problem T10
Not Power Board Defect Electrical non-ejection
is suspected
3) Line A or Line B is all Electrical Problem T10

non-ejection
Not Power Board Defect Electrical non-ejection
other than Print Head
is suspected
4) Upper half of the line or lower

half of the line is regularly
non-ejection Print Head failure / replacement
4-6
[Conduction Check]
Flat Cable (long) disconnection Replace the Flat Cable
5) non-ejection1. Regularity in a line check between Aand B in 3) Yes
T11 Replace the Print Head
Replace the carriage PCB

No
Replace the carriage Unit
per 2 nozzles per 8 nozzles
per 16 nｏｚｚｌｅs per 32 nozzles
4-7
4-8
5) non-ejection2, Regularity in a line Print Head failure / replacement
continuous non-ejection per 80 nozzles continuous non-ejection per 40 nozzles
Cleaning B Replace the Print Head

6) Crumped paper
Cleaning B Replace the Print Head

7) Blur (non-ejection and crump)
4-9
8) Mixed color (non-ejection and crump) Cleaning B Replace the Print Head
9) Double vertical line Cleaning B Replace the Print Head
10) Mixed color (non-ejection and crump) Cleaning B T04
Suspect ink supply system abnormity
4-10
11. Blur (small amount of ink ejection) クリーニングB実行

Operate Cleaning B T04
T04
インク供給系異常の可能性
Suspect ink supply system abnormity
プリントヘッド交換
Replace Print Head
13. Non-ejection without regularity of line. Operate Cleaning B Replace Print Head
4-11
T03 Carriage Encoder Fault Isolation Tool
Cannot print
Random uneven
Check the main controller flat Clean the end face and then reinsert
Can print lines in an image in
cable (long) for connection the cable
paper feed direction
Is the flat cable broken? Replace the flat cable

Yes
T11 Replace the sensor/carriage
No
Replace the carriage encoder film

Position-dependent
uneven lines in Is the flat cable broken? Replace the flat cable
paper feed direction Yes
No
T11 Normal operation is
P3-27 Explanatory Replace the carriage encoder film
restored by wiping the
drawings2
carriage encoder film
Remove the carriage encoder film and wipe it lightly

with lens-cleaning paper moistened with water
T04 Ink Supply System Fault Isolation Tool
Can be checked without removing the outer covering
Adjacent
Check the tube for ink Little or no ink left Flow 1
three colors
T01 Purge fault isolation

Pull out the carriage
Else Flow 2
T07
Check to see if the head ink supply Properly connected (check Air leak isolation
joint is properly connected also for lever cracks)
Check to see if foreign matter is

not stuck in the purge cap and Remove the foreign matter
wiper
ヘッドレバー
Print Head
ジョイント部
Joint Part
チューブレバー
Tube Lever
4-12
Cannot be checked without removing the outer covering
A gap of about 8 mm iPF5000 Series: Photo 1

Check the carriage position on capping 2F26
(Photo 1,2) Other than iPF5000 Series: Photo 2
Lower the cap and check its gap from Parallel with a gap of 2 mm Purge fault isolation
the head (Photo 3) Flow 1
Check the tube at the position not

Sufficient ink left Flow 2 Air leak isolation
visible above
Little or no ink left Adjacent three colors Flow 1

Purge fault isolation
T01
Else Flow 2
Air leak isolation
Photo 1 iPF5000 Series Photo 2 Other than iPF5000 Series
About 8 mm
About 8 mm
Photo 3
About 2 mm
4-13
Turn the gear by a hand to check up

and down movement of the cap and
Flow
フロー11 backward and forward movement of
Replace the Purge Unit
パージユニ換
Not movable
Ink supply system the wiper blade.*1
abnormity isolation
Movable
*1 : Normal Operation Procedure of
Purge unit キャップのリップ確認
Check the lip of the cap. Replace the Purge Unit
Home position damaged
傷あり
1) Atmospheric air open valve 傷なし
No damage Flow 2
2) Cap moves down Air leak isolation
エアリークの切り分け
3) Wiper blade moves backwards
against homeposition Elevated
4) The wiper moves back to the Elevation of absorber in the cap Correct the elevation
homeposition
5) The cap moves up
6) Lockpin toatally moves down No Elevation
Flow 2 Air leak isolation
7) The lockpin moves up.
8) The cap moves up Foreign
Foreign substance in the
Home position substance
absorber in the cap Wash the absorber with refining water
ギアを時計（三角印）方向に 11.25 回転させると

Turn the gear clockwise (toward a No Foreign substance
1triangle
サイクルの動作を行う
marking) by giving it 11.25 turns Flow 2 Air leak isolation
アリークの切り分け
to complete one cycle of operation.
Cap
Wiper Blade
Lip
Absorber
Direction of Gear Rotation Gear
Homeposition of Purge
Wiper is at home position
Cap moves up Lockpin moves up
Air valve is“closed”.
Flow 2 Air leak isolation by opening Ink supply valve.
Turn on the power. Make sure the print head is capped, then turn off the power.
Open supply valve Supply system air leak Replace tube or replace joint part
Ink drops
Normal Flow 3 Detecting subtle leaking is Flow 2’.

No ink drops
(suspect leaking in the Print Head)
4-14
フロー2’
Flow 2’ シリンジを使用したエアリークの切り分け
Air leak isolation with using syringe.
約7mm
Approx. 7mm
Do何度も加圧しない
not apply pressure
many times. Inkインク供給針
supply needle
クラック
crack
インク供給針
Ink supply
sideヘッド側
Print インクタンク側
Ink Tank side needle
Do not insert deeply. Head
奥まで差し込まない
*Stop insertion at approx.
2/3 of※ 2／3位まで
the needle.
右図のクラックが検出できない
The crack in the right picture can not be detected.
Turn off the power (ink supply valve is closed).
Take out the carriage, and remove the print head.

キャリッジを引き出し、ヘッドを外す T07
iPF5000
iPF5000,、iPF650/750
iPF650/750 ： 0.75 ml
シリーズ：
series 0.75ml iPF700 シリーズ： 1.5ml
Put air in the syringe beforehand.
あらかじめ、シリンジに空気を入れる iPF700 series ：1.5ml
iPF8000シリーズ： 2ml iPF8000 series ： 2ml
Insert the syringe into the colored ink supply needle that needs to be checked.
Apply pressure by pushing syringe (keep 2sec.). Push until unnatural force is loaded.
無理をせずに押せる位置まで押し込む
Stop applying pressure and see if the piston comes back Suspect air leak in the print head.
Flow 3 3
フロー
to the original position. comes back
(normal)
The piston does not come
back to the original position.
Ink leak.
Supply system air leak Replace tube or replace joint part.
Flow 3 Air leak isolation in the Print Head
Release capping (take out carriage) T07
Open supply valve Air leak in the print head Replace print head
Ink drops
Normal Flow 4 4
No ink drops
Flow 4 Put air in the tube to see ink flow.
Open ink supply valve for 2sec., Flow 5

Take out carriage Open Tube Lever Close the Tube Lever
watching ink movement in the tube.
T07 Note : Do not open the
print head lever.
4-15
Suspect print head failure
Flow 5 Failure part Isolation by ink (air) flow in the tube.
Put air in the tube. Flow 6 Clogging of Ink flow

Check and correct twist or crush on the tube.
(Flow 4) Air does not go in.
(clogging)
Air is in the
tube. (normal)
Start up in service mode. Turn off the power

Check ink (air) flow in
Operate cleaning B. once. Then take out Replace purge unit Purge unit failure
the tube. Not flowed
carriage.
(5g ink consumption per each color)
Flowed
Subtle air leak
Replace tube (On iPF5000, tube is included in supply

unit.)
Leak or replacement of joint parts (print head joint,

tube, or supply unit)
Suspect print head failure
It is difficult to judge with sub

Ink flow clogging isolation tank model. However, it is able to
Flow 66
フロー Ink supply needle judge if ink is in the sub tank.
Cap five ink tanks.

(prevent ink reverse flow)
Open ink supply
valve and check.
Do not return the ヘッド側

Print head side インクタンク側
Ink tank side
suctioned ink.
■Ink
■インク供給弁が開かない
supply valve can not be
opened.
■大気連通孔の目詰まり
■Clogging of air access hole
The hole is clogged.
■position error of ink supply needle.

■インク供給針の位置不良
rubber
(low position)
（下がっている）
■インクタンク不良
■inktank failure.
電源をOFFする（インク供給弁が閉じる）
Turn off the power. (ink supply valve is closed)
キャリッジを引き出し、ヘッドを外す
Take out carriage. Then remove the print head. T07
T07
Cap (rivet) the pins other than the colored pin that needs to
確認したい色以外の針にフタ（リベット）を差し込む
be checked. リベット
rivet
確認したい色のインク供給針にシリンジを接続
Connect the syringe into the target colored ink supply pin.
インク供給弁を開く
Open ink supply valve.
シリンジを引く
Pull the syringe. インク流路に詰まりはない
Ink flow is not clogged.
引ける（正常）
Pull (normal)
引けない、抵抗が大きい
Unable to pull due to
large resistance.
インク供給弁、インク供給針貫通状態、大気連通不良
Ink supply valve, Ink supply needle is penetrating, air access failure
4-16
インク供給弁
Ink supply valve
◆iPF5000 Series
■iPF650/750シリーズ
◆iPF650/750 Series
レバー
Lever
◆iPF700 Series
4-17
■iPF800／iPF8000シリーズ
◆iPF800/8000 Series
4-18
T05 Purge Unit Fault Isolation Tool
Remove Check the purge unit for

Remove the foreign matter
the cover presence of foreign matter Foreign matter found
No foreign matter found If the foreign matter is a hard substance,
replace the purge unit
Turn the gear by hand to check the cap

moves up and down and that the wiper Replace the purge unit
(*1) Not movable
blade moves forward and backward
Movable
Replace the
Switch on Replace the purge unit
main PCB
Movable Totally not movable
Abnormal
*1 Sequence of checking the purge unit for
normal operation
With the purge unit being
① The cap moves down.
removed from the main unit,
② The wiper blade moves forward and Switch off once
switch on the power and Normal 2F26
backward. (*1)
check for operations Carriage
③ The cap moves up.
Turn the gear clockwise (toward a triangular inoperable
mark) by giving it 11.25 turns to complete one
cycle of operation.
Lock pin
Wiper blade
Cap
Direction of gear rotation Gear
4-19
T06 Carriage encoder installation fault isolation tool
Check the mounting leaf spring for

deformation
Check the carriage encoder

Fix the leaf spring
for slacks
Check the coil for elongation

(iPF8000 Series)
Replace the coil
Is the carriage encoder film

inserted in the sensor groove Fix
on the carriage side?
Is the positional relationship

of the carriage encoder film Fix
with the support plate
iPF700/iPF800/iPF8000 Series
T07 How to unlock the carriage (without having to remove the cover)
上カバー開放検知センサ（ドアスイッチ）
In releasing the top cover release detection キャリッジロックが解除され、キャリッジが
Make sure the carriage is released. Unplug
iPF5000シリーズ
iPF5000 Series
を解除した状態で電源を投入
sensor (door switch), turn on the power. when the carriage starts moving.
動き始めたらコンセントを抜く
電源を投入後、18秒～28秒の間
18 Sec. to 28 Sec. after turning on the power.
iPF800シリーズ
iPF800 Series
「メインメニュー」→「メンテナンス」→「カッ
Select “Main Menu” → “Maintenance” → Close the top cover after confirming.
iPF700シリーズ
iPF700 Series 確認後、上カバーを閉じる
ター交換」→「する」を実行
“Change Cutter” → “Yes”.
カット回数のリセットを確認するメッセージ
Cancel when the message for confirming
reset of cutting times is displayed.
が表示されたら、キャンセルする
iPF8000シリーズ
iPF8000 Series
iPF650/750シリーズ
iPF650/750 Series
目隠しカバー
Blindfold cover
4-20
T08 Recommended head adjustment procedure
* Prepare photo glossy paper (thin), photo semi-glossy paper (thin), proof paper 2 or Mitsubishi IJ-Proof (DDCP-Kote) and set the head
height to “Low” and perform the adjustment.
iPF5000 Series Perform automatic head Reset the head height to

adjustment in User mode (details) [Automatic]
iPF700 Series
Adjust the head
inclination
iPF800 Series
iPF650/750 Series V1.23 or later (CR_REG factory-executed)
Load photo glossy paper in the

Check the firmware
iPF8000 Series Upgrade to the latest version maximum size that can be loaded
version number V1.20 or earlier and execute CR_REG (*)
* Choose [Service Mode] → [Adjust] → [CR_REG] → [EXECUTE] → [YES] and click [OK].
T09 Recommended band adjustment procedure
Check no unusual loads are placed on paper feeding

and rewinding
Choose [Main Menu] → [Print Adjustment] → [Automatic

Band Adjustment] → [Standard Adjustment] → [Yes] With non-recommended paper, perform Detailed Adjustment.
Abnormal
Is any print error detected by running Nozzle Check

Print in User mode? 2F2F Non-Ejection Error
Abnormal
Normal
Band Fine Adjustment procedure

Perform Band Fine Adjustment ① Print the data in error.
Abnormal ② When printing has started, press the [Online] button to pause
the printing.
③ Press the [Menu] button to open the [Now Printing] menu.
For the iPF650/750, iPF700/iPF800 Series, perform ④ Select [Band Fine Adjustment] using the [↑] and [↓] buttons.
Head Inclination Adjustment ⑤ Choose a numeric value using the [↑] and [↓] buttons
(between -5 and +5).
Abnormal
⑥ Press the [Online] button to resume the printing and confirm the
image.
⑦ If the problem persists, repeat steps ② to ⑤.
The problem could be remedied by selecting [Perform
automatic head adjustment with the head height being
lowered] or [Print in an upper print mode]
Set the type and size of the paper to be used for adjustment to equal those of the paper used for actual printing.
To apply the result of paper feed adjustment to printing, it is necessary to set [Paper Feed Adjustment] to [Prioritize Band Joint]
beforehand.
With [Paper Feed Adjustment] set to [Automatic], the result of adjustment would be applied to printing only if [Prioritized Image
Quality] is set to [Photographs and Illustrations] or [Office Documents] in the printer driver.
4-21
バンド調整でエラーになる場合
Error in Adjusting Band
用紙の搬送・巻き戻しに異常な負荷がな
Make sure any load abnormaity is not on
media delivering and rewinding. 各ローラ摩耗・回転不良、トルクリミッタ異常、異物混入など
Each roller worn out, lack of turning, torque limiter abnormity, and foreign substances.
いことを確認
バンド調整パターンを確認
Check the band adjusting pattern.
・正常：
・normal :白ピークが中央に1個
one white peak at the center
・異常：白ピークが2個
・abnormal : two white peaks
Abnomity in main unit correction data by

用紙別本体補正データの異常 Madia information
用紙情報初期化メインメニュー＞システム設定
Main Manu＞System ＞用
setup＞Media 紙設定初期化
setup Formatting.
each paper. formatting
canon.jp ＞ダウンロード＞大判プリンター

canon.jp＞Downroad＞Large Format Printer
MCTデータ更新
MCT Data Renewal ＞ imagePROGRAF
＞imagePROGRAF Media
Media Configuration
Configration Tool Tool
4-22
T10 Electrical ejection fault isolation tool
Check flat cable ③a for proper connection to

Reinsert the connector
the main controller Abnormal Confirm that the connector is locked,
and is not inserted slantwise.
Normal
With the printer switched off, do the following:

- Clean head contact pin ⑦ with a blower.
Continuity check Normal
- Remove and reinsert the head (three
times).
Check for a disconnection between Flow 1
iPF5000 Series flat cable ③a and contact pin ⑦
* After unlocking the carriage in T07, pull it iPF650/750 Series
out and then remove and reinsert the head.
Abnormal Replace the carriage
T11
unit (*1)
Replace the carriage

Replace the carriage relay PCB
iPF700 Series unit (*2)
The iPF700 does not allow continuity checking between ③a and ⑦ (because such checking
requires the intervention of the IC on the carriage relay PCB)
Flow 2
Head / Main controller problem isolation
Flow 1 Replace the main controller Replace the printhead Replace the carriage unit
Carriage / flat cable problem isolation

Check flat cables ③b and ⑤a for Continuity check
Replace flat cable
Flow 2 proper connection to carriage Check for a disconnection between
(long) ③
relay PCB ④ (contact check) a and b of flat cable (long) ③ Disconnected
Normal
T11
Continuity check
Check for a disconnection between Flow 1
flat cable ③a and contact pin ⑦ Normal
T11 Abnormal
relay PCB

unit (*2)
*1 It takes a long time to replace the flexible cable (long) and the head relay PCB individually. (It’s
better to replace the whole unit.)
*2 It takes a long time to replace the flexible cable (short) and the head relay PCB individually. (It’s
better to replace the whole unit.)
4-23
Electrical System Block Diagram
① Power PCB
③Flat cable (long)
⑥Carriage PCB
a b
⑦Contact pin
②Main controller
⑧Printhead
iPF5000 Series,iPF650/750 Series
Carriage Unit
①Power PCB ③Flat cable (long)

④Carriage relay PCB
⑤Flat cable (short)
⑥Head relay PCB
a b a b
⑦Contact pin
②Main controller
⑧Printhead
iPF800/iPF8000 Series Carriage Unit iPF700 Series Carriage Unit
4-24
■iPF5000 Series PCB layout
メインコントローラ
Main controller 電源基板
Power PCB
メンテナンスカートリッジ中継基板
Maintenance cartridge relay PCB
ロール紙ユニット基板
Roll media unit PCB
キャリッジ基板
Carriage PCB
操作パネル基板
Operation panel PCB
■iPF650/750 Series PCB Layout

Main controller
Carriage PCB
Operation panel PCB
Power PCB
キャリッジ中継基板
Carriage relay PCB
電源基板
Power PCB
HDD
HDD
Main controller
操作パネル基板
Operation panel PCB
ヘッド中継基板
Head relay PCB
メンテナンスカートリッジ中継基板
Maintenance cartridge relay PCB
4-25
ヘッド中継基板キャリッジ中継基板
Head relay PCB Carriage relay PCB
Lower 下段ロール紙ユニット中継基板
roll media unit relay PCB 操作パネル基板
Operation panel PCB
下段ロール紙ユニット基板
Lower roll media unit PCB
Power
電源基板PCB
Main controller
HDD
HDD
電源基板
Power PCB メインコントローラ
Main controller
ヘッド中継基板
Head relay PCB キャリッジ中継基板
Carriage relay PCB
HDD
HDD
Take-up relay PCB
巻き取り中継基板
巻き取り基板
Take-up PCB Operation
操作パネル基板 panel PCB
4-26
T11 Flat Cable Fault Isolation Tool
Example 1: 0.5 mm-pitch flat cable disconnection check
CR2032 1. Connect flat cables 3a and 3b under test to connectors J02 and J01
of the flat cable checker, respectively.
2. Load a battery into the flat cable checker for the flat cable connected
to connector J01.
3. Slide SW1 to ON to switch on the PCB. If the green LED turns on at
J01 this time, go to 4.
If the red LED turns on, there is a full disconnection.
4. Touching the flat cable under test by hand, check to see if the LED
turns from green to red.
If a disconnection occurs momentarily, the LED will turn red, which
J02 means a partial disconnection.
Example 2: 1 mm-pitch flat cable disconnection check
1. Connect flat cables 3a and 3b under test to connectors J1002 and

J03 J1001 of the flat cable checker, respectively.
2. Load a battery into the flat cable checker for the flat cable connected
to connector J1001.
3. Slide SW1 to ON to switch on the PCB. If the green LED turns on at
this time, go to 4.
J1001 If the red LED turns on, there is a full disconnection.
4. Touching the flat cable under test by hand, check to see if the LED
turns from green to red.
If a disconnection occurs momentarily, the LED will turn red, which
means a partial disconnection.
J1002
AY3-4504
■Sample connection
Flat cable checker Flat cable checker
* No battery is required for

a PCB having its flat Button battery
cable connected to J02. CR2032
J01
J02
a b
③Flat cable (long)
④Carriage relay PCB

②Main controller
《Supplement information》
The example above explains how the tool works on occurrence of a micro crack in the flat cable. If a complete
disconnection occurs, the LED will light red from the beginning or it will turn red after SW2 is pressed.
4-27
Example 3: Main controller and head contact pin continuity check
1. Identify the color (chip) that has been found to have an imaging failure in a Nozzle Check Print operation.
2. Connect flat cable ③a under test to connector J02 of the flat cable checker.
3. Connect the ― terminal of the tester to any grounding terminal (GND as shown below).
4. Chips (A through F) have a specific color to control each and also have six contacts each. Check all these contacts for
continuity.
5. With the E-chip, for example, apply the + terminal of the tester to the contact at position E shown below to check for
continuity. (An example of making a continuity check on E-chip signals is shown below.)
■Nozzle check print and chip layout (Double-head model example）
A B C
Left
head
D E F
A B C
Right
head
D E F
Layout of head contact pins exposed with the head removed
A F
B A B F E
C A C C D D E E
C B B A C D E F F E D
GND GND A B C D E※ F GND GND GND
GND GND GND A B D F GND GND

Tester
*Inaccessible for checking on the iPF5000 Series.
4-28
T12 Service Mode
1) Invoke and exit service mode

Switch on the printer while pressing [Feeder Selection] button or [Change Paper] button and [Information] button or
[Navigate] button simultaneously.
To exit service mode, switch off the printer, then back on.
Note : When a printer is started in service mode, startup error check is not performed. Therefore, make sure to start
the printer in normal mode and check its operations after repairing.
2) Print Print Inf

Print necessary information for isolation, such as error history in the main unit.
[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [DISPLAY] ˃ [PRINT INF] ˃ [YES]
3) Nozzle Check
Print nozzle check pattern with the non-ejection backup function off to isolate failure.
[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [ADJUST] ˃ [PRINT PATTERN] ˃ [NOZZLE 1]
4) Clear Error Log

Clear the service technician calls that starts with “E”. The calls are cleared by simply starting in service mode after
correcting the cause of the error.
5) Each adjustment after replacing parts

- adjustment after replacing Print Head management sensor
[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [ADJUST] ˃ [NOZZLE CHK POS.]
- adjustment after replacing multi sensor

[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [ADJUST] ˃ [GAP CALIB.]
[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [ADJUST] ˃ [PRINT PATTERN] ˃ [OPTICAL AXIS]
- adjustment after replacing LF Roller (corresponding models only)

[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [ADJUST] ˃ [PRINT PATTERN] ˃ [LF TUNING]
- adjustment after replacing carriage motor (corresponding models only)

[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [ADJUST] ˃ [CR MOTOR COG]
6) Function Check Mode (corresponding models only)

[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [FUNCTION] ˃ [XXX]
7) Clear Part Counter

The corresponding part counter is cleared after part replacement.
8) Others
For more details, refer to service manuals.
4-29
T13 I/O Display
The status of the port signal of each sensor or switch is displayed as “0” or “1.”
[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [I/O DISPLAY] ˃ [I/O DISPLAY 1]

[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [I/O DISPLAY] ˃ [I/O DISPLAY 2]
[SERVICE MODE] ˃ [I/O DISPLAY] ˃ [I/O DISPLAY 3] (corresponding models only)
DISPLAY 内容
I/O DISPLAY 1
００００００００００００００００ Shows senor and switch ON (1) / OFF (0) (① to ⑯ in the
↑ table below)
①②③④⑤⑥⑦⑧⑨⑩⑪⑫⑬⑭⑮⑯
I/O DISPLAY 2
００００００００００００００００ Shows senor and switch ON (1) / OFF (0) (⑰ to ○
32 in the
↑ table below)
⑰⑱⑲⑳○ 21 ○
22 ○
23 ○
24 ○
25 ○
26 ○
27 ○
28 ○
29 ○
30 ○
31 ○
32
I/O DISPLAY 3
００００００００００００００００ 33 to ○
Shows senor and switch ON (1) / OFF (0) (○ 48 in the
↑ table below)
○33 ○
34 ○
25 ○
36 ○
37 ○
38 ○
39 ○
40 ○
41 ○
42 ○
43 ○
44 ○
45 ○
46 ○
47 ○
48
4-30
Display
Sensor LCD Display
position
1 Pump cam sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
2 Ink valve open/close sensor R 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
3 Ink valve cam sensor L 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
4 Ink valve cam sensor R 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
5 Spur cam sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
6 Lift cam sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
7 LF roller HP sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
8 Top cover sensor/safety switch 0: Cover open, 1: Cover closed
9 Carriage cover sensor 0: Cover open, 1: Cover closed
10 Tank cover sensor R 0: Cover open, 1: Cover closed
11 Tank cover sensor L 0: Cover open, 1: Cover closed
12 LF_PE sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
13 Cassette paper detection sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
14 Cassette cam sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
15 Prefed paper detection sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
16 Cassette cam sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
17 Roll path sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
18 Roll cam sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
19 Cutter lift sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
20 Cutter right detection sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
21 Cutter left detection sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
22 Carriage HP sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
23 Pressure release switch 0: Pressure release, 1: Pressure
24 LF roller HP sensor 0: Not feeding, 1: Feeding
25 Roll Paper rotation detection sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
26 Roll unit detection 0: Roll Paper unit not available,
1: Roll Paper unit available
27 Cutter unit detection 0: Cutter unit not available
1: Cutter unit available
28 Paper take-up unit detection 0: Paper take-up unit not available,
1: Paper take-up unit available
29 Paper take-up unit sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
30 Ink valve open/close detection sensor L 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
31 Air-through valve open/close sensor R 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
32 Air-through valve open/close sensor L 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
33 Release lever lock sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
34 Pinch roller pressure release detection switch 0: Pressure release, 1: Pressure
35 Platen shutter HP sensor 0: Sensor on, 1: Sensor off
36 （Not used）
37 （Not used）
38 （Not used）
39 （Not used）
40 （Not used）
41 Broken flexible cable detection（J3601 pin no. 50） 0: Conduction, 1: Broken
Broken flexible cable detection
45 0: Conduction, 1: Broken
（J3501, J3502, J3601, J3602）
46 （Not used）
47 （Not used）
48 （Not used）
4-31
T14 PCB Replacement Mode
PCB Replacement mode is used to replace the main controller or maintenance cartridge relay PCB.
At PCB replacement, be sure to have the latest release of firmware transferred to the printer in download mode to keep the
firmware consistent.
Note 1) In case both boards are replaced unavoidably, replace the maintenance cartridge relay board first.
2) Make sure the firmware is the latest version when replacing the main controller board and maintenance
cartridge relay PCB.
1) Invoke and exit PCB Replacement Mode

Switch on the printer while pressing [Feeder Selection] button or [Change Paper] button and [Information] button or
[Navigate] button simultaneously. (The same as invoking in service mode.)
To exit service mode, switch off the printer, then back on.
2) Using PCB Replacement Mode

① Start in PCB Replacement Mode.
The message “REPLACE MODE / CPU BOARD” appears on the display.
② Select the board you want to replace with the [<] and [>] buttons and press the [OK] button.
CPU BOARD: Select if the main PCB has been replaced.
MC BOARD: Select if the maintenance cartridge relay PCB has been replaced.
③ When the message “Turn off printer.” appears to signify the completion of restore, switch off the printer to exit PCB
Replacement Mode.
T15 Download Mode
Use Download Mode to transfer (download) firmware from the PC to the printer when the printer does not start normally due
to replacement of the main controller or error display.
Switch on the printer while pressing the [Information] button or [Navigate] button and the [Stop] button simultaneously.
To exit download mode, switch off the printer, then back on.
Use the service tool “L Printer Service Tool” to upgrade the firmware. For the latest release of the firmware see Technical
Information.
4-32
T16 Cleaning operation
1. Manual cleaning
1-1. Cleaning A (Normal suction)
The purge pump is driven, with the ink supply valve open, to adjust the nozzle conditions
※About 1 to 2 g of ink is consumed for each color per head.
1-2. Cleaning B (Normal suction, high)

The purge pump is driven, with the ink supply valve closed, to increase the internal negative pressure. Then
when the valve is released, the ink infiltrate the head at once, eliminating the air accumulated in the liquid
chamber in the filter under the head.
2. Automatic Cleaning
2-1. Initial Filling
The ink tube and head are filled with ink at installation. Initial filling is similar in the principle of cleaning
operation to Cleaning B.
※The longer the tube is, the more ink is consumed.
※About 15 to 25 g of ink is consumed for each color per head. (17- and 24-inch model), when compared
with about 45 to 55 g (36-, 44- and 60-inch models).
2-2. Timed Suction 1 (Turned on automatically 168 to 720 hours after capping; normal suction)
Timed Suction 1 is similar in the principle of cleaning operation to Cleaning B.
※About, 5 to 7 g of ink is consumed for each color per head.
2-3. Timed Suction 2 (Turned on automatically 960 hours after capping: liquid level adjustment)
Timed Suction 2 is similar in the principle of cleaning operation to two iterative cycles of Cleaning B.
2-4. Head Replacement (Draining the head you want to replace and filling the new head with ink)
※About 17 g of ink is consumed for each color per head.
4-33
T17 Replacing the Head
Advantage: Low ink consumption

①Replacing heads from the Main Menu Disadvantage: Unpredictable head reusability
Main Menu Maintenance Replace Heads Automatic Head Adjustment
On a two-head model, choose either L or R. Try on the finest grade of paper

available at the customer’s site.
②Head replacement by servicepersons Advantage: Assures head reusability (allowing faults in the heads to be analyzed)
Disadvantage: Increased ink and MT cartridge consumption (about three times
larger than normal)
Unlock the carriage and disconnect the AC cable
Take out the head and close the head cover and the top cover
Restart the printer in user mode without a head mounted Ink filling will not occur if you mount a new head now.
Mount a new head according to operation panel guidance
Perform automatic head adjustment with the finest grade of

Initial filling and automatic head adjustment
paper available at the customer’s site.
Restart the printer in service mode and check the nozzle check pattern
Advantage: Low ink consumption

③Removing and reinserting a head on carriage unit replacement (unless the printer has been drained of ink)
Unlock the carriage and disconnect the AC cable
Take out the head
Unless the printer has been drained of ink Remount the original head and restart the printer
If the printer has been drained of ink on Restart the printer in user mode without a head
carriage unit replacement mounted (hereafter follow steps similar to ②)
Mount a new head according to operation panel

guidance
Initial filling and automatic head adjustment
Restart the printer in service mode and check the

nozzle check pattern
4-34
T18 Upgrading Firmware
1.Upgrading method
In most situations, the firmware can be upgraded by using imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool
(hereinafter “FUT”).
FUT is a firmware and installer package, allowing you to only upgrade the preinstalled version of
firmware in the FUT.
The firmware can also be upgraded using L Printer Service tool. With this tool, it can be downgraded as
well.
※ Upgrading by FUT won’t work if the printer has an error, in which case use L Printer Service Tool to
upgrade the firmware.
2.Upgrading using FUT (Firmware Update Tool)

Download the latest release of firmware (FUT) from the software download page at the Canon Web site.
Unzip the compressed file downloaded and click “setup.exe” in the resultant folder.
As the window shown below opens, start the FUT setup process.
Once FUT is set up, proceed to upgrade the firmware as directed by FUT.
3.Upgrading using L Printer Service Tool

1) Install L Printer Service Tool on the PC.
2) Identify the firmware version and copy the firmware to a specified folder on the tooling PC.
(Default destination directory: C: \Program Files\L Printer Service Tool\Data）
3) Start the printer in Download Mode.
4) Launch L Printer Service Tool.
5) Connect to the printer, choose the firmware you want to upgrade from L Printer Service Tool and
click Transfer Firmware to start a transfer.
6) When the transfer completes, switch off the printer to restart it.
4.Relationship with MCT (imagePROGRAF Media Configuration Tool)

imagePROGRAF Media Configuration Tool for x64 (hereinafter “MCT”） manages the media list saved
as printer internal data.
At setup installation, MCT will install la country-specific media list automatically on the main unit
MCT is available from the Canon Website as an independent utility program. Download MCT to register
paper types with your printer and associated software to your preference.
※ Additional paper types that are registered with MCT are saved even after the firmware is upgraded,
but some information may be lost.
4-35
T19 Description of L Printer Service Tool, and How to Use It
1.What you can do with this tool

View/save Print Inf and status information, and upgrade the firmware.
2.Installation procedure
1） Log on to the tooling PC as an administrator and copy the L Printer Service Tool installer.
2) Run “setup.exe” in the installer.
3) When a dialog box appears, press the [Next] button.
4) In the license agreement window, check the [I agree to all terms of the license agreement] radio button
and press the [Next] button.
5) When the destination folder selection dialog box appears, select a destination folder and press the [Next]
button.
6) When the installation preparation complete dialog box appears, press the [Install] button.
7) When the Windows firewall block setting window appears, check the [Unblock] radio button and press
the [Next] button. (This window may not appear depending on the version of your OS.)
8) When the installation has completed, press the [Finish] button.
9) Add a printer.
When you use a new printer, execute [Add a printer] in menu.
① On the Service menu, choose [Add a printer].
② When the printer addition dialog box appears, press the [Add] button.
③ Enter the product name and firmware identification information with single-byte characters according
to the table below and press the [OK] button.
④ When the printer is added, it appears on the [Printers List].
4-36
3.Viewing and saving Print Inf and status information (Download to the PC as data)
■Service Print Display
Collects Print Inf information from the printer and displays it as text in a text editor.
The textual information collected is automatically saved to a log and can be reviewed in a log window.
■Status Print Display

Collects status print Inf information from the printer and displays it as text in a text editor.
The textual information collected is automatically saved to a log and can be reviewed in a log window.
4.Upgrading (downgrading) firmware

■Download firmware
Starts a firmware download.
■Firmware specifications
・Optional directory specification (default)
Firmware that can be updated is selected automatically. (The firmware can only be updated.)
・Optional file specification
The optional file (firmware) specification allows the firmware to be upgraded and downgraded.
■Forced download mode

Do not use Forced Download Mode in usual operations. If Forced Download Mode is run by mistake, the
main unit may become unable to start because the firmware file check, model check, and printer status
check are disabled. In this case, the main controller would need a replacement.
4-37
T20 Information required to request investigation
Collect the following information when requesting investigation of application related output failure.
1. Application Information
- Application name, Version
- Occurrence data
- The data need to be approved by the customer, and reduce it to the necessity minimum.
- Operation process when it occurred. ( Itemize each operation one by one specifically.)
- Claim explanation (in case of printing result failure).
- NG printing result (indicate specific spot and failure explanation using notes).
- Expected printing image (the image that the customer expect it to be).
2. PC Information
- PC information in detail. (refer to T23)
- The information to set up the environment for recurrence of the failure.
3. Driver Information and Others

- Set up value of the driver when it occurred (refer to T24).
- This information is necessary to make recurrence of the failure.
- For the information other than driver, take screenshots, for example (refer to T26).
- PRN file (refer to T21).(PRN file is the data which is actually sent to the printer from PC (driver). Analyzing this data
enables isolation of the cause.)
4. Caution
Relative to the escalated issue, Canon Inc. needs to recur the same event (failure) as the customer experienced to
analyze the situation, identify the cause, and discuss countermeasure. Therefore, if the same event as the customer
experienced does not recur in Canon Inc., identifying cause and discussing countermeasure can not be managed.
For this reason, it is the most important to recur the event. To make recurrence, it is necessary to collect all of customer’s
data (that helps recurrence), print setup information, and operation procedure when escalating issues from service
division to Canon Inc.
Lack of information delays recurrence process in Canon Inc., which makes unnecessary time. Moreover, requesting
additional information to the customer is needed. As a result, it takes long time to provide response. Incomplete
information
Especially, collect full information in case of emergency.

Requesting escalation with “start investigation with the information that we have for now,” for example, prompt response
can not be provided since failure recurrence is impossible after all.
The escalation with incomplete information results to lower the priority.
5. Deposite Data
In case the customer’s data is a confidential treatment, ask the customer to bring substitution data which is recurrable
and not confidential.
For example, in CAD drawing, if printed image size has failure, create the data with drawing frame only, erasing the data
inside of the drawing frame. Receive the data when recurrence is confirmed with the frame data.
6. Response to Customers and Handling

When responding to customer’s issue, briefly explain cause of the failure to him/her, not only how to avoid.
By this brief explanation, the customer will be able to solve the same kind of problem by themselves. Consequently, the
number of escalation decreases.
Also, the major causes of failure are application problem and printer driver setting defect or misunderstanding of
specifications. However, many customers think that the problem is caused by the printer main unit or printer drivers. To
ease their dissatisfaction against printers or service, explain cause of the failure as easy as possible.
Escalation process is not completed with response to the customer. The response that proposed as a countermeasure
does not necessarily satisfy them.
Respond countermeasure to the customer. Around when the countermeasure is performed, make contact with him/her.
Ask if he/she has any trouble and his/her has idea toward the countermeasure. Then, let us know the hearing result.
If the customer still has dissatisfaction, specifications of the printer main unit or the printer driver need to be reconsidered.
4-38
This reconsideration also has influence on new model development. Reflecting customers’ reaction (opition) on printer in
the next generation or printer drivers can improve customer satisfaction. Decreasing number of escalations can help
performing high quality service.
In short, it is the most important to be reported customers’ reaction (opinion) toward Canon response to the failure. We
understand that this process takes long time and unlikable, however, as we mentioned, this process will decrease the
number of issues, which will result in decreasing of service works and improving customer satisfaction.
4-39
T21 Collecting a PRN File (Windows only)
Windows printer driver
Right-click on a printer on the printer list and then

click [Properties]
On the [Ports] tab, take notes of the port checked
Check [FILE:] for the Port
If you print in this condition, a dialog box appears

prompting you to specify where to save the file and
under what file name; specify these
Reset the printer to the port noted above when the

process is complete
HDI driver
In the AutoCAD print dialog box, check [Plot to file]

and print
Macintosh
Macintosh does not provide a means of collecting a PRN file
4-40
T22 Printing from PRN File (for Windows)
1) Connect the printer to PC network. (cross cable is recommended)
2) Start up command prompt.
3) Input LPR command
lpr -S ***.***.***.*** -P -ol (Drop the file here.)

IPaddress “o” and “L”
4) Press “Enter” button to start transferring.
T23 Collecting PC Detailed Information
※Note
PC detailed information can be collected by following the steps suggested below. When taking back the collected information
with you, be sure to seek approval from the customer.
If necessary, edit the information in the file collected so that it contains only information accepted by the customer before
taking it back with you.
Windows
Choose [Start] → [Run...], type “msinfo32” and

click [OK]
Choose [File] → [Export]
Specify the file you want to save
4-41
Macintosh
Choose [Apple] → [About This Mac]
Click [More Info...]
Choose [File] → [Save]
Set [Plain Text] as a format and select

the file you want to save
4-42
T24 Collecting Printer Driver Settings
After configuring a print job with an application, collect print driver settings before clicking Print.
If the [Printing Preferences] dialog box has a [Support]

tab
Click the [Support] tab
Click [Settings Summaries…]
Click [Copy] to copy the document to the clipboard.

Open a text editor, such as Notepad, paste it and
save the file.
4-43
If the [Printing Preferences] dialog box does not

have a [Support] tab
Click the [Profiles] tab in the [Printing Preferences]

dialog box and click [Add…]
Type a name and click [OK]
Select the profile just added and click [Export…]
Select a file name and save the file

* You can import the file just saved to confirm its
settings by choosing [Import…] in the [Profiles]
tub.
4-44
Macintosh
Support screen
Click [Settings] in the Support screen or [Details] in
the Version Information screen
Version Information screen
Specify the folder in which to save the file, as well

as the file name, and click [Save]
4-45
T25 Collecting Status Information
Windows
Click [Status Saving] on the [Information] tab in

the status monitor
Status information is written to a specified file as

text data
Macintosh
Click [Settings] in the printer driver utility panel,

and then click [Status Display/Saving] in the
[Information] tab
Check [Save File] and click [OK]
4-46
T26 Collecting Screen Shots
Windows
Screen as a whole Press the [Print Screen] key
Current window Press the [Alt] + [Print Screen] keys
Macintosh
Specified area After pressing the [Apple] + [Shift] + [4] keys, specify a range with the mouse
Current window After pressing the [Apple] + [Shift] +[4 ] keys, press the [Space] key
4-47
Chapter 5
Miscellaneous Information
Chapter 5 Miscellaneous Information
1. How to interpret Print Inf

*Print Inf is updated each time the printer is switched on and off.
Canon imagePROGRAF iPF700 PRINT INF

Firm:01.31 Boot:01.01 MIT:2.16 S/N:ACY00535 Device address/model (36-inch machine)/LF
type (0: old/1: new)/ambient
SYSTEM
temperature/present paper size
TYPE:ACY00535 36 0 TMP:28 SIZE_LF: 0.0 SIZE_CR: 914.7
HEAD S/N:483B0000 HEAD LOT:166K23B0 Head serial number and lot number
INK
Number of days elapsed since ink tanks
C :32 M :2 Y :27 MBK :19 MBK2:19 BK :19 were mounted
WARNING
01:01800500-1010 02:01800500-1010 03:01810102-1002 04:01810102-1002 05:01061000-1021
06:01061000-1021 07:01810102-1002 08:01810102-1002 09:01810102-1002 10:01810102-1002
11:01061000-1021 12:01800500-1010 13:01800500-1010 14:01800500-1010 15:01800500-1010 Warning and error
16:01810106-1006 17:01810106-1006 18:01810106-1006 19:01810106-1006 20:01810106-1006 histories (latest 20
occurrences)
ERROR
01:03031000-2F38 02:03016000-2010 03:03810206-2596 04:03810206-2586 05:03810206-2586
06:03810206-2586 07:03810106-2507 08:03810106-2507 09:03810106-2507 10:03063000-2E08
11:03060A00-2E1B 12:03016000-2010 13:03060A00-2E1B 14:03016000-2010 15:03063000-2E08
16:03060A00-2E1B 17:03063000-2E08 18:03063000-2E08 19:03010000-200D 20:03010000-200D
INK CHK: C:0 M:0 Y:0 MBK:0 MBK2:0 BK:0 Remaining ink detection OFF execution history
Total number of prints (roll paper, manual

COUNTER paper feeding, cassette)
PRINTER note : only the model with a cassette (the
print number is calculated in A4)
LIFE TTL:22505 LIFE ROLL:22502 LIFE CUTSHEET:3
The accumulative print number in
LIFE A:11440 B:9815 C:992 D:258 E:0 F:0 environment A to F. (the print number is
calculated in A4)
POWER ON:2019 CUTTER:1531 WIPE:1163 W-INK:33%

Cumulative power-on time (h)/number of
times of cutter operation/number of times of
wiping/remaining MTC
CARRIAGE Cumulative print time (h)/cumulative CR drive time (h)/
PRINT:261 DRIVE:44 CR COUNT:119067 CR DIST.:494227 PRINT COUNT:3102 cumulative CR scan count (scans)/cumulative CR scan
distance (reading x 210 mm)/cumulative capping count
PURGE
Cleaning count (A: automatic/M: manual)
CLN-A : 1:45 2:1 3:1 6:15 7:1 10:0 11:10 15:0 16:124 17:0 TTL:197 1: Normal suction (equivalent to Cleaning A) 2: Ink level
CLN-M : 1:8 4:2 5:0 6:10 TTL:20 adjustment 3: Initial filling 4: Ink drainage on head
replacement 5: Ink drainage on shipping 6: Normal
suction (high) (equivalent to Cleaning B) 7: Aging 8:
Flushing 10. Ink filling on secondary shipping 11: Ink
filling after head replacement 15: Dot count low
suction 16: Precipitated ink agitation 17: Low suction
Clear counts
CLEAR Ink interval usages/cutter replacement count/MC
replacement count/head (R) replacement
INK CONSUME:0 CUTTER EXC.:0 MTC EXC.:0 HEAD EXC.:0
count/head (L) replacement count
UNIT A EXC.:0 UNIT D EXC.:0 UNIT F EXC.:0 UNIT H EXC.:0 UNIT K EXC.:0 (F-models)/replacement counts by unit (A to V)
UNIT M EXC.:0
Factory mode usage count
FACTORY CNT.:1
The number of replacements

EXCHANGE Cutter, cartridge, print head, board,
CUTTER EXC.:9 MTC EXC.:4 HEAD EXC.:6 BOARD EXC.(M/B):0 individual unit (A to V)
UNIT A EXC.:0 UNIT D EXC.:0 UNIT F EXC.:0 UNIT H EXC.:0 UNIT K EXC.:0
UNIT M EXC.:0 Secondary shipping count
DETAIL-CNT
MOVE PRINTER : 0 MEDIACONFIG-CNT : 5 MCT media registration count
N-INKCHK : C:0 M:0 Y:0 MBK:0 MBK2:0 BK:0

Refill ink loading history
0: No loading history/1: Loading history exists
5-1
Cumulative usage ink usage (INK: genuine ink, NINK: refill

INK-USE1 ink)
INK C :651.4ml M :639.1ml Y :657.1ml MBK :780.1ml MBK2:780.3ml BK :538.6ml

TTL :4046.6ml
NINK C :0.0ml M :0.0ml Y :0.0ml MBK :0.0ml MBK2:0.0ml BK :0.0ml
TTL :0.0ml Ink interval usage (INK: genuine ink, NINK: refill ink)
INK-USE2
INK C :651.4ml M :639.1ml Y :657.1ml MBK :780.1ml MBK2:780.3ml BK :538.6ml
TTL :4046.6ml
NINK C :0.0ml M :0.0ml Y :0.0ml MBK :0.0ml MBK2:0.0ml BK :0.0ml
TTL :0.0ml
INK-EXC Ink replacement count (INK: genuine ink, NINK: refill ink)
INK C :27 M :25 Y :19 MBK :31 MBK2:25 BK :22
TTL :149
NINK C :0 M :0 Y :0 MBK :0 MBK2:0 BK :0
TTL :0
MEDIA 1 MEDIA 2 MEDIA1 to 7: Names of the

seven media having the
NAME :Plain Paper NAME :HW Coated
largest print areas
TTL : 669.0 m2 7201.5 sq.f TTL : 55.6 m2 599.5 sq.f MEDIA OTHER:
ROLL : 668.9 m2 7200.1 sq.f ROLL : 55.6 m2 599.5 sq.f Information about the areas
used by other media
CUTSHEET : 0.1 m2 1.3 sq.f CUTSHEET : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f
MEDIA 3 MEDIA 4 TTL: Cumulative area
NAME :Coated Paper NAME :Syn. Paper ROLL: Cumulative roll
media area
TTL : 22.8 m2 245.7 sq.f TTL : 7.7 m2 83.9 sq.f
CUTSHEET: Cumulative
ROLL : 22.8 m2 245.7 sq.f ROLL : 7.7 m2 83.9 sq.f cut sheet area or cassette
CUTSHEET : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f CUTSHEET : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f paper area
MEDIA 5 MEDIA 6
NAME :HW SemiGl Photo NAME :Glossy Photo
TTL : 4.1 m2 44.3 sq.f TTL : 1.6 m2 17.4 sq.f
ROLL : 4.1 m2 44.3 sq.f ROLL : 1.5 m2 16.7 sq.f
MEDIA 7 MEDIA OTHER
NAME :Semi-Gl Photo NAME :OTHER
TTL : 1.5 m2 16.7 sq.f TTL : 4.0 m2 43.6 sq.f
MEDIA SIZE1 ROLL P-SQ/P-CNT Print areas by physical size (roll

paper)
36-44: 1213.4 m2 13061.0 sq.f 19455
24-36: 112.1 m2 1207.0 sq.f 1798
A4 sheet equivalents
17-24: 77.9 m2 838.5 sq.f 1249
-17 : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
MEDIA SIZE2 ROLL D-SQ/D-CNT Print areas by data size (roll paper)
*Not functional at present.
36-44: 1230.8 m2 13248.9 sq.f 19735
24-36: 132.2 m2 1423.2 sq.f 2120
17-24: 85.2 m2 917.7 sq.f 1367
-17 : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
MEDIA SIZE1 CUT P-SQ/P-CNT Print areas by physical size (cut
sheets)
36-44: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
24-36: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
17-24: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
-17 : 0.1 m2 2.0 sq.f 3
MEDIA SIZE2 CUT D-SQ/D-CNT Print areas by data size (cut
sheets7)
36-44: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0 *Not functional at present.
24-36: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
17-24: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
-17 : 0.1 m2 2.0 sq.f 3
5-2
HEAD
HEAD DOT
（b）CNT.1 Cカウンタ情報
:26747 M :28070 Y :35399 Current head dot count
MBK :33077 MBK2:33090
■定期交換部品／消耗部品のカウンタ（iPF700 の例） BK :14766
TTL:171152
HEAD DOT CNT.2 C :68870 M :67817 Y :78644 Cumulative head dot count
MBK :87470 MBK2:87533 BK :39530
TTL:429867 ① Status indication corresponding to Status
counts (OK, W1, W2, E)
② Number of days elapsed after setting
③ Count
④ Durability value (equivalent to a threshold that
PARTS COUNTER ① ② determines W2/E)
③ ④ ⑤ Usage ratio (count ratio to the durability value)
COUNTER A : OK 703 ⑤ ⑥
⑥ Cumulative count
PARTS A1 : 66.5 428.6 15% 66.5
COUNTER A: Waste ink absorber
PARTS A2 : 3.0 233.3 1% 3.0 Count (dot count mL)
COUNTER D : OK 703 D1: CR bearing
Count (reading ×210 mm)
PARTS D1 : 494227 11333333 4% 494227
D2: Encoder sensor
PARTS D2 : 429867 14100000 3% 429867 Count (Total ink ejection rate in multiples of one
PARTS D3 : 390 4550 8% 390 million dots)
D3: Carriage height changing cam
COUNTER F : OK 703 Count (rotation count)
PARTS F1 : 119067 3740000 3% 119067 F1: Ink supply system (tube, flexible cable)
Count (CR scan count)
COUNTER H : OK 703 H1: Purge unit
PARTS H1 : 3507 50000 7% 3507 Count (controller cam rotation count)
K1: Print Head management sensor
COUNTER K : OK 703
Count (non-ejection operation count)
PARTS K1 : 155 6000 2% 155 M1: CR motor
COUNTER M : OK 703 Count (CR drive time h)
PARTS M1 : 44 1500 2% 44
Ink saving mode ON/OFF indication

PV AUTO JUDGE : ON(NORMAL) , 1 ON indicates either Normal or Low.
The value indicates the number of times
entered.
■Periodically replaced/consumable parts counter (iPF8000 example)
PARTS COUNTER
COUNTER A : OK 682
D4: Tube unit
PARTS A1 : 9.7 3028.6 0% 9.7 Count (CR scan count)
PARTS A3 : 26.8 890.5 3% 26.8 D5: Multisensor
※ iPF9100/9000S/8100/8000S/820/810/
PARTS A4 : 1.5 890.5 0% 1.5 6200/6100/610/605/5100/510
PARTS A5 : 0.4 651.4 0% 0.4 Count (Total ink ejection rate in multiples of one
million dots)
PARTS A6 : 65.9 666.7 9% 65.9 P1: LF adjustment
COUNTER D : OK 682 Count (feeding direction: reading x 210 mm)
V1: Mist collection duct
PARTS D1 : 1068174 33333333 3% 1068174 Count (dot count mL)
PARTS D2 : 800422 48000000 1% 800422
PARTS D3 : 3242 60000 5% 3242
PARTS D4 : 247999 7360000 3% 247999
COUNTER H : OK 682
PARTS H1 : 4691 50000 9% 4691
COUNTER K : OK 682
PARTS K1 : 178 50000 0% 178
COUNTER M : OK 682
PARTS M1 : 91 3400 2% 91
COUNTER P : OK 682
PARTS P1 : 19869 285714 6% 19869
COUNTER V : OK 682
PARTS V1 : 9.6 2706.7 0% 9.6
5-3
■Periodically replaced/consumable parts counter (iPF5000 example)
PARTS COUNTER
COUNTER A : OK 796
PARTS A1 : 0.0 36.1 0% 0.0
B1: Platen duct
COUNTER B : OK 796 Count (dot count mL)
PARTS B1 : 0.0 48.3 0% 0.0 L1: Print Head management sensor
Count (non-ejection count)
COUNTER D : OK 796 Q1: Cassette pickup roller
PARTS D1 : 179143 13028571 1% 179143 Count (Cassette pickup count)
R1: Spur lift cam
PARTS D2 : 97344 6700000 1% 97344 Count (Total paper feed count)
PARTS D3 : 158057 16500000 0% 158057 V1: Mist collection system
Count (dot count mL)
PARTS D4 : 4733 60000 7% 4733
COUNTER F : OK 796
PARTS F1 : 97344 4000000 2% 97344
COUNTER H : OK 796
PARTS H1 : 2586 50000 5% 2586
COUNTER L : OK 796
PARTS L1 : 111 12500 0% 111
COUNTER P : OK 796
PARTS P1 : 6 750 0% 6
COUNTER Q : OK 796
PARTS Q1 : 1572 27500 5% 1572
COUNTER R : OK 796
PARTS R1 : 1697 27500 6% 1697
COUNTER V : OK 796
PARTS V1 : 0.0 15.2 0% 0.0
■Other display items (iPF8000S example)

Calibration history
(iPF9100/9000S/8100/8000S/6200/6100/6000S/5100 only)
Calibration History (Last 20times) Up to 20 cycles printed (or as many as there are histories if
less than 20 cycles)
Date Action Media Temp[C]/Humid[%] Date/Action/Media/Temp/Humid
1: 2008/08/18 0
2: 2008/08/06 0
3: 2008/08/04 2 Glossy Photo 25/ 57
If the multisensor has been replaced, the new unit version
prints in the Media field (00/01).
Multi Sensor The contents of the first 32 bytes of EEPROM also print.
Unit Ver/DATA
Unit Ver : 01
DATA :
02 55 20 07 05 08 16 25 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
20 81 dc 01 02 81 a8 01 02 81 7c 01 02 01 03 00 CR REG adjustment values (iPF8000/8000 Series only)
iPF8000S, iPF9000S: C2/BK/C
CR REG iPF8000, iPF9000： B/M/Y
※All values appear as 0 if CR_REG is yet to be executed.
C2
15 9 5 2 1 -1 -2 -3 -2 -2 0 2 4 5 7 7
8 9 10 11 12 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 5 4
3 1 0 -2 -4 -4 -4 -3 -1 2 0
BK
12 9 7 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7
8 9 10 11 11 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5
5 4 2 1 -1 -2 -2 -1 0 3 0
C
-6 -5 -4 -4 -4 -3 -2 -2 -1 -1 -1 -2 -2 -3 -3 -3
-3 -3 -3 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -3 -3 -3 -3 -2
-2 -2 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0
5-4
■Case of iPF650/750
Header
Model, Firmware/Boot/MIT version
Canon imagePROGRAF iPF755 PRINT INF
Printer body serial no.
Firm:01.00 Boot:01.24 MIT(DBF):5.00 MIT(DB):1.08 The date of PRINT INF obtained
S/N:AAAG0001 Date:2010/04/01
Body serial no./model (36-inch
machine)/LF type (0: old/1: new)/ambient
temperature/present paper size/no. of
SYSTEM elapsed day after installation
S/N:AAAG0001 TYPE:36 -LF:0 TMP:-1 RH:-1 SIZE-LF:0.0 -CR:610.8 AFTER INST:148
HEAD INK
S/N:20750000 LOT:169G04D1 C:17 M:48 Y:31 MBK:48 MBK2:48 BK:35 Head serial number and lot number
WARNING Number of days elapsed since ink
01:03/10 14:49 1041 00000CB2 02:03/10 12:34 1047 00000CA1 tanks were mounted
03:02/17 15:52 1041 000009C6 04:02/17 15:03 1041 000009C4
05:02/16 21:28 1003 00000734 06:02/09 15:46 1402 000006A7
07:02/09 15:43 1002 000006A7 08:02/09 12:14 1002 00000697
09:02/09 12:11 1002 00000697 10:02/09 12:08 1002 00000697
11:02/08 16:18 1002 00000656 12:01/22 13:52 1041 00000601
13:01/22 13:51 1041 000005FC 14:01/22 10:28 1041 000005F7
15:01/21 12:00 1041 000005F2 16:01/06 07:33 1007 000004DA Warning and error histories (latest 20
occurrences)
17:01/06 07:33 1006 000004DA 18:01/06 07:33 1000 000004DA
19:01/05 17:47 1007 000004CA 20:01/05 17:47 1006 000004CA Error occurrence date (mm/dm/hh/ss)
ERROR /print at occurrence/Error history (last 4digits)/
01:03/16 16:27 2010 00000D04 02:03/08 09:56 2E33 00000C39 No. of printed sheet (A4 sheet equivalent)
03:03/05 16:53 2E05 00000C36 04:03/05 16:49 2E05 00000C33
(Lowest number is the most recent)
05:03/05 16:48 2010 00000C33 06:03/05 16:48 2E05 00000C33
07:03/05 16:47 201A 00000C33 08:03/05 16:47 2E05 00000C33
09:03/05 16:46 2E0C 00000C33 10:03/01 16:52 2F38 00000B4D
11:03/01 13:42 2010 00000B09 12:02/26 14:17 2010 00000B09
13:02/26 10:09 2F21 00000AFA 14:02/17 12:04 2E37 000008F7
15:02/17 11:58 2E1B 000008F7 16:02/16 21:34 2E37 00000734
17:02/16 21:32 2E1B 00000734 18:02/12 11:59 2520 000006AB
19:02/12 11:51 2527 000006AB 20:02/12 11:51 2526 000006AB
JAM
01:02/03 16:06 200C Jam history/Occurrence date
01:3 02:1 03:* 04:1 05:2 06:* 07:* 08:2 01:Category (1.CR error, 2. Jam, 3. Failed feeding 4. Failed cutting)
09:* 10:* 11:* 12:PremPlainPpr 80 02: Media format: (1. Roll media, 2. Cut sheet)
02:12/28 13:59 200C
03: Jam timing (1.Feed, 2.Print, 3. Eject)
01:3 02:1 03:3 04:1 05:2 06:* 07:3 08:2
09:1 10:636 11:* 12:Plain Paper HQ 04: Width detection OFF mode (1:ON, 2.OFF)
**:**/** **:** **** 05: Head height (0:SL (1.0mm), 1:L(1.3mm), 2:M1(1.8mm), 3:M2(2.0mm),
01:* 02:* 03:* 04:* 05:* 06:* 07:* 08:*
4:M3 (2.2mm), 5:H(2.6mm)
09:* 10:* 11:* 12:*
**:**/** **:** **** 06: Platen shutter position: (1. Fully close, 2.Only HP side open, 3.1/4 open, 4.1/2
01:* 02:* 03:* 04:* 05:* 06:* 07:* 08:* open, 5.3/4 open, 6.Fully open)
09:* 10:* 11:* 12:* 07: Cut mode (1:User cut, 2.Eject cut, 3.Auto cut)
**:**/** **:** ****
01:* 02:* 03:* 04:* 05:* 06:* 07:* 08:* 08: Media feeding environment
09:* 10:* 11:* 12:* 0:A (Temperature 15-25 degrees centigrade/Humidity 40%-60%)
1:B (Temperature 25-30 degrees centigrade/Humidity 40%-60%)
2:C (Temperature 15-30 degrees centigrade/Humidity 10%-40%)
3:D (Temperature 15-25 degrees centigrade/Humidity 60%-80%)
4:E (Temperature15-25 degrees centigrade/Humidity 0%-10%,
Temperature: to 15 degrees centigrade, from 30 degree
centigrade/Humidity 0%-50%[low humidity side not assured])
5:F (Temperature15-30degrees centigrade/Humidity 80%-100%,
Temperature: to 15 degrees centigrade, from 30 degree centigrade
/Humidity 50%-100%[high humidity side not assured])
09: Borderless/Bordered (1:bordered printing, 2.Borderless printing)
10:Print mode label No.
11: Media size (mm)
12: Media type
*: Unknown
5-5
Disable remaining ink detection set history(1.disable set log, 2.no disable
set log
INK CHK
C:0 M:0 Y:0 MBK:0 MBK2:0 BK:0
Printer history No. of printed sheet(Total/Roll media/Cut sheet/Each environment) (A4 sheet
equivalent), Cum. power-on time(h)/Cum. sleep -on time(h), Cum. cutting operations
time/Cum. wiping operations time/Remaining capacity of the MTC(%)/No. of printed sheet
by each language (GARO,HP-GL/2) sheets
COUNTER
PRINTER
LIFE-TTL:3504 LIFE-ROLL:3459 LIFE-CUTSHEET:45
LIFE A:1808 B:189 C:1507 D:0 E:0 F:0
POWER-ON:78 SLEEP-ON:1906 CUTTER:867 WIPE:401 W-INK:72
PDL: GARO:3455 HP-GL/2:49
Driving history Cum.printing time(h)/Cum.carriage moving
time(h)/No.of carriage scan time/Cum. carriage scan distance
CARRIAGE (count as 1 by moving 210mm)/Cum. capping times

PRINT:29 DRIVE:21 CR-COUNT:83773 CR-DIST.:278173 PRINT-COUNT:776
No. of auto cleaning times
1.Normal suction/2.Ink level adjusting/3.Initial filling/6.Normal suction (strong)/
7.Aging/8.Flashing/10.Ink filling after second transportation/11.Ink filling after
head replacement/15.Dot count small suction/16.Sedimented ink agitaion/17.
Small suction/TTL:Total no. of automatic cleaning operations
No. of manual cleaning times
1. Normal suction/4.Ink draining from head after head replacement/5. Ink
draining before transportation/6.Normal suction(strong)/TTL: Manual cleaning
PURGE
CLN-A : 1:1 2:1 3:1 6:0 7:0 10:0 11:1 15:0 16:27 17:0 TTL:31
CLN-M : 1:7 4:1 5:0 6:0 TTL:8
No. of clear times
Ink section consumption amount/No. of MTC replacement times/No. head replacement
Times/No. of each unit replacement times
CLEAR
INK CONSUME:0 MTC EXC.:0 HEAD EXC.:0
PARTS CR1 EXC.:0 PARTS CR2 EXC.:0 PARTS CR3 EXC.:0 PARTS CR4 EXC.:0 PARTS CR5 EXC.:0
PARTS SP1 EXC.:0 PARTS PG1 EXC.:0 PARTS HMa1 EXC.:0 PARTS MT1 EXC.:0 PARTS PL1 EXC.:0
PARTS Mi1 EXC.:0 PARTS CT1 EXC.:0 PARTS WF1 EXC.:0 PARTS WF2 EXC.:0
FACTORY CNT.:1
No. of replacement times Maintenance cartridge/Head/Main controller/each unit/No. of
replacement times each unit
EXCHANGE
MTC EXC.:0 HEAD EXC.:1 BOARD EXC.(M/B):0
PARTS CR1 EXC.:0 PARTS CR2 EXC.:0 PARTS CR3 EXC.:0 PARTS CR4 EXC.:0 PARTS CR5 EXC.:0
PARTS SP1 EXC.:0 PARTS PG1 EXC.:0 PARTS HMa1 EXC.:0 PARTS MT1 EXC.:0 PARTS PL1 EXC.:0
PARTS Mi1 EXC.:0 PARTS CT1 EXC.:0 PARTS WF1 EXC.:0 PARTS WF2 EXC.:0
Detail count
Second transportation/Count of media registered by
DETAIL-CNT
MOVE PRINTER:0 MEDIACONFIG-CNT:2 MCT/Count of disable ink remaining level detection
N-INKCHK: C:0 M:0 Y:0 MBK:0 MBK2:0 BK:0
Cumulative consumption amount of ink

(INK: Genuine/NINK: Refilled ink)
INK-USE1
INK C:223.6ml M:141.5ml Y:170.1ml MBK:104.8ml MBK2:104.8ml BK:104.2ml
TTL:849.0ml
NINK C:0.0ml M:0.0ml Y:0.0ml MBK:0.0ml MBK2:0.0ml BK:0.0ml
TTL:0.0ml
Cumulative consumption amount
INK-USE2
INK C:223.6ml M:141.5ml Y:170.1ml MBK:104.8ml MBK2:104.8ml BK:104.2ml of ink currently installed ink tank
TTL:849.0ml (INK:Genuine/NINK: Refilled ink)
NINK C:0.0ml M:0.0ml Y:0.0ml MBK:0.0ml MBK2:0.0ml BK:0.0ml
TTL:0.0ml
INK-EXC Cumulative count of ink tank replacement
INK C:7 M:7 Y:8 MBK:7 MBK2:7 BK:12 (INK: Genuine/NINK: Refilled ink)
TTL:48
NINK C:0 M:0 Y:0 MBK:0 MBK2:0 BK:0
5-6
Status of media usage

Media name/Print area of
7 types of media with lager cumulative print area
MEDIA 1 MEDIA 2
NAME : Prem80forBrdrlss NAME : Plain Paper
TTL : 61.0 m2 657.2 sq.f TTL : 59.6 m2 642.4 sq.f
MEDIA 3 MEDIA 4
NAME : Plain Paper HG NAME : Prem.SemiGl 200
TTL : 32.7 m2 352.4 sq.f TTL : 30.9 m2 333.6 sq.f
MEDIA 5 MEDIA 6
NAME : PremPlainPpr 80 NAME : Plain Paper HQ
TTL : 19.0 m2 204.7 sq.f TTL : 6.9 m2 74.5 sq.f
MEDIA 7 MEDIA OTHER
NAME : Prem.SemiGl 280 NAME : OTHER
TTL : 4.1 m2 44.3 sq.f TTL : 3.9 m2 42.9 sq.f
Print area of roll media by physical size
MEDIA SIZE1 ROLL P-SQ/P-CNT

36-44: 79.5 m2 856.6 sq.f 1276
24-36: 36.5 m2 393.4 sq.f 586
17-24: 39.1 m2 421.6 sq.f 628 Print area of roll meda by data size
0-17: 60.4 m2 650.5 sq.f 969
MEDIA SIZE2 ROLL D-SQ/D-CNT
36-44: 119.3 m2 1284.9 sq.f 1914
24-36: 39.0 m2 420.2 sq.f 626
17-24: 41.4 m2 446.4 sq.f 665
0-17: 67.2 m2 723.7 sq.f 1078
Print area of cut sheet by physical size
MEDIA SIZE1 CUT P-SQ/P-CNT
36-44: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
24-36: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
17-24: 2.8 m2 30.2 sq.f 45
Print area of cut sheet by data size
0-17: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
MEDIA SIZE2 CUT D-SQ/D-CNT
36-44: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
24-36: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0 A4 sheet equivalents
17-24: 1.4 m2 16.1 sq.f 24
0-17: 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f 0
5-7
Dot counts of the currently installed printhead

Unit:(x 1,000,000) dots
HEAD DOT CNT.1

C: 38277 M:20120 Y:29283 MBK:10408 MBK2:10407 BK:10934 Cumulative dot count of the printhead
TTL: 119432 Unit:(x 1,000,000) dots
HEAD DOT CNT.2
C: 38271 M:20114 Y:29276 MBK:10402 MBK2:10402 BK:10926
TTL: 119394
Information of the head currently installed
1. Date and time installed (yy/mm/dd)(last 4 times)
HEAD INF.1
2.Removal date (yy/mm/dd) (last 3 times)
1:10/02/08 **/**/** **/**/** 09/11/05 2:10/02/08 **/**/** **/**/**
3.Main unit serial number (last 3 times)
3:AAA70119 AAA70119 00000000
4.CLN_A (Auto) count
4:1 5:7 6:0 7:0 8:0 9:1 10:0 11:0 12:1 13:0
5.CLN_A (Manual) count
14:3496 20:1
6.CLN_B Auto/left cap) count
15:01:10/03/16 2010 02:10/03/05 2010 03:10/03/01 2010
7.CLN_B (Auto/right) count
04:10/02/26 2010 05:10/02/17 2E1B 06:10/02/16 2E1B
8.CLN_B (Manual) count
07:10/02/03 200C 08:10/01/16 2010 09:10/01/16 2E25
9.Head replacement ink drain count
10:10/01/15 2E1B 11:10/01/14 2010 12:09/12/28 2010
10.Secondary transport ink drain count
13:09/12/28 200C 14:09/12/28 2E1B 15:09/12/28 2010
11.Secondary transport ink fill count
16:09/12/26 2010 17:09/12/26 2010 18:09/12/14 2010
12.Ink filling after the head replacement
19:09/12/02 2E25 20:09/11/11 2010
13.Recovery suction
16:A:0 B:0 C:0 D:0 E:0 F:0
14.Number of sheets printed
17:71.10 10/02/09 01.08 09/11/19 01.05 09/11/11
15.Error log (yy/mm/dd/error log (last 4 digits)
18:A:55 B:56 C:55 D:57 E:57 F:53
16.Refill ink usage log (per chip)
19:AA:0 AB:0 BA:0 BB:0 CA:0 CB:0 DA:0 DB:0 EA:0 EB:0 FA:0 FB:0
17.Firmware version (last 3 times)
18.Head highest temperature (per chip)
HEAD INF.2
19.Number of non-ejecting nozzle (A chip A row, A chip
1:**/**/** **/**/** **/**/** **/**/** 2:**/**/** **/**/** **/**/**
B row, to F chip B row)
3:******** ******** ********
20.EEROM of the head format version
4:* 5:* 6:* 7:* 8:* 9:* 10:* 11:* 12:* 13:*
14:* 20:*
15:**:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** ****
**:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** ****
**:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** **** Information of the head previously installed
**:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** **** (Same as above contents)
**:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** ****
**:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** ****
**:**/**/** **** **:**/**/** ****
16:A:* B:* C:* D:* E:* F:*
17:**.** **/**/** **.** **/**/** **.** **/**/**
18:A:* B:* C:* D:* E:* F:*
19:AA:* AB:* BA:* BB:* CA:* CB:* DA:* DB:* EA:* EB:* FA:* FB:*
5-8
Parts counter
CR1: CR bushing
(CR scan distance unit: 210mm)
CR2: Long flexible cable CR scan count)
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
PARTS CNT. CR3: Encoder sensor unit
PARTS CR1 : OK 244 278173 12476190 2% 278173 (Dot count unit:1,000,000 dots)
PARTS CR2 : OK 244 83773 6700000 1% 83773 CR4: Head height switch cam
PARTS CR3 : OK 244 119394 16500000 0% 119394 Rotation count of head height switch
PARTS CR4 : OK 244 1084 60000 1% 1084 cam
PARTS CR5 : OK 244 119394 16500000 0% 119394 CR5: Multisensor unit
PARTS SP1 : OK 244 83773 4400000 1% 83773 (Dot count unit:1,000,000 dots)
PARTS PG1 : OK 244 922 50000 1% 922 SP1: Ink tube unit (CR scan count)
PARTS HMa1: OK 244 0.0 29.8 0% 0.0 PG1: Purge unit
PARTS MT1 : OK 244 21 15000 0% 21 (Rotation count of the controller cam)
PARTS PL1 : OK 244 4 778 0% 4 HMa1: Print Head management sensor
PARTS Mi1 : OK 244 0.1 37.0 0% 0.1 (Non-ejection dot count ml)
PARTS CT1 : OK 244 896 100000 0% 896 MT1: CR motor (CR driving time h)
PARTS WF1 : OK 244 0.0 169.0 0% 0.0 PL1: LF adjustment (Paper feeding time h)
PARTS WF2 : OK 244 0.3 45.0 0% 0.3 Mi1: Mist fan unit (Dot count ml)
CT1: Cutter (Cut count)
WF1: Lower ink absorber of MTC (Dot count
① Status (OK, W1, W2, E) ml)
② Number of days passed after set (days)
③Count value WF2: Ink absorber of platen vent (Dot count
④Life threshold (W2/E) ml)
⑤ Usage (ratio of life value to count value)
Cogging adjustment
Result: (0: DIsabled/1:Enabled/2. Check
required /3: Adjust required) and value when
adjusting.
COGFF
CONDITION : 1
PARAM0-F : REF: 5740 52477 0 0 PHASE: 0 176 0 0
.
AMP: 0 40 0 0 RATE: 0 69 0 0
PARAM0-B : REF: 3245 54033 0 0 PHASE: 0 301 0 0
AMP: 0 49 0 0 RATE: 0 79 0 0
LF adjustment value (User adjustment
LF/SCALE ADJUSTMENT VALUE (MEDIA: Plain Paper ) value)
LF-A:Band adjustment 8-pass
LF-A LF-B: Band adjustment 1-pass
ROLL LARGE: -28.3421 MIDDLE: -24.3421 SMALL: -20.3421 SMALLER: -20.3421 Scale-A: Scale clean
CUT LARGE: -36.3421 MIDDLE: -36.3421 SMALL: -36.3421 SMALLER: -36.3421 Scale-B: Scale fast
LF-B
ROLL LARGE: -28.3421 MIDDLE: -24.3421 SMALL: -20.3421 SMALLER: -20.3421
CUT LARGE: -36.3421 MIDDLE: -36.3421 SMALL: -36.3421 SMALLER: -36.3421
SCALE-A
ROLL LARGE: -26 MIDDLE: -22 SMALL: -19 SMALLER: -19
CUT LARGE: -34 MIDDLE: -34 SMALL: -34 SMALLER: -34
SCALE-B
ROLL LARGE: -26 MIDDLE: -22 SMALL: -19 SMALLER: -19
CUT LARGE: -34 MIDDLE: -34 SMALL: -34 SMALLER: -34
Ink reduction mode
PV AUTO JUDGE : ON(NORMAL) , 1 On (Display Normal/Low when On only)/Off
Entry to ink reduction mode count
5-9
CR REG adjustment value

* All values are zero when CR REG is not performed.
CRREG
CRREG HRZ A
1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
CRREG HRZ B
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
1 1 1 1
CRREG HRZ C
1 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 -1 -1 -2 -2 -2
-2 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
CRREG VRT a 0
CRREG VRT b 0
CRREG VRT c 0
5-10
■Case of iPFX400 Series
Serial no. of printer/Model (24Inch model)

/LF Type (0: Old/1:New）/Ambient
temperature/Ambient humidity/ Detected
size of loaded media (carriage scan
direction)/ Number of days since initial
Warning and error histories

(20 new cases)
JAM log (5 records)

01: Jam type
1:CR error 2：PE Delay after detection 3：PE Delay before detection 4：Cut
Failure *:Unknown
02:Media format 1:Roll paper 2:Cut sheet (manual feed from top) 3:Cut sheet
(manual feed from front) 4:Cassette *:Unknown
03 Jam timing 1：Feed 2：Print 3：Eject *:Unknown
04: Width detection OFF mode 1:ON 2:OFF *:Unknown
05: Head to paper distance 0:SL 1:L 2:M1 3:M2 4:M3 5:H *:Unknown
06: Platen shutter position
1:Close 2:Half open 3:Fully open[1/4] 4:Fully open[2/4] 5: Fully open[3/4] 6:
Fully open[4/4] *:Unknown
07: Cut mode settings 1:Manual 2:Eject 3 Auto *:Unknown
08: Media passing environment 0:A 1:B 2:C 3:D 4:E 5:F *:Unknown
09:1. Bordered printing 2:Borderless printing *:Unknown
10: Spur position 1:Top 2:Down *:Unknown
11: Print mode label no. Displayed print mode *：Unknown
12: Media width：Display media width (Unit: mm) *：Unknown
13: Media type: Display media name *：Unknown
Refill log/Print whether disable remaining ink detection was previously set
Print pages (Total/Roll paper/Cut sheet/every environment) (pages

are all calculated in A4)/ Cumulative power on time (h)/Cumulative
sleep-on time (h)/ Number of cutting operation (times) /Number of
wiping operations (times)/ Remaining capacity of the maintenance
cartridge (%)
Cumulative printing time(h)/Cumulative carriage moving
time(h)/Cumulative carriage scan count/ Cumulative
carriage distance (count as 1 by 210mm)/ Cumulative
print end count (count 1 as by capping)
Cumulative number of automatic cleaning operations
1: Normal suction 2: ink level adjusting 3: initial filling 6: strong normal suction
7: aging 8: flashing 10: ink filling after secondary transportation 11: ink filling after
head replacement 15: dot count small suction 16: sedimented ink agitation
17: small suction TTL: Total number of automatic cleaning operations
Cumulative number of manual cleaning operations
1: Normal suction 4: Ink draining from head after head replacement 5: Ink
draining from head and tube before transportation 6: Normal strong suction
5-11
TTL: Total number of manual cleaning operations
Cumulative count of: ink section consumption

amount clearing/maintenance cartridge
replacement/print heads replacement/main controller
replacement/ replacements by unit
Maintenance cartridge replacement count / print

head replacement /main controller replacement /
replacements by unit
Detail count
Count of: secondary transportation/ media
registered by MCT/turning off the ink
remaining level detection for each color
Cumulative consumption amount of ink
INK: Generic ink
NINK: Refill ink
MEDIA1-7:
Media names of the 1st to 7th largest
print area of roll media and cut sheet
MEDIA OTHER:
Information on print area of other
media
TTL:
Total amount of cumulative print area
of roll media and cut sheet
ROLL:
Cumulative print area of roll media
CUTSHEET:
Cumulative print area of cut sheet
(manual, cassette)
5-12
Pages calculated in A4
Print area by physical size (roll media)
Print area by data size (roll media)
Print area by physical size (cut sheet)
Print area by data size (cut sheet)
Dot count of each color of the

currently installed print head
Cumulative dot counts of each

color
Installed L head
1: Date & time installed (last 4 times)
2: Removal date & time (last 3 times)
3: Main unit serial No. (last 3 times)
4: CLN_A (auto) count
5: CLN_A (manual) count
6: CLN_B (auto/left cap) count
7: CLN_B (auto/right cap) count
8: CLN_B (manual) count
9: Head replacement ink drain count
10: Secondary transport ink drain count
11: Secondary transport ink filling count
12: ink filling after head replacement count
13: Recovery suction
14: Number of sheet printed (calculated in A4)
15: Error log
16: Refill tank usage log (per chip)
17: Firmware version (last 3)
18: Head highest temperature (per chip)
19: Number of non-discharging nozzles (per nozzle row) chip A row
A, chip A row B to chip F row A, chip F row B
L print head which was installed before
5-13
Installed R head
R print head which was installed before
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
① Status (OK/W1/W2/E) Value of each parts counter
② Number of days after set
③ Count
④ Life threshold (same as threshold which determines
W2/E)
⑤ Usage
Cogging FF result
Condition:
0: Disabled 1: Enabled 2: Check required 3: Adjust required
Parameters
5-14
LF SCALE adjustment value

(user value)
LF-A: Band adjustment LF 8 pass
LF-B: Band adjustment LF 1 pass
Scale-A: Scale clean
Scale-B: Scale fast
Color Calibration history

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ (up to 20 events)
① DATE: yyyy/mm/dd
② ACTION: Calibration action
000246 0：Auto total initialization at head replacement
1：GAP calibration
2：Total adjustment
3：Total initialization
4：Adjustment by media
5：Initialization by media
6：Adjustment by media (high accuracy standard)
7：Adjustment by media (high accuracy large patch)
③ MEDIA: Media that calibration executed on
④ TEMP/HUMID: Temperature and humidity
⑤ BACKING: Backing color
⑥ SENSOR S/N: Sensor serial number
⑦LAMP ON: Lamp on time
Spectrophotometer information (only when it is

mounted)
UNIT
S/N: Automatic spectrophotometer unit serial
number
Firm: Automatic spectrophotometer unit
firmware version
SENSOR
S/N: Spectrophotometer sensor serial number
Firm: Spectrophotometer sensor firmware
version
COUNTER
CARRIAGE CNT:
Spectrophotometer carriage unit count
UP/DOWN CNT:
Spectrophotometer up-down unit drive count
FAN ON: Media dry fan drive time
LAMP ON: Lamp on time
5-15
CR REG adjustment value

*All value will be zero when CR REG
is not executed
Job history (up to 5 events)

M: Print Mode
HEAD: Head height (Auto/fix, height)
TEMP&HUM: Temperature and humidity
MEDIA TYPE: Media type
DATE: Print date
R GAP: GAP information
JOB NAME: Job name
Adjustment history (up to 5 events)

ADJ.TYPE: Adjustment type
HEAD: Head height
TEMP&HUM: Temperature and humidity
MEDIA TYPE: Media name
DATE: Adjustment date
TIME: Adjustment time
GAP1GAP2: GAP information
Cumulative amount of media used per duty

UNIT
By conversion
Duty (Ink consumption amount per A1)
A: less than 0.10ml
B: 0.10ml or more and less than 0.15ml duty
C: 0.15ml or more and less than 0.25ml duty
D: 0.25ml or more and less than 0.30ml duty
E: 0.30ml or more
5-16
2. Parts Counter
■ Periodically replaced parts / Consumable parts counter (iPF5000 / iPF700 Series)
counter iPF5000 Series iPF700 Series error attribute

A A1 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml)
FAN UNIT, SUCTION WASTE INK TANK UNIT
MIST FAN
ABSORBER, DUCT
A2 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml) Periodically
－ E146-4001
BASE, MULTI SENSOR REFERENCE replaced parts
B B1 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK IN
PLATEN DUCT (ml) －
DUCT UNIT, PLATEN
D D1 CARRIAGE SCAN LENGTH (x 210mm)
CARRIAGE UNIT CARRIAGE UNIT
LEVER, L, INK TUBE
LINK, LEVER, TUBE
SPRING, TENSION
PAD, OIL
HOLDER, WIRE(MECH)
CLEANING UNIT, R, RAIL,
CARRIAGE
CLEANING UNIT, L, RAIL, Parts
CARRIAGE
replacement Consumable
D2 THE NUMBER OF CARRIAGE THE AMOUNT OF TOTAL INK
time has parts
SCANS (TIMES) EJECTION (X 1 MILLION DOTS)
passed.
FLEXIBLE CABLE ASS'Y SCALE, LINEAR
D3 THE AMOUNT OF TOTAL INK THE NUMBER OF PRINT HEAD
EJECTION (X 1 MILLION DOTS) HEIGHT SHIFTINGS (TIMES)
ENCODER SENSOR UNIT CARRIAGE UNIT
SCALE, LINEAR
D4 THE NUMBER OF PRINT HEAD
HEIGHT SHIFTINGS (TIMES) －
CAM, LIFTER
F F1 THE NUMBER OF CARRIAGE SCANS (TIMES) Periodically
INK SUPPLY UNIT TUBE UNIT E146-4001
replaced parts
※iPF700 is the Consumable
parts
H H1 THE NUMBER OF PURGE WIPER DIRVINGS (TIMES) Periodically
E141-4046
PURGE KIT PURGE UNIT replaced parts
K K1 THE NUMBER OF NON-EJECTION Parts Parts
DETECTIONS (TIMES) replacement replacement
－
PRINT HEAD MANAGEMENT time has time has
SENSOR UNIT passed. passed.
L L1 THE NUMBER OF NON-EJECTION
Periodically
DETECTIONS (TIMES) － E194-404A
replaced parts
SENSOR UNIT
5-17
M M1 CARRIAGE MOTOR DRIVING TIME

－ (hr)
MOTOR, CARRIAGE
P P1 LF MOTOR DRIVING TIME(hr)
－ Parts
MOTOR, 26.4V, DC
Q Q1 THE NUMBER OF CASSET
time has parts
FEEDINGS (TIMES) －
passed.
ROLLER, PICK-UP
R R1 THE NUMBER OF TOTAL FEEDING
(TIMES) －
CAM, ROWEL
V V1 THE AMOUNT OF MIST SUCTION (ml) Periodically
MIST FAN UNIT － E146-4001
replaced parts
MIST FILTER UNIT
X X1 MULTI SENSOR Parts
(calibration error indicator : %)
PRINT HEAD MANAGEMENT －
time has parts
SENSOR UNIT passed.
5-18
■ Periodically replaced parts / Consumable parts counter (iPF800 / iPF8000 Series）
counter iPF800 Series iPF8000 Series error attribute

A A1 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml)
WASTE INK BOX UNIT (L) WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT
A2 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml) THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml)
(for 60-inch model only)
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L)
A3 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml)
Periodically
A4 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml) E146-4001
replaced parts
PLATEN FAN DUCT UNIT WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S)
PLATEN SUCTION FAN UNIT
WASTE INK BOX UNIT
－ SUCTION FAN UNIT
DUCT
D D1 CARRIAGE SCAN LENGTH (x 210mm)
MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR
REFERENCE REFERENCE
D2 THE AMOUNT OF TOTAL INK EJECTION (X 1 MILLION DOTS) Parts
SCALE, LINEAR CARRIAGE UNIT replacement Consumable
MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR time has parts
REFERENCE passed.
D3 THE NUMBER OF PRINT HEAD HEIGHT SHIFTINGS (TIMES)
MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR
REFERENCE REFERENCE
D4 THE NUMBER OF CARRIAGE SCANS (TIMES) Periodically
E144-4047
TUBE UNIT TUBE UNIT replaced parts
D5 THE AMOUNT OF TOTAL INK EJECTION (X 1 MILLION DOTS) Parts
MULTI SENSOR UNIT MULTI SENSOR UNIT replacement Consumable
MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR time has parts
REFERENCE REFERENCE passed.
H H1 THE NUMBER OF PURGE WIPER DIRVINGS (TIMES)
E141-4046
PURGE UNIT PURGE UNIT
H2 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK IN
PRE-EJECTION UNIT (ml) － E144-404F Periodically
WASTE INK RECEPTACLE UNIT replaced parts
K K1 THE NUMBER OF NON-EJECTION DETECTION (TIMES)
PRINT HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT E194-404A
SENSOR UNITS
M M1 CARRIAGE MOTOR DRIVING TIME (hr)
MOTOR, DC BRUSHLESS MOTOR, CARRIAGE
P P1 LF MOTOR DRIVING LENGTH (X 210mm)
LF MOTOR ASS'Y LF MOTOR ASS'Y Parts
Consumable
S S1 THE NUMBER OF UPPER ROLL replacement
parts
SHEET FEEDING (TIMES) － time has
ROLLER, PICK-UP passed.
T T1 THE NUMBER OF LOWER ROLL
SHEET FEEDINGS (TIMES) －
ROLLER, PICK-UP
5-19
V V1 THE AMOUNT OF MIST SUCTION (ml) Periodically

E146-4001
MIST FAN UNIT FAN UNIT replaced parts
X X1 MULTI SENSOR Parts
(calibration error indicator : %)
－ PRINT HEAD MANAGEMENT
time has parts
SENSOR UNIT
passed.
THE NUMBER OF CUTTINGS (TIMES) Parts
Y Y1 －
CUTTER time has parts
passed.
5-20
■ Periodically replaced parts / Consumable parts counter (iPF650 / 750 Series)
counte error
iPF650 / 750 Series attribute
r
WF1 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml) BY RECOVERY WITHOUT MTC
INSTALLATION.
Periodically
M/C HOLDER UNIT E146-4001
replaced parts
WF2 THE AMOUNT OF MIST SUCTION (ml)
WASTE INK BOX UNIT
CR1 CARRIAGE SCAN LENGTH (x 210mm)
CARRIAGE UNIT
CR3 THE AMOUNT OF TOTAL INK EJECTION (X 1 MILLION DOTS)
CARRIAGE UNIT
MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR REFERENCE
CR4 THE NUMBER OF PRINT HEAD HEIGHT SHIFTINGS (TIMES) Parts
CARRIAGE UNIT replacement Consumable
CR2 THE NUMBER OF CARRIAGE SCANS (TIMES) time has parts
FLEXIBLE CABLE UNIT passed.
FILM, FLEXIBLE CABLE
HOLDER, FLEXIBLE CABLE
MULTI SENSOR UNIT
MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR REFERENCE
SP1 THE NUMBER OF CARRIAGE SCANS (TIMES) Periodically
E141-4047
INK TUBE UNIT replaced parts
PG1 THE NUMBER OF PURGE WIPER DIRVINGS (TIMES) Periodically
E141-4046
PURGE UNIT replaced parts
HMa1 THE NUMBER OF NON-EJECTION DETECTIONS (TIMES) Periodically
E194-404A
PRINT HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR UNIT replaced parts
MT1 CARRIAGE MOTOR DRIVING TIME (hr) Parts
MOTOR, CARRIAGE replacement Consumable
PL1 LF MOTOR DRIVING TIME(hr) time has parts
MOTOR, LF passed.
Mi1 THE AMOUNT OF MIST SUCTION (ml) Periodically
E146-4001
MIST FAN UNIT replaced parts
CT1 THE NUMBER OF CUTTINGS (TIMES) Parts
CUTTER time has parts
passed.
5-21
■ Periodically replaced parts / Consumable parts counter (iPF6300 Series / iPF8300 / iPF8300S)
Counter iPF6300 / 6350 / 6300S iPF8300 / 8300S error attribute

Wia-1 THE AMOUNT OF WASTE INK (ml)
SUCTION FAN UNIT WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT
Wia-3 THE AMOUNT OF MIST SUCTION (ml)
－
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT(L)
－
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT(L)
Wia-5 THE AMOUNT OF MIST SUCTION (ml) Periodically
－ E146-4001 replaced
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT(S)
parts
－ SUCTION FAN UNIT
DUCT
Wib-1 THE AMOUNT OF MIST SUCTION (ml)
DUCT UNIT, PLATEN
CLEANER UNIT L,RAIL －
ENCODER SENSOR UNIT
SCALE, LINEAR
CR1 CARRIAGE SCAN LENGTH (x 210mm)
LEVER R,INK TUBE MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR REFERENCE
LEVER L,INK TUBE
LINK LEVER,TUBE
SPRING,TENSION
PAD,OIL
CLEANER UNIT R,RAIL
CR2 THE NUMBER OF CARRIAGE SCANS THE AMOUNT OF TOTAL INK
(TIMES) EJECTION (X 1 MILLION DOTS) Parts
FLEXIBLE CABLE ASS'Y SCALE, LINEAR replacement Consumable
CR3 THE AMOUNT OF TOTAL INK THE NUMBER OF PRINT HEAD time has parts
EJECTION (X 1 MILLION DOTS) HEIGHT SHIFTINGS (TIMES) passed.
ENCODER SENSOR UNIT CARRIAGE UNIT
SCALE, LINEAR
CR4 THE NUMBER OF PRINT HEAD THE NUMBER OF CARRIAGE SCANS
HEIGHT SHIFTINGS (TIMES) (TIMES)
CAM, LIFTER TUBE UNIT
MULTI SENSOR UNIT MULTI SENSOR UNIT
MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR REFERENCE MOUNT, MULTI SENSOR REFERENCE
SP-1 THE NUMBER OF TOTAL CARRIAGE Periodically
SCANS (TIMES) － E144-4047 replaced
INK SUPPLY UNIT
parts
INK SUPPLY UNIT (R)
PG-1 THE NUMBER OF PURGE WIPER DIRVINGS (TIMES) Periodically
PURGE UNIT KIT PURGE UNIT E141-4046 replaced
parts
HMa-1 THE NUMBER OF NON-EJECTION DETECTIONS (TIMES) Periodically
SENSOR UNIT SENSOR UNIT E194-404A replaced
parts
5-22
PL-1 LF MOTOR DRIVING TIME(hr) CARRIAGE MOTOR DRIVING Consumable parts

TIME (hr)
Parts
replacement
MOTOR, LF, DC, 15.64W MOTOR, CARRIAGE time has
PS-1 THE NUMBER OF SPUR CAM LIFT AND LF MOTOR DRIVING TIME(hr) passed. Consumable parts
DOWN (TIMES)
CAM,ROWEL LF MOTOR ASS'Y
Mi-1 THE AMOUNT OF MIST SUCTION (ml) Periodically
E146-4001
MIST FAN UNIT FAN UNIT replaced parts
CT-1 THE NUMBER OF CUTTINGS (TIMES) Parts
－ Consumable parts
CUTTER UNIT replacement
MS-1 THE AMOUT OF TOTAL INK EJECTION (calibration error indicator : %) time has
Consumable parts
MULTI SENSOR UNIT MULTI SENSOR UNIT passed.
5-23
3. Notes on Replacing Parts

(1) Replacing PCBs
Do not replace the main controller PCB and the maintenance cartridge relay PCB (ROM board）
simultaneously.
Each PCB contains sensitive information, which is temporarily saved to the other PCB before it is replaced, and is
written back to the new PCB when it is mounted.
※ To replace both PCBs, execute the following procedures in this order:

(a）Maintenance cartridge relay PCB replacement procedure
(b）Main controller PCB replacement procedure
※ Having replaced the main controller PCB and the maintenance cartridge relay PCB, check that the
firmware used is the latest release.
→T14
(2) Periodically replaced parts (Refresh Service Kit)

■As periodically replaced parts near the end of their useful lives, the following message appears:
“Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service.”
“Parts replacement time has passed. Call for service.”
※ If a replacement required message appears, check [PARTS Status] in [Status Print] or PARTS
Counter in Print Inf.
■A service call error indication appears when the parts reach the end of their useful life.
※ If an error indication appears, collect the relevant information with L Printer Service Tool and check
PARTS COUNTER.
[SERVICE MODE] > [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.] > [COUNTER X] > [PARTS XX]
※Parts having their PARTS COUNTER usage rates above 97% for A and V and above 90% for others
are replaced. The parts counter for the replaced part needs initialization after it has been replaced.
[SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS XX]
(3) Clearing Parts Counter

It is necessary to Clear parts counter in service mode after replaing parts.
Clear the corresponding parts couner, referring to Parts Counter P5-17 or after.
For iPF500, iPF600, iPF700, iPF5000, iPF8000, and iPF9000, replacing all the parts in the counter group at the
same time is required since individual clearance of counter is not available.
► [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS xx]
5-24
4. Greasing
※ Using a flat brush or the like, spread the dedicated part grease evenly to form a thin coat.
※ Be careful not to apply the grease to any part other than specified parts. Grease adhering to the wiper, cap
and linear scale, in particular, could result in defective print.
※ The main rail does not require greasing. Be careful not to grease it directly. Problems, such as unusual
noises, imaging failures and shorter head lives, might result.
If the carriage is overloaded because it is stained by ink or as a result of any other condition, clean the rail
and then move the carriage fully in both directions about 10 times. This action will allow the lubricant to
transfer from the carriage shaft cleaning part to the rail.
■Examples ~ iPF610
- Joint Base
- Shaft Cleaner, Oil Pad
5-25
- Delivering Roller Bearing, Delivering Roller Center Bearing
5-26
- Spur Cam
- Paper Feed Cam
5-27
- Separation Cam Gear
- Release lever
モリコート PG-641
Molycote PG-641
約20mg20mg
Approx.
5-28
- Return Lever Arm
モリコート　PG-641
Molycote PG-641
Approx.
約12mg12mg
- Madia Delivering Inner Guide

モリコート　PG-641
Molycote PG-641
約12mg12mg
Approx.
5-29
- Pinch Roller Unit Releasing Shaft

Five locations on A2 (17”) model and seven locations
A2（17”）モデルは5カ所、A１（24”）モデルは7カ所
on A1 (24”) model)
Molycote
Molycote
モリコート PG-641
PG-641
Approx.
約20mg20mg
5-30
■Examples ~ iPF650 / 750 series

- Carriage
Joint Base Rib : Molycote PG-641 (approx. 8 to 20mg) Shaft Cleaner : impregnate EU-1
ジョイントベースのリブ：モリコート PG-641（約8～20mg）シャフトクリーナー：EU-1を含浸
- Upper Cover Hinge Receiver of Upper Cover

上カバーのヒンジ受け
EU-1 (approx. 8 to 20mg)
EU-1（約8～20mg）
ロールカバーのスライドガイド
Slide Guide of Roll Cover
EU-1（約8～20mg）
EU-1 (approx. 8 to 20mg)
5-31
- Delivery
ピンチローラ圧解除ギア
Pinch Roller Pressure Release Gear
モリコート
Molycote PG-641（約8～20mg）
PG-641 (approx. 8 to 20mg)
ピンチローラリリースシャフトと
Pinch Roller Release Shaft and Pinch
Roller contact part ピンチローラ接触部
モリコート
Feed Roller Bearing

フィードローラ軸受
モリコート PG-641（約8～20mg）
Molycote PG-641 (approx. 8 to 20mg)
Feed Roller Bearing フィードローラ軸受

モリコート
Release Lever
リリースレバー
Molycote PG-641
モリコート PG-641（約8～20mg）
(approx. 8 to 20mg)
5-32
■Examples iPF700/710/720
- Carriage
Plate
板バネ：Spring
Permalub
パーマルブ G2 approx.
G2　約12g12mg
Cam :
カム：
Permalub G2
パーマルブ approx. 12mg
G2　約12g
ロックピン：
Lock Pin:
パーマルブ
Permalub G2 approx.G2　約12g
12mg
ジョイント：
Joint :
モリコート
MolycotePG-641　約24g
PG-641 approx. 24mg
- Pinch Roller Release Cam

パーマルブ G2　約24g
Permalub G2 approx. 24mg
5-33
- LF Roller Backup
ベアリング
Bearing
パーマルブ
Permalub G2G2　約24mg
approx. 24mg
LFローラ
LF Roller
LFローラパーマルブ
Permalub G2 24mg
G2 approx.
LF Roller
約24mg
LFローラ
LF Roller
パーマルブ
Permalub G2　約24mg
G2 approx. 24mg
- Pinch Roller Releasing
パーマルブ G2　約24mg
5-34
■Examples ~ iPF9100
- Rail or Rib of Joint Base
レール：
Rail :
Molycote PG-641 approx. 12mg
モリコートPG-641　約12mg
リブ： Rib :
モリコートPG-641　約12mg
Molycote PG-641 approx. 12mg
- LF Roller Backup / Bushing / Feed Roller Bearing

LFローラベアリング：
LF Roller Bearing:
LFローラバックアップ（2カ所）：
LF Roller Backup (two locations):
ブッシング：
Bushing:
5-35
- Pinch Roller Release Cam
Pinch ピンチローラリリースカム（3カ所×13個：
Roller Release Cam (three locations x 13):
パーマルブ
G2 approx. 12mg
- Upper Cover Stay Shaft Hole / Gear Shaft / Shaft Edge / Gear Cam Surface
上カバーステー軸穴：
Upper Cover Stay
パーマルブ G2Hole:
Shaft
約24mg
Permalub G2
approx. 24mg
上カバーステー軸端部：
Upper Cover Stay Shaft Edge:
パーマルブ
Permalub G2G2　約24mg
approx. 24mg
上カバーステーギア軸：
Upper Cover Stay Gear Shaft: 上カバーステーギアの歯面：
Upper Cover Stay Gear Cam Surface:
パーマルブ
G2 approx. 24mg パーマルブ
G2 approx. 12mg
5-36
Chapter 6
Main Unit Configuration
Diagrams
Chapter 6 Main Unit Configuration Diagrams
Carriage relay PCB Flat cable

Carriage encoder
Head relay PCB Power PCB
Carriage M
Main controller
Head up/down motor
1. LFP-IJ Printer Basic Configuration Diagram
ＭＳ
Ink tank
Ｍ
Ｓ
Multisensor Valve
Tube
Ｓ
6-1
Subbuffer
Glycerin
Ｍ solution
Printhead
Platen fan
Non-ejection sensor
LF motor
Ｓ Wiper
Print Head Management Sensor
iPF5000 Series only
Ｍ
Spur unit
Cutter unit Ｓ
Printhead
Maintenance cartridge Purge unit
LF roller
Platen
■Function Description
Component name Function
Main controller A PCB that controls the printer as a whole.
Carriage relay PCB A relay PCB used to connect the carriage and the main controller with
each other by a flat cable. With the iPF5000 Series, it is combined into a
single assembly together with the head relay PCB described below.
Head relay PCB A PCB that relays head signals and that performs preprocessing on the
multisensor signals.
On the iPF5000 Series, the head relay PCB is expressed as “carriage
PCB.”
Carriage encoder A film on which slits are printed to generate an encoder pulse signal to
calculate the head position. The sensor is attached to the carriage unit.
Ink tank A color-specific replaceable cartridge ink tank (consumable part)
Subbuffer Functions as an air passage to fill the ink tank with air and also as a
reservoir for the reflux ink in the tube.
(Ink supply) Valve A valve that is opened and closed to augment the internal pressure in the
path of ink supply (by generating a negative pressure). In cleaning B, in
which a negative pressure is produced, the valve vents accumulated air
from the head.
Lift motor The drive motor that automatically regulates the distance between the
head and paper. The iPF5000 Series uses the eccentric cam of the
carriage rail to move the carriage (head) up and down together with the
rail. Others rotate the cam in the carriage by way of a coupling on the
main unit side to move the head up and down.
Multisensor A sensor that measures the head and paper distance, detects the leading
edge, width and other aspects of paper, measures the density of
adjustment print patterns and so on.
Platen fan Sucks paper to keep it from elevated.
Print Head A sensor that detects non-discharging nozzles for non-discharging nozzle
management sensor backup.
LF motor Feeds out paper precisely (in the micron order) according to the number
of print passes for each scan of the carriage.
Printhead Single six-color 1-inch head (consumable part)
Spur A roller used to feed the trailing edge of cut sheet. Serrated to avoid
catching ink. Mounted on the iPF5000 Series only.
Purge unit A head recovering unit that sucks the head to restore clogged nozzles and
to release the air, and that wipes the face with a wiper. It also contains a
lock mechanism that clamps the carriage to the purge.
Maintenance cartridge A cartridge tank (consumable) that stores waste ink ejected from the
purge unit.
6-2
Roll paper manually

fed from top
Multisensor
Cutter
Manual feed from S
front (POP board)
Roll paper feeding sensor
6-3
S
S Flapper
2. Paper Paths by Series
Prefed paper detection

LF_PE sensor Release
sensor
S
(1) iPF5000 Series
Paper detection sensor

Back cover
S
Cassette pick-up
Cassette detection sensor
S
搬送上ガイド
Tube guide unit
6-4
S
Multi sensor
マルチセンサ
ロールエンコーダー
Roll センサー
encoder ensor
(2) iPF650/750 Series
S
S
LF_PEセンサー
LF_PE sensor
カッター
Cutter
(3) iPF700 Series
Cutter
Cutter lower blade
Multisensor
S
LF_PE sensor
6-5
Multisensor
Cutter
S
S
Cutter lower blade LF_PE sensor
6-6
(4) iPF8000 Series
Roll paper
feeding
(5) iPF800 Series
Multisensor
Cutter
Cutter lower blade LF_PE sensor

Roll paper feeding
Roller paper sensor
S
S
Roll paper detection
sensor
Flapper
Feeding roller Roll paper feeding

Roller paper sensor
S Roll paper detection

sensor
S
Note : Lower roll paper feeding system is installed in 820/825 only.
6-7
Appendix
Quick Reference Guide iPF650Series
Quick Reference Guide
iPF650/680/750/760/780 series
1
Index
 Model Classification .......................................................................................................................................3
 Check Points for iPF Series...........................................................................................................................4
 Special Mode for Servicing iPF Series ..........................................................................................................5
Switching to service mode (Switching to board replace mode ) ...............................................................5
Switching to download mode ....................................................................................................................5
 Service Mode for iPF Series ..........................................................................................................................6
Function in service mode ..........................................................................................................................6
 FAQ ................................................................................................................................................................7
 Advice for Multiple Failure .............................................................................................................................8
 Replacement Procedures for iPF650/680/750/760/780 Series ...................................................................................9
Outer Cover Configuration (front, upper) ..................................................................................................9
Outer Cover Configuration ......................................................................................................................10
Roll Unit Configuration ............................................................................................................................10
Right Outer Cover ................................................................................................................................... 11
Left Outer Cover ...................................................................................................................................... 11
Front Outer Cover ...................................................................................................................................12
Rear Outer Cover ....................................................................................................................................15
Roll Feed Unit ..........................................................................................................................................15
Paper Release Lever...............................................................................................................................17
How to Release Carriage Lock ...............................................................................................................19
Manual Ink Drainage Procedures............................................................................................................20
Purge Unit ...............................................................................................................................................21
Boards .....................................................................................................................................................23
Carriage Unit ...........................................................................................................................................25
Multi Sensor ............................................................................................................................................30
Carriage Board ........................................................................................................................................31
Cutter .......................................................................................................................................................34
Cutter Rail Unit ........................................................................................................................................35
Ink Tank Unit ............................................................................................................................................36
Precaution for Tube Unit Installation .......................................................................................................40
Waste Ink Tube Joint (CL) .......................................................................................................................41
Waste Ink Vacuum Parts .........................................................................................................................42
LF Motor ..................................................................................................................................................45
Print Head Management Sensor, Shutter Motor .....................................................................................46
Applying Grease & Lubrication ................................................................................................................47
 Parts Counter...............................................................................................................................................49
iPF650/680/750/760/780 Series ..............................................................................................................49
2
 Model Classification
Max. Sheet
Model Group Model Name
Width
iPF500, 600, 5000, 6000 Series 17-inch
iPF500, iPF510, iPF510plus, iPF5000, iPF5100
（A2+）
iPF600, iPF605, iPF605L, iPF605Lplus,

iPF610, iPF610plus, iPF6100, iPF6200, 24-inch
iPF6000S, iPF6300, iPF6350, iPF6300S,
（A1+）
iPF6400, iPF6410, iPF6450, iPF6460,
iPF6400S, iPF6410S, iPF6400SE iPF6410SE
iPF650, 750 Series 24-inch

iPF650, iPF655, iPF680, iPF681, iPF685,
iPF686 （A1+）
iPF750, iPF750School, iPF750Poster, iPF755, 36-inch

（A0+）
iPF786
iPF700 Series
36-inch
iPF700, iPF710, iPF720
（A0+）
iPF8000, 9000 Series iPF810, iPF815, iPF820, iPF825

44-inch
iPF8000, iPF8100, iPF8000S, iPF8300, （B0+）
iPF8300S, iPF8400, iPF8410, iPF8400S,
iPF8410S, iPF8400SE, iPF8410SE
iPF9000, iPF9100, iPF9000S, iPF9400,

60-inch
iPF9410, iPF9400S, iPF9410S
3
 Check Points for iPF Series
Before Servicing
1) Panel Display Check (Error Code, Error contents)
2) Print Inf, Output Nozzle Check Print
3) Check user’s output material
During Servicing: Visual Check
1) Check Ink Tube air bubble
2) Check foreign material in the Unit (e.g. Platen, Purge)
After Servicing
1) Start up by normal mode. Error does not occur.
2) Output Check for Nozzle Check Print and User Data
4
 Special Mode for Servicing iPF Series
Switching to service mode (Switching to board replace mode )
Turn on power with pressing “Load” or ”Feeder Selection” key and “Navigate” or “Information”
key simultaneously.
When there is a difference between EEPROM information in the Main Board and EEPROM
information in the Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board, the mode is switched to Board Replace
mode automatically.
Board Replace mode
1) ”REPLACE MODE/CPU BOARD” is indicated on the display.
2) Select the board to replace by ”>” key or ”<” key, then press “OK” key.
CPU BOARD : Select when replacing main board.
MC BOARD : Select when replacing Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board
Switching to download mode

When the printer does not start up properly due to error displays, this special mode is used to
transfer (download) firmware from PC to the printer.
Turn on power with pressing “Navigate” or “Information” key and “Stop” key simultaneously.
5
 Service Mode for iPF Series
Function in service mode
■ Printing Print Inf : The necessary information such as an main unit error history is printed
to identify failure.
[SERVICE MODE > DISPLAY > PRINT INF > YES]
■ Nozzle Check Print : Nozzle check pattern is printed with non-ejection complement
function is OFF to identify failure.
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > NOZZLE 1]
■Cancelling Service Call Error / Error Skip Function
Service technicians’ call start from “E” is cancelled by starting up in service mode after
repairing the cause of the error. Also, except for a particular error, skipping error activation
when starting up power is available.
■Functions after replacing parts
- Adjustment after replacing Print Head Management Sensor
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > NOZZLE CHK POS.]
- Adjustment after replacing Multi Sensor (Carriage Unit)
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > GAP CALIB.]
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN ＞ OPTICAL AXIS]
- Adjustment after replacing LF Roller (adjustment function installed model only)
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN ＞ LF TUNING]
- Adjustment after replacing Carriage Motor (adjustment function installed model only)
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > CR MOTOR COG]
■ Others
See Service Manual for more details.
6
 FAQ
No Problem Advice
1 The hardware error [2F26] Replace Tube Guide Unit to a new type.
(carriage operation disabled) (technical information : refer to RB11007C)
occurs due to contacting Carriage
Unit with peeled part or floated part
of plastic sheets of Tube Guide
Unit.
2 The data length and the length of Set to [Pap.Detail Set.] > [Feed Settings] > [Print
print is not consistent in printing Length].
drawings, etc.
3 A little amount of remaining ink in [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [W-INK] > [OK]
the Maintenance Cartridge is After initializing the indicated data, replace the
indicated. The indication needs to Maintenance Cartridge immediately.
be canceled temporarily to keep
using the ink.
4 Operation is normal in service Perform cleaning A and reset non-ejection
mode, but non-ejection occurs in information after confirming there is no foreign
nozzle check print in user mode. substance such as a hair on Print Head
Management Sensor.
5 Ink peels when printing with photo Check media type of the printer driver.
glossy paper. Use Bk ink when selecting photo glossy paper,
while MBk ink is used when selecting plain paper.
Mis-matching can be a cause of ink peeling.
6 Media is not recognized after Execute [SERVICE MODE] > [ADJUST] > [GAP
replacing the main board. CARIB]
7 [4XXX] error is displayed. Start up in service mode and remove the error.
Make sure short circuit is not occurred inside of the
Print Head before starting up in service mode.
8 [Hardware error xx / Turn off Start up in service mode, check the error code, and
printer, wait, then turn on again.] is handle the error.
displayed.
7
 Advice for Multiple Failure
Replacing boards before replacing Print Head might damage the replaced boards, in case of
such failures below due to Print Head abnormity.
Check the Print Head before replacing boards. If the Print Head has failure, replace the Print
Head first.
No. Error Cause

1 - In spite of not having board The possible causes occurred by short circuit
replacement, error 404C or 404D inside of Print Head is as follows.
(inconsistency error of printer serial
number information and model - Melting fuse of main board due to short circuit
information) is displayed. of EEPROM in the Maintenance Cartridge.
- Melting fuse of main board due to abnormal
2 - Starting up is disabled by [CLOSE
short circuit of Maintenance Cartridge Relay
UPPER COVER] display
Board EEPROM.
3 - Error 2618 (Vh output error) occurs. - Melting fuse of main board and abnormal
resistance value.
4 - In spite of not having Carriage - Multi Sensor failure.
replacement, error 2F52 (Carriage of - Abnormity of Power Board.
legacy model installation error) occurs.
5 - In spite of having Multi Sensor
replacement, the Multi Sensor does not
recover from abnormal display.
8
 Replacement Procedures for iPF650/680/750/760/780 Series
Note
1) This Quick Reference Guide is described based on iPF650. The number of screws and position may differ by
each model.
2) When connecting an Ink Tube to a joint, wipe off adhered ink so that the tube does not come off easily.
Outer Cover Configuration (front, upper)
9
Outer Cover Configuration
Roll Unit Configuration
10
Right Outer Cover
1） Operation Panel
a. Open the Upper Cover and Right Ink Tank
Cover, and then release two hooks using a flat
head screwdriver.
b. Remove the cable from the cable guide.
Remove the earth by pushing the hook from
the backside of the operation unit. Disconnect
the connector. Then remove the operation
panel.
2） Right Cover
a. Remove the operation panel.
b. Remove six screws, release two hooks, and
then remove the right cover.
Left Outer Cover

1） Open the upper cover, and Left Ink Tank Cover,
and then release two hooks using a flat head
screwdriver.
11
2） Left Cover
a. Remove the upper left cover.
b. Remove six screws, release two hooks, and
then remove the left cover.
Front Outer Cover

1） Front Cover
Open Upper Cover to remove Cleaner Brush.
Then remove two screws, and release one hook.
2） Ejection Guide
a. Open the Maintenance Cartridge Cover to
remove the Ejection Guide. Remove the face
cover by inserting a flat head screwdriver in
the slit.
12
b. Remove two screws, and remove Ejection
Guide (right).
c. Remove one screw, release two hooks, and

then remove the Ejection Guide (middle and
left).
3） Right/Left Ink Tank Cover

◆iPF650/750 Series Procedures
a. Remove Right/Left Cover.
b. Open Right/Left Ink Tank Cover. Remove one screw.
13
◆iPF680/780 Series Procedures
a. Remove Right/Left Cover.
b. Open Right/Left Ink Tank Cover. Remove two screws, and Right and left inner cover.
c. Remove one screw and release one hook. Remove Right/Left Ink Tank Cover with releasing two bosses.
4） Upper Cover
a. Remove the upper left cover, and then slide
the upper cover to the left to remove it from
the hinge.
14
Rear Outer Cover
1） Rear Upper Cover
a. Remove Upper Left Cover.
b. Remove eight screws.
2） Rear Cover
Remove thirteen screws.
(For the four screws at lower side, only loosening
is possible.)
Roll Feed Unit

1） Feed Guide
a. Remove the roll sheet.
b. Remove Operation Panel, Right Cover, Upper
Left Cover, Left Cover, Front Cover, Upper
Cover, and Rear Cover.
c. Remove six screws, LF_PE Sensor Connector,
and Feed Guide.
15
2） Left Roll Lower Inner Cover
Remove each two screws and Right and Left Lower Inner Cover.
3） Left Roll Cover

Remove two screws from inside, one screw from outside, and Left Roll cover.
4） Open the Upper Cover and remove with sliding to left direction.
16
5) Remove three connectors, seven screws, and harness from harness guide. Then remove Roll Feed Unit.
Paper Release Lever

1) Remove five screws and four connectors.
Remove harness form harness guide, and then
remove Right Side Plate Unit.
17
2) Remove one spring, and then Paper Release
Lever. Keep the pinch roller pressurized to enable
phase adjustment at the time of Release Lever
reinstallation
Note :
Precaution for Paper Release Lever reinstallation
When reinstalling the Release Lever, align the notch

on the gear portion of the Release Lever with the
protrusion on the gear portion of the Pinch Roller.
18
How to Release Carriage Lock
・Lock Releasing in Service Mode
Shift to service mode, and execute the following mode in order.
SERVICE MODE ＞ FUNCTION ＞ CR UNLOCK
・Manual Lock Releasing

1） Remove the face cover with inserting a flathead screwdriver into a part of the face cover groove on Right Cover.
2） Insert a Phillips screwdriver into a “+” shaped hole and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower Cap and
Carriage Lock Pin, allowing the Carriage and Wiper Unit to move.
19
Manual Ink Drainage Procedures
・Manual Ink Drainage
1） Remove Upper Rear Cover, Front Cover, Rear
Cover, and Ink Tank Cover.
2） Release Carriage lock.
3） Move the Carriage to near side notch position on
the Platen in the picture below. Remove the Print
Head.
4） Push down Right and Left Ink Tank Unit Lever to

open ink supply valve and air hole valve.
Ink in the tube flows into Sub Buffer in the Ink Tank
Unit.
20
Purge Unit
・Removing Purge Unit
1） Release Carriage Lock. Move the carriage onto
the platen manually.
2） Remove the Right Cover.
3） Remove five screws and disconnect five
connectors, and remove the harness from the
harness guide. Then remove the Right Side Plate
Unit.
4） Remove two screws and the Waste Ink Tube

Joint, the harness from the harness guide, and
then remove the Purge Unit.
- Remove the Waste Ink Tube Joint carefully so that ink does not spout.
- To prevent ink from dripping off, hang The Waste Ink Tube joint on the side plate with the joint side up. Take extra
care not to damage the ink tube.
21
・Precaution for Purge Unit Reinstallation
If a tube joint is the previous type, replace it with a new type.
Pass a clip to wider inner diameter side of the transparent tube connected to the main unit. ([4]in the picture)
[1] black tube (Purge Unit side)
with marking at the edge = connect to black ink tube
[2] black tube (Purge Unit side)
without marking = connect to color ink tube
[3]transparent tube (main unit side)
smaller inner diameter = connect to black ink tube
[4] transparent tube (main unit side)
larger inner diameter = connect to color ink tube
♦ Tighten the passed clip of tube [4].
Initialize the corresponding parts counter after replacement.
22
Boards
・Replacing Main Board, Power Board, HDD
1） Remove backside cover.
2） Disconnect each connector. Remove screws. Then remove board or HDD.
Do not replace Main Board and Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board simultaneously. When replacing both boards,
follow “Replacement Procedures for Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board” first, and then follow “Replacement
procedure of Main Board” in order.
Also after replacing Main Board of a service parts, check the firmware is updated. If it has not the latest, update the
firmware.
■Main Board Replacement Procedures.(board replacement mode)

1) Turn off the power, unplug the power.
2) Replace the Main Board.
3) Connect the power plug pressing “Load” button and “Navigate” button at the same time to turn on the power.
(start up printer in board replacement mode.)
4) When “initializing” is indicated on the display, release the buttons.
(Message ramp is lit when board replacement mode is switched on.)
5) Wait until [REPLACEMENT MODE] is indicated on the display.
6) Select [CPU BOARD]. Press [OK].
7) Turn off the power when [Turn Power OFF!!] is indicated on the display.
8) Turn on the power.
9) Check firmware version. Update the firmware version if it is not the latest.
23
・Replacing Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board
1） Ejection Guide
a. Open Maintenance Cartridge Cover, and
remove Maintenance Cartridge. Remove the
face cover with inserting a flathead
screwdriver into a part of the face cover
groove.
b. Remove two screws, then remove Ejection

Guide (right).
2） Maintenance Cartridge Cover

a. Remove two screws. Disconnect the
connector, and remove Maintenance Cartridge
Cover.
3） Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board

a. Remove two screws, and remove Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board.
Do not replace Main Board and Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board simultaneously. When replacing both boards,
follow “Replacement Procedures for Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board” first, and then follow “Replacement
procedure of Main Board” in order.
24
Carriage Unit
・Replacing Carriage Unit
1） Remove Print Head and Manual Ink Draining
a. Turn off the power. Remove Upper Rear Cover,
Front Cover, Rear Cover, and Ink Tank Cover.
b. Release Carriage Lock.
c. Move the Carriage to near side notch position
on the Platen in the picture below. Remove the
Print Head.
d. Start ink draining manually.
2） Remove the ink tube from Carriage Guide, and

then remove one spring and two hooks to remove
the joint base together with the Print Head Fixer
Lever.
Remove the joint carefully so that ink does not spout. Put a plastic bag
or the like on the ink tube joint to prevent ink from spouting.
3） Remove Flexible Cable

a. Move Carriage to Home Position side (Purge
side) on the Platen.
b. Release one hook. Slide Flexible Cable Guide
to the left to remove.
25
c. Remove two screws, and remove Ejection
Guide (left) at the backside.
d. Remove two screws, and remove Left Roll

Lower Inner Cover.
e. Disconnect three connectors of Flexible Cable

from the Main Board.
f. Release one hook, and remove Flexible

Cable.
g. Release three hooks, and then remove the

Flexible Cable from the Flexible Cable
Retainer.
26
h. While releasing the hook with the guide lifted,
slide the Flexible Cable Retainer to remove it.
4） Removing Carriage Unit

a. Remove one screw, and remove Carriage
Upper Cover.
b. Remove one screw, the pulley retainer, and

spring to loosen the carriage belt.
Remove the belt from the pulley unit, and then
remove the pulley unit.
c. Remove the carriage belt from the carriage

motor pulley.
d. Remove five screws and disconnect four

connectors, and then remove the cable from
the cable guide to remove the Right Side Plate
Unit.
e. Remove the Carriage Unit from the Right Side

of the printer.
27
・Precaution for Reinstalling Carriage Unit
- Impregnate the Shaft Cleaner with oil before
reinstalling Carriage Unit.
- Make sure that the linear scale is in the detection

zone of the linear encoder sensor.
- Reinstall Carriage Belt carefully so that it is not

twisted.
After reinstallation, check whether the Carriage
moves on Platen smoothly.
- Reinstall the pulley retainer to fit to the notch on

the side plate.
- When reinstalling the Carriage Belt, push it deeply

into the Belt Holder of the carriage.
28
・Actions following the replacement of Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor
- When replacing Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor, replace the Multi Sensor Reference Plate (QL2-3160)
simultaneously, and perform the following adjustment in service mode.
1） Execute GAP CALIB without setting media.
2） Set media. (Photo glossy paper, A2 width or wider)
3） Execute OPTICAL AXIS.
- When removing or replacing Carriage Unit, Carriage Motor, Carriage Belt, or Linear Encoder Sensor, perform
“CR MOTOR COG” adjustment in service mode.
[Reference] Related adjustment in service mode

- SERVICE MODE ˃ ADJUST ˃ GAP CALIB.
- SERVICE MODE ˃ ADJUST ˃ PRINT PATTERN ˃ OPTICAL AXIS
- SERVICE MODE ˃ ADJUST ˃ CR MOTOR COG
29
Multi Sensor
・Replacement Procedures of Multi Sensor
1） Release Carriage Lock manually, and take out
the Carriage to the Print Head replacement
position.
2） Remove the Print Head.
3） Remove one screw, and remove Carriage Unit
from Multi Sensor.
Note : Be careful with connected flexible cable.
4） Remove Flexible Cable from Multi Sensor.
The procedure is reversed in assembling.
・Precaution for Installing Multi Sensor
・Action following the replacement of the Multi Sensor

- Replace the Multi Sensor Reference Plate (QL2-3160) simultaneously, and perform adjustment in service mode.
1） Execute GAP CALIB without setting media.
2） Set media. (Photo glossy paper, A2 width or wider)
3） Execute OPTICAL AXIS.
[Reference] Related adjustment in service mode

- SERVICE MODE ＞ ADJUST ＞ PRINT PATTERN ＞ OPTICAL AXIS
30
Carriage Board
◆There are two ways to remove Carriage Board.
a) Remove Carriage Unit from the main unit, then remove Carriage Board.
b) Remove Carriage Board without removing Carriage from the main unit.
In b), it is slightly difficult to confirm “if the Flexible Cable is connected properly” in “connecting Flexible Cable”
procedure when “Installing Carriage Board in Carriage.”Attention is required for its poor operability.
・Removing Carriage Unit from the main unit to remove Carriage Board.
1） Remove Carriage Unit from the main unit.
Note : Ink draining is necessary beforehand.
2） Remove Multi Sensor form Carriage. (one screw)
3） Remove Print Head Fixing Cover Top from
Carriage. (one spring)
4） Remove one spring Print Head Fixing Cover
Bottom from Carriage.
5） Remove Ink Supply Joint from Carriage.
6） Remove Carriage Board part from Carriage. (black, two self-tapping screws, five Flexible Cables)
Note : Be careful not to damage Flexible Cables.
♦ The procedure is reversed in assembling.

♦ Flexible Cables must be connected straight fully (not to be slanted).
31
・Removing Carriage Board without removing Carriage from the main unit.
1） Remove operation part, right cover, front cover,
and Right Ink Tank Cover Print Head Fixing Cover Top
2） Release Carriage Lock manually, and take out
the Carriage to the replacement position.
3） Remove the Print Head.
4） Remove one screw, and remove Multi Sensor
from Carriage Unit.
Note : Be careful with connected flexible cable.
5） Disconnect Flexible Cable from Multi Sensor.
6） Remove one spring at Print Head Fixing Cover
Top of Carriage.
7） Release two bosses at Print Head Fixing Cover
Top, and remove the Cover (two bosses).
8） Remove springs at Print Head Fixing Cover Bottom. Take out Ink Supply part to Print Head to near side.
Remove the Ink Supply part together with Print Head Fixing Cover Bottom.
32
9） Move Carriage to the home position side. Remove two screws (black, self-tapping screw) on Carriage Board,
with setting a driver into the hole.
10) Move the Carriage to the replacement position (back position side). Take out the Carriage Board to near side.
Note : Five Flexible Cables are connected to the board at this time. Take out the board slowly.
11) Disconnect the five Flexible cables on the Carriage Board, and remove the Carriage Board.

♦ Flexible Cables must be connected straight fully (not to be slanted).
33
Cutter
・Replacing Cutter
1） Select [SERVICE MODE] > [REPLACE] >
[CUTTER] and [YES] to move the cutter to the
replacement position.
2） Remove two hexagonal screws, and remove
Cutter.
3） Attach Cutter with two hexagonal screws.

4） After replacing the Cutter, select [CLR COUNTER CT-1] > [YES] that displayed on the LCD to initialize the parts
counter information. Then, the Cutter moves to home position automatically.
34
Cutter Rail Unit
・Replacing Cutter Rail Unit
1） Remove Left Ink Tank Cover, Mist Fan, and Left
Ink Tank Unit.
2） Remove two screws and connectors, and remove
Cutter Motor Unit.
3） Remove one screw. Move Cutter Rail Unit to the

left (①), and remove from the boss. Then,
remove from the right side (②).
35
Ink Tank Unit
・Replacing Right Ink Tank Unit
iPF650/750 series procedure
1） Perform ink draining.
2） Remove Right Cover, Right Ink Tank Cover, and
Front Cover.
3） Remove four screws and two connectors.
Remove harnesses from harness guide.
4） Remove the joint part of Ink Tube Unit and Ink
Tank Unit slowly. Remove the Ink Tube from the
guide, and remove the Right Ink Tank Unit.
♦ Remove the joint carefully so that ink does not spout.

♦ Put a plastic bag or the like on the ink tube joint to prevent ink from spouting.
36
2） Remove Right Cover, Right Ink Tank Cover, and
Front Cover.
3） Remove four screws and the support board.
4） Remove four screws and disconnect two
connectors, and then remove harnesses from the
harness guide. Then Remove the joint part of Ink
Tube Unit and Ink tank Unit slowly. Remove Ink
Tube from guide, and remove Right Ink Tank Unit.

37
・Replacing Left Ink Tank Unit
2） Remove Left Cover, Left Ink Tank Cover, and
Front Cover.
3） Remove four screws and two connectors.
Remove harnesses from harness guide.
4） Remove the joint part of Ink Tube Unit and Ink
Tank Unit slowly. Remove the Ink Tube from the
guide, and remove the Left Ink Tank Unit.

38
2） Remove Left Cover, Left Ink Tank Cover, and
Front Cover.
3） Remove four screws and the support board.
4） Remove four screws and disconnect two
connectors, and then remove harnesses from the
harness guide. Then Remove the joint part of Ink
Tube Unit and Ink tank Unit slowly. Remove Ink
Tube from guide, and remove Left Ink Tank Unit.

39
Precaution for Tube Unit Installation
Connect Ink Tubes and joint deeply into the guide.
Note : When connecting Ink Tube Unit, fit the marking

of Ink Tube Unit to the right edge of guide, and
the left edge of tape must be positioned 4mm or
less from the tube guide.
♦ After detaching the joint of the ink tube unit, the joint might become easy to come off by the ink that has adhered
to it. In that case, please wash the joint by alcohol and remove the adhering ink.
40
Waste Ink Tube Joint (CL)
1) Remove Maintenance Cartridge. Insert a flathead
screwdriver into a part of the face cover groove to
remove the face cover.
2) Remove Ejection Guide (right).
3) Remove two screws, and remove Maintenance
Cartridge Holder Unit.
4) Remove three screws and Waste Ink Tube. Then,

remove Waste Ink Tube Joint (CL).
♦ Remove the Waste Ink Tube Joint (CL) and Waste

Ink Tube carefully so that ink does not spout.
♦ Precaution for connecting Waste Ink Tube Joint
(CL)
・Connect Waste Ink Tube deeply to the joint.
41
Waste Ink Vacuum Parts
・Precaution for Replacing Waste Ink Vacuum Parts
When disassembling the waste ink vacuum unit, pay attention to the ink leaking from the disassembled parts.
Put the parts of the disassembled Waste Ink Vacuum
Unit in a plastic bag or the like with care given to the ink leaking from the portion [A] enclosed in a circle (in light
blue).
No Part Parts Counter
1 Mist Fan Mi-1
2 Mist Exhaust Duct Mi-1
3 Platen Suction Fan
4 Platen Exhaust Duct WF-2
Print Head Management

5 HMa-1
Sensor
Consumable
6 Maintenance Cartridge
product
Waste Ink Tray in Ink Tank

7
Unit
8 Waste Ink Tray in Purge Unit
9 Front Duct
[1]Mist Fan [2]Mist Exhaust Duct
[3]Platen Suction Fan [4]Platen Exhaust Duct
[5]Print Head Management Sensor
42
・Removing Mist Fan
1） Remove the rear upper cover and front cover.
2） Remove two screws, and disconnect two
connectors, and then remove the harness from
the harness guide to remove the support plate.
3） Remove four screws and disconnect three

connectors, and then remove the harness from
the harness guide to remove the Mist Fan.
・Removing Mist Exhaust Duct

1） Remove Mist Fan.
2） Remove one screw, and then remove the harness
from the harness guide to remove Mist Exhaust
Duct.
Reference
Mist fan and Mist Exhaust Duct can be removed
together.
43
・Precaution for Reinstalling Mist Exhaust Duct
Make sure that the boss on Mist Exhaust Duct fits in
the notch on the side plate.
・Removing Platen Suction Fan

1） Remove Ejection Guide.
2） Remove one screw and disconnect one
connector to remove Platen Suction Fan.
3） After taking out the Platen Suction Fan, turn it

upside down immediately so that ink does not
drip off.
・Removing Platen Exhaust Duct

1） Remove Mist Exhaust Duct and Left Ink Tank
Unit.
2） Remove one screw, and then Platen Exhaust
Duct.
44
LF Motor
・Replacing LF Motor
1） Remove left cover.
2） Remove one spring, two screws, and one connector. Then, remove the belt from motor pulley. Remove harness
from harness guide, and remove LF Motor.
Precaution for Reinstalling Feel Motor

Hang up the belt on Pulley in LF Motor Driving part, and fasten screws temporarily. Then, attach the spring, fasten
the screws to fix LF Motor.
Procedures after replacing Feed Roller Encoder or Feed Roller
Feed Roller concentricity of this printer model is corrected (amount unevenness correction of feeding per rotation) at
shipping from manufacturer to improve precision of media delivering. Therefore, after replacing Feed Roller Encoder
or Feed Roller which influences concentricity correction, adjustment is necessary.
Perform automatic adjustment of service mode.

Media type : photo glossy paper
SERVICE MODE ＞ ADJUST ＞ PRINT PATTERN ＞ LF TUNING
As a result of (automatic adjustment), if adjustment was not properly operated, manual adjustment is performed.
(Confirm the printed pattern to set the value.)
Media type : photo glossy paper

SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING2
45
Print Head Management Sensor, Shutter Motor
・Removing Print Head Management Sensor
1） Remove Purge Unit.
2） Remove one screw, one connector, and release
boss. Then remove Print Head Management
Sensor.
Procedures after replacing Print Head Management Sensor

Since the distance between Print Head Management Sensor and Carriage Unit varies among printers, the optical
axis is factory-adjusted to adjust the non-discharging
detection position. Therefore, adjustment is necessary after replacing Print Head Management Sensor.
SERVICE MODE ＞ ADJUST ＞ NOZZLE CHK POS.
・Removing Sutter Motor

1） Remove Ejection Guide (right).
2） Remove one connector. Turn Shutter Motor Unit
to the right slightly, with pushing the boss to
release the hook. Then, hold up the Shutter Motor
Unit and remove.
46
Applying Grease & Lubrication
・Notes on Applying Specialized Grease and Lubrication
・Using a flat brush or the like, spread the grease on the designated part evenly to form a thin coat.
・Be cautious not to apply the grease to any parts other than specified parts. Adhered grease to the wiper, the cap
and the linear scale may cause defective print.
・Supplying Molycote PG-641(CK-0562-000) has been discontinued. Use the FLOIL G-5000H(FY9-6022-000) as a
substitute.
Part to Apply Grease or Lubrication Product Amount (Approx.) Note
FLOIL
1 Ribs of Joint Base 8 to 20mg
G-5000H
2 Shaft Cleaner EU-1 impregnant
Hinge Receiver of
3 FLOIL
Upper Cover
8 to 20mg
G-5000H
4 Slide Guide of Roll Cover
Pinch Roller Release Shaft and Pinch Roller

5
contact part
6 Pinch Roller Pressure Release Gear

FLOIL
8 to 20mg
G-5000H Grease must not be applied on the
7 Sheet Release Lever Shaft
shaft edge.
Grease must not be applied on the

8 LF Roller Backup
Roller.
47
48
 Parts Counter
iPF650/680/750/760/780 Series
Initialize the relevant parts counter by the service mode after replacement.
SERVICE MODE > INITIALIZE > PARTS COUNTER > PARTS XX
counter product error remark

CR1 Carriage Unit, Oil Pad
CR2 Long Flexible Cable
CR3 Linear Scale, Linear Scale Sensor (Carriage Unit) Passed
Printing
replacement
CR4 Lift Cam continues
standard period
CR5 Multi Sensor, Multi Sensor Reference Plate
CT1 Cutter
SP1 Ink Tube Unit E144-4047
PG1 Purge Unit, Waste Ink Tube Joint (CL) E141-4046 Printing stops
Hma1 Print Head Management Sensor E194-404A
MT1 Carriage Motor Not displayed Printing
PL1 LF Motor on the panel. continues
Mi1 Mist Fan Unit, Mist Exhaust Duct
WF1 Maintenance Cartridge Holder E146-4001 Printing stops
WF2 Waste Ink Box
49
Quick Reference Guide iPF5000Series
iPF500/600/5000/6000 series
1
Index
 FAQ ................................................................................................................................................................7
 Replacement Procedures for iPF500/600/5000/6000 Series ...................................................................................9
Outer Cover Configuration (Front & Upper) ..............................................................................................9
Outer Cover Configuration (Back) .............................................................................................................9
Right Outer Cover ...................................................................................................................................10
Left Outer Cover ......................................................................................................................................12
Upper Outer Cover ..................................................................................................................................15
Purge Unit ...............................................................................................................................................18
Tube Joint (when the previous type of joint is used in dye-ink models) ..................................................20
Main Board and HDD ..............................................................................................................................22
Power Supply Board................................................................................................................................23
Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board .......................................................................................................24
Carriage Unit ...........................................................................................................................................25
Carriage Unit Adjustment ........................................................................................................................31
Cutter Unit ...............................................................................................................................................35
Ink Supply Unit ........................................................................................................................................37
Valve Motor Unit ......................................................................................................................................42
Waste Ink Vacuum Part ...........................................................................................................................43
Spur Unit .................................................................................................................................................46
LF Motor ..................................................................................................................................................47
Multi Sensor ............................................................................................................................................48
Cassette Feed Roller...............................................................................................................................49
Cassette Separation Roller .....................................................................................................................50
 Parts Counter...............................................................................................................................................52
●iPF500/510/600/610/605/5000/5100/6100/6200/6000S......................................................................52
●iPF6300/6350/6300S/6400/6410/6450/6460/6400S/6410/6400SE/6410SE ......................................52
2
Max. Sheet
Width
iPF500, 600, 5000, 6000 Series 17-inch

（A2+）

iPF6000S, iPF6300, iPF6350, iPF6300S,
（A1+）
iPF6400, iPF6410, iPF6450, iPF6460,

iPF686 （A1+）

（A0+）
iPF786
iPF700 Series
36-inch
（A0+）

44-inch
iPF8000, iPF8100, iPF8000S, iPF8300, （B0+）
iPF8300S, iPF8400, iPF8410, iPF8400S,
iPF9000, iPF9100, iPF9000S, iPF9400,

60-inch
3
Before Servicing
After Servicing
4
key simultaneously.
mode automatically.
Board Replace mode

5
- Adjustment after replacing Print Head Management Sensor
■ Others
6
 FAQ
No Problem Advice
1 Paper jam in plain paper occurs when - Check if the flapper is the latest model.
recovering from the sleep mode. - When the firmware version is as follows, perform [Menu] >
(Paper edge creases) [System Setup ] > [Reset Papersetng] after updating to the
latest firmware.
iPF510/610:v1.41, iPF605:v1.07, iPF6300/6350:v1.24,
iPF6300S:v1.06
2 The data length and the length of print Set to [Pap.Detail Set.] > [Feed Settings] > [Print
is not consistent in printing drawings, Length].
etc.
3 Ink is full in the Maintenance [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [W-INK] > [OK]
Cartridge. The indication needs to be After initializing the indicated data, replace the
canceled temporarily to keep using the Maintenance Cartridge immediately.
ink.
4 Operation is normal in service mode, Perform cleaning A and reset non-ejection information
but non-ejection occurs in nozzle after confirming there is no foreign substance such as a
check print in user mode. hair on Print Head Management Sensor.
5 Ink comes off when printing with photo Check media type in the printer driver.
glossy paper. Use Bk ink when selecting photo glossy paper, MBk ink
should be used when selecting plain paper.
Mis-matching can be a cause of ink peeling.
6 Media is not recognized after Perform [SERVICE MODE] > [ADJUST] > [GAP
replacing the main board. CARIB]
(The carriage height adjustment value infrequently is
not carried on.)
7 - Waste ink leaks from the printer Replace the waste ink tube.
due to ink clogging. (The Purge Unit and the Print Head should be replaced
- Purging is poor due to ink clogging. if needed.)
8 [Hardware error xx / Turn off printer, Start up in service mode, check the error code, and
wait, then turn on again.] is displayed. handle the error.
7
Replacing the boards before replacing Print Head might damage the replaced boards, in case
of such failures as below due to Print Head abnormity.
Check the Print Head before replacing boards. If the Print Head is defect, replace the Print
Head first.
No. Error Cause

1 - In spite of not having board - Melting fuse of main board due to short
replacement, error 404C or circuit of EEPROM in the Maintenance
404D (inconsistency error of Cartridge.
printer serial number - Melting fuse of main board due to abnormal
information and model short circuit of Maintenance Cartridge Relay
information) is displayed. Board EEPROM.
2 - Starting up is disabled by - Melting fuse of main board due to short

[CLOSE UPPER COVER] circuit.
display.
3 - Error 2618 (Vh output error)
occurs.
4 - In spite of not having Carriage - Melting fuse of main board due to short
replacement, error 2F52 circuit.
(Carriage of legacy model - Multi Sensor failure.
installation error) occurs. - Abnormity of Power Board.
5 - In spite of having Multi Sensor

replacement, the Multi Sensor
does not recover from abnormal
display.
8
 Replacement Procedures for iPF500/600/5000/6000 Series
Note: This Quick Reference Guide Book is based on the iPF610. The number of screws and locations may differ by
models.
Note: When connecting Ink Tube to the joint, wipe off the ink and be careful that the tube doesn’t come off easily.
Outer Cover Configuration (Front & Upper)
Outer Cover Configuration (Back)
9
Right Outer Cover
1） Remove Roll Sheet Unit.
2） Turn Circle Cover to remove it.
3) Open Upper Cover. While releasing two tabs,

remove Right Upper Cover.
4) Disconnect the connector and ground wire

(unlock it). While pushing the right and left tabs
downward, remove Operation Panel.
5) Remove Filter Cover from the back right.
10
6) Release the hook and remove Filter.
7) Remove one screw (self-tapping screw) and Mist

Filter.
8) Remove six screws and Right Side Cover.
9) Remove Cassette Tray.

10) Remove two screws and Right Front Cover.
11
Left Outer Cover
・Disassembly Procedures for 130 ml Ink Tank Models
3） Open Upper Cover and remove three screws.

While pulling the tab outward, remove Tank Cover.
When attaching Tank Cover, be cautious of the

three front tabs (blue-circled in the figure).
4） Remove the black screw. While following the

numbers on Left Cover,  release the hook, 
slide the cover upward, then  toward the back to
remove it.
Removing three screws from Left Rear Cover
(step 5) in advance will make it easier to remove
Left Cover.
12
5） Remove three screws and Left Rear Cover.
6） Remove three screws and Left Front Cover.

13
3） Open Upper Cover and Tank Cover, then remove
three screws. While pulling the tab outward,
remove Tank Cover.
4） Remove two screws, release the hook, and

remove Left Cover.
5） Remove three screws and Left Rear Cover.
6） Remove three screws and Left Front Cover.
14
Upper Outer Cover
1） Remove Roll Sheet Unit, then Right and Left
Covers.
2） Remove one screw. While seeing the unit from
the back side, remove Lower Rear Cover on the
right side.
3） Remove the other Lower Rear Cover.
4） Remove three screws and Rear Cover.
5） Open Upper Cover and slide it to the left to

remove it.
15
6） Remove three screws and Upper Rear Cover.
Note:
When attaching Upper Rear Cover, make sure that
Operation Panel Cable (the flexible cable) passes over
the cover.
7） Remove two screws. While releasing three front

tabs, remove Upper Front Cover.
8） Remove three screws. While releasing the cables,

remove Lower Front Cover.
9） Remove two screws and Cover Guide.
16
10） Remove three screws and Right Cover Plate.
11） Disconnect the flag and connector of Upper

Cover Detection Sensor.
Remove three screws and Left Cover Plate.
17
Purge Unit
1） Remove all Right, Left, and Upper Covers.
2） Remove three screws, disconnect the connectors,
and remove Mist Fan.
3） Turn the gear of Purge Unit clockwise to unlock

Carriage.
4） Disconnect the connector on the back of Purge

Unit.
18
5） Remove two (or three) self-tapping screws.
While lifting Purge Unit, disconnect the tube joint.
6） Pull out the back cables and connector through

the hole of the chassis, and remove Purge Unit.
7） Remove three screws from Absorber Unit.
8） Remove one screw from Print Head Management

Sensor.
Print Head Management Sensor
19
9） While lifting Print Head Management Sensor,
replace Absorber Unit.
10） When attaching Absorber Unit, make sure that

the hook on the back securely fits in place.
11） Return Print Head Management Sensor.

If the sensor is replaced, Initialize the relevant
parts counter. See “Parts Counter” in this Quick
Reference Guide.
Tube Joint (when the previous type of joint is used in dye-ink models)
1） Connect Waste Ink Tube to the joint on the waste

ink side (the lower joint).
Caution:
The location of the tubes must be kept as shown
in the photo.
2） The tube must be inserted full to the end.
3） Set the waste ink side of the joint as shown in the

photo.
Note:
Make sure that the protrusion (blue-circled
portion) of the joint, which fixes the joint position,
is above the chassis (green-lined portion).
20
Top View: Front View:
The joint must fit in place of the latch-shaped
space (in the blue-lined area).
4） Install Purge Unit, then connect the joint of the

Waste Ink side and the joint of the Purge Unit side.
Connect the rear connector.
5） After Purge Unit is installed, pull the ink tubes in

the red-arrowed direction so that the buts are not
buckled or caught between units.
6） In pigment-ink models, make sure that the tube

end stays in the hole of Absorber.
７） If Absorber covers the cap tabs, put it under the

tabs using the tweezers, etc.
8） Initialize the relevant parts counter .

See “Parts Counter” in this Quick Reference Guide.
9） Perform the following in the Service Mode:

Adjustment after replacing Print Head Management Sensor
21
Main Board and HDD
1） Remove Left Outer Covers.
2） Remove four screws and Shield Plate
(no Shield Plate depending on the model).
3） Remove three screws, then Shield Plate and

Cable Guide
4） Remove two screws from Expansion Board and

slide the board in the blue-arrowed direction to
remove it.
Remove one screw from NIC.
5） Disconnect all the connectors.
Note: The brown connector of the flexible cable has

a lock. Be cautious not to damage it.
6） Remove ten screws and replace Main Board.
7） HDD can be replaced in this condition.

8） After board replacement, perform Board
Replacement Mode.
22
Power Supply Board
1） Remove Left Outer Covers.
2） Remove four screws and Shield Plate

3） Remove three screws, then Shield Plate and

Cable Guide
4） Disconnect the connectors of Power Supply

Board and HDD
(no HDD depending on the model).
5) Remove five screws.

Remove Power Supply Unit together with the
plate.
23
Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board
1） Remove Ejection Guide from the front.
2） Remove Maintenance Cartridge.
3） Remove Waste Ink Box (Suction Fan)

See “Waste Ink Vacuum Part Replacement” in
this Quick Reference Guide.
4） Remove two screws from Maintenance Cartridge

Relay Board.
5） Disconnect the Maintenance Cartridge Relay
Board connector.
6） After replacement, perform Main Board Replacement Mode (REPLACE MODE > MC BOARD).
24
Carriage Unit
■ Before replacing Refresh Service Kit, attach the included sub-components (red-circled in the figure below) to the
applicable unit(s).Impregnate Oil Pads (No.19) and Shaft Cleaners (No. 21 and 22) with EU-1 oil.
25
1） Remove all Right, Left, and Upper Covers.
2） Turn the gear of Purge Unit clockwise to unlock

Carriage.
3） Move Carriage Unit to the center of the platen.
4） Remove Print Head and put it in a safe place.

Be cautious not to touch the face surface,
electrodes, and ink supply part.
5） Push Ink Supply Valve toward the front to let the ink inside the tube go back into Sub Buffer (Manual Draining).
6） On the carriage side, adjust Print Head Link Lever to fit the tip of the boss into the notch of the lever, then
release the lever. On the joint base side, adjust the lever in the same way and release it.
26
7） Remove Joint from Ink Tube Unit.
To prevent ink leakage or splash, put the
removed Joint in a plastic bag, etc. and close the
bag.
8） Unhook Linear Scale from the right plate spring,

and pull it to the right to take it out of the unit while
being cautious not to damage it.
9） While sliding Pulley to the left, release Carriage

Belt. It will be good to loosely bundle the belt for
easy works in later steps.
10） Disconnect the flexible cable connectors from

Main Board. The brown connector has a lock.
Be cautious not to damage it. (For Main Board
replacement, see “Main Board and HDD
Replacement” in this Quick Reference Guide.)
11） Remove Cable Holder and pull out the ferrite core
from the cable.
27
12） Insert the flat-blade screwdriver at the mark as
shown in the photo to release the hook.
Slide Cable Holder to the right to remove it.
13） Turn the gear until Lift Gear Flag comes off from
Lift Cam Sensor. Remove the nylon ring, then
Lift Gear and Lift Cam. Remove two screws and
Lift Cam Sensor Base.
14） Using the needle-nose pliers, remove the right

and left Torsion Coil Springs, and pull out Lift
Cam on the right side.
15） Place Carriage Unit on the platen, and pull out the
shaft from the Right Side Plate.
16） Take out Oil Pad and Shaft Cleaners from the
current Carriage Unit and attach them to the new
Carriage.
17） When replacing Carriage Unit due to the

durability life, such as replacing to Maintenance
Kit replacement, impregnate Oil Pads and Shaft
Cleaners (right and left) with EU-1 oil.
■Oil (EU-1)
QY9-0037-000
■Shaft Cleaner (Left)
QM3-0543-000
■Shaft Cleaner (Right)
QM3-0543-000
■Oil Pad x 2
QC2-0664-000
28
18） Place the new Carriage Unit on the platen and pass the shaft from the Right Side Plate through the unit.
19） Return the removed gears.
20） Adjust Pinch Roller Release Gear so that the triangle mark of the gear faces the triangle mark of the bush as
shown below. Also adjust Lift Gear so that its protrusion faces the triangle mark of the gear as shown below.
Caution:
Make sure of the gear positions. If they are out of phase, faulty phenomenon such as failure in picking up paper
will occur.
21） Attach Linear Scale so that “R” on the scale is on

the right side of the main unit.
A new Linear Scale is covered with the protective

sheet. Peel it off by pulling the tag before use.
29
22） Attach the right and left Lift Cams with their
dimples facing to the right of the main unit as
shown in the figure and photo, and fix them with
Torsion Coil Spring.
Caution:
Lift Cams in a wrong orientation will change the
carriage height, causing uneven printing or
smudging.
Note:
When replacing Refresh Service Kit, replace both
the right and left Lift Cams.
23） Fit the flexible cables in the holder under three

tabs.
24） Loosely fold the cables along the mark while

putting them under the tab.
25） Put the rest of the cables under three tabs as

shown in the figure, and softly pull them at both
ends to eliminate the slack.
30
26） Attach the Cable Holder, and flatten the cables.
27） Position the Guide Sheet with its left edge

aligning to the plate edge under it and with the top
edge (the longer edge) contacting against the
plate, then paste it.
28） Pass the flexible cables through the ferrite core,

and fix them with the cable holder.
29） Connect the flexible cables to Main Board. (Be

cautious of the lock.)
30） Replace and fix the Multi Sensor Reference Plate

with a screw.
No need to replace if it is clean.
Carriage Unit Adjustment

1） If Carriage Unit and Tube Unit need to be
replaced at the same time, replace Ink Supply
Unit first while referring to “Ink Supply Unit
Replacement”.
After replacement, apply FLOIL G-5000H to Joint

Base.
Grease: LUBE, FLOIL G-5000H

Part No.: FY9-6022-000
31
2） Adjust the position (height) of Wire Collar To
prevent Wire Collar of the carriage from
contacting the duct, etc. during carriage
movement, perform the following adjustment after
removal or replacement of Carriage Unit:
① Pull out Ink Tube from Wire Guide.

② Loosen two screws.
③ Turn the gear to have the Lift Cam Flag stay at
the position* as shown in the figure.
* The lowest position where the flag protects the
sensor from light (the lowest position of
Carriage Unit).
3） From Carriage Wire Adjustment Unit, remove the

clip and the collar holder.
Part No.: AY3-4493-000

ADJUSTING UNIT, CR WIRE
4） Attach Carriage Wire Adjustment Unit with the

plate spring on the top of the Mist Fan.
32
5） Move the carriage and adjust Wire Guide so that
the Wire Collar contacts the upper surface of the
Carriage Wire Adjustment Unit.
6） Put the collar holder on the collar and fix it with

the clip.
7） Fasten the two screws to fix the Wire Guide.

Then, pass Ink Tube through the guide.
 When Carriage Wire Adjustment Unit is not

available
① Place a 15 cm metallic scale on Mist Fan at the
location shown below.
② Adjust Wire Guide so that Wire Collar contacts

the surface of the scale, then fasten the screws.
33
8） Initialize the relevant parts counter, see “Parts Counter” in this Quick Reference Guide.
9) Perform the following in the Service Mode:
・Adjustment after replacing Print Head Management Sensor

・Adjustment after replacing Multi Sensor (Carriage Unit)
Glossy Photo Paper (thin type) or a similar type of paper is required (if unavailable, use plain paper).
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > OPTICAL AXIS]
・Adjustment after replacing Carriage Motor: for some models
34
Cutter Unit
1） Remove all Outer Covers.
2） Turn Motor Pulley in the blue-arrowed direction to

lower Cutter Unit.
■iPF605 series do not have the motor to move the

cutter up and down.
3） From the left end, move Cutter about 2 cm to the

right.
4） Remove one screw and brace. Slide Cutter Unit

to the left while slightly lifting it at an angle to
remove it.
5） Remove Cutter Lift Unit.
① Remove Cutter Unit.
② Remove the belt and two screws, and disconnect

the bundled cables from Front Duct.
③ Take out Cutter Lift Unit through between Ink

Supply Units and from under the chassis.
6） To replace Ink Supply Unit, replace it in this

condition without Cutter Unit (see “Ink Supply Unit
Replacement” in this Quick Reference Guide).
35
■Cutter Drive Unit can be replaced in this condition.
① Remove Cutter Unit.
② Remove two screws and two connectors.
③ Release the cables from the holder, and replace
Cutter Drive Unit.
Notes on attaching Cutter Unit:

・Fit the collars of Cutter Unit into the respective
grooves of Cutter Plate and Cutter Drive Unit.
■Replacing Cutter alone

In iPF500/510/600/610/605 series, the accuracy is not guaranteed if Cutter alone is replaced. It is recommended to
replace the entire Cutter Unit.
① Move Cutter to the replacement position in the

Service Mode.
・SERVICE MODE > REPLACE > CUTTER
② Remove two screws and replace Cutter.
③ Reset the cutter counter according to the

displayed messages.
36
Ink Supply Unit
2） Move Carriage Unit to the center.
3） Remove Print Head and perform Manual
Draining.
4） Remove three screws and two Tube Guides.
5） Release Link Lever from Carriage Unit at two

locations, and remove Joint Base.
Note:
Put the removed Joint Base in a plastic bag, etc. to
prevent ink.
6） Remove Cutter Unit and Cutter Lift Unit (see “Cutter Unit Replacement” in this Quick Reference Guide).
7） Remove two screws and Supporter Plate.
37
8） Remove screws from Ink Supply Units.
(The photo is from the dye-ink model.)
- Pigment-ink model: 8 screws in total
- Dye-ink model: 4 screws in total
9） Disconnect the connector of the front unit and

slightly lift the unit.
10） Disconnect the connector of the rear unit. While

disconnecting the cables and tubes, remove Ink
Supply Units.
■Valve Motor Unit can be replaced in this condition.

① Remove two screws and two connectors, then
remove Valve Motor Unit.
11） Notes on installing Ink Supply Units

① While being cautious not to have the cables
caught in the units, set the rear unit and connect
the connector.
② Set the front unit to fit into the groove of the main
unit.
③ Set the units so that the rear unit hook comes

under the front unit.
38
2） Move Carriage Unit to the center.
3） Remove Print Head and perform Manual
Draining.
5） Release Link Lever from Carriage Unit at two

locations, and remove Joint Base.
Note:
Put the removed Joint Base in a plastic bag, etc. to
prevent ink.
6） Remove Cutter Unit and Cutter Lift Unit (see “Cutter Unit Replacement” in this Quick Reference Guide).
7） Remove two screws and Supporter Plate.
39
8） Remove Shield Plate from Main Board (three screws), and disconnect two to four Ink Tank Unit connectors
from Main Board.
9） Remove four screws and Supporter Plate.

Release the cables from the cable holder.
10） Remove four screws and two braces, then

remove Front Ink Tank Unit.
11） Remove four screws and Rear Ink Tank Unit.
40
12） Notes on installing Ink Supply Units
① When installing Rear Ink Tank Unit, make sure
that the tabs (at four locations) fits into the
notches respectively.
② Make sure that the Supply Valve Drive Lever joint

of the Ink Tank Unit is securely set on both sides.
To check the front side, remove the Ink Color Plate.
③ Fit the Ink Tube Joints to the Joint Base, with the
White one at the front and the Black one at the
rear.
13） Initialize the relevant parts counter , see “Parts Counter” in this Quick Reference Guide.
41
Valve Motor Unit
１） Remove Ink Tank Cover.
２） Remove Multi Sensor Reference Plate.
３） Remove two screws, disconnect the motor and
sensor connectors, and remove Valve Motor Unit.
■For iPF6400S/6410S
１） Remove Ink Tank Cover.
２） Remove one screw and Multi Sensor Reference
Plate.
３） Remove one screw and Valve Motor Unit Cover.
４） Disconnect the relay connector and remove two screws and Valve Motor Unit.
42
Waste Ink Vacuum Part
Note: The number of screws may differ by models.
1） Replace Waste Ink Box (Suction Fan).
① Remove Paper Output Tray.

② Remove two screws and Connector Cover.
If Connector Cover is not removed easily, remove
two screws from Waste Ink Box and draw the
box a little, then remove the Connector Cover.
③ Disconnect one connector, and replace Waste Ink
Box.
2） Replace Mist Fan.

① Remove three screws, disconnect the connector,
and remove Mist Fan.
3） Replace Platen Duct.

① Remove Mist Fan.
② Remove three screws, tube guide, and wire guide.
Then move Carriage over Purge Unit.
③ Remove four screws. Pull out Front Duct toward

the platen to replace it.
43
④ Remove six screws. While lifting Spur Unit,
remove three platens (from the front).
Caution: DO NOT remove the platen that is fixed with

the red screw.
⑤ Remove four screws and four bushings.
⑥ Disconnect two Waste Ink Tubes from Platen

Duct.
⑦ Remove five bushings and two sets of bushing

cover and spring.
⑧ While opening the front, replace Platen Duct.
44
⑨ When attaching the bushing cover, adjust the
spring position as shown in the photo.
Attach the rest of the units in the reverse
procedures for disassembling.
45
Spur Unit
Note: The number of screws may differ by models.
1） Remove Right Outer Cover. Remove three

screws and Mist Fan.

Release Ink Tubes from the guides of Front Duct.
Then, move Carriage over Purge Unit.
3） Remove four screws and pull out Front Duct

toward the platen to remove it.
4） Turn the pulley in the blue-arrowed direction until

Spur Unit comes to the top position.
46
5） Peel off the Mylar sheet. While pressing the
protrusion (the red-arrowed one in the figure),
slide Spur Unit to the right.
6） Pull out Spur Unit toward the platen to replace it.
LF Motor
1） Remove Main Board and Main Board Plate.
2） Loosen two screws and release Timing Belt from

the pulley.
3） Remove two screws, disconnect one connector,

and remove LF Motor.
4） When attaching the motor, hook the belt over the pulley, then fasten two screws.
5） Reset the relevant parts counter , see “Parts Counter” in this Quick Reference Guide.
47
Multi Sensor
1） Unlock the carriage and open the upper cover.
2） Move the carriage to the center.
3） Remove one screw, disconnect the flexible cable

connector, and replace Multi Sensor.
4） Check the Multi Sensor Reference Plate

condition. If it is not clean, replace it.
6） Perform the following in the Service Mode:

・Adjustment after replacing Multi Sensor (Carriage Unit)
Glossy Photo Paper (thin type) or a similar type of paper is required (if unavailable, use plain paper).
[SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > OPTICAL AXIS]
48
Cassette Feed Roller
1） Remove Right Rear Cover and Cassette.
2） Turn the gear until Feed Cam lowers the arm to

the bottom.
3） Release the hook. Slide and remove Feed Roller.
4） When attaching Feed Roller, adjust the roller

position so that the protrusions of the roller holder
fit into the roller grooves.
49
Cassette Separation Roller
2) Remove one screw, disconnect the connector,
and remove Cassette Paper Feed Sensor.
3） Turn the gear until the Feed Cam comes to the

position shown in the figures (with the arm in the
raised position).
4） Remove one ring and two gears.
5） Push the guide upward in the blue-arrowed

direction.
50
6） Remove the busing and ring, then remove Separation Roller Shaft.
7）While turning the lever in the blue-arrowed direction,

remove it.
8）Remove two springs and Separation Rollers.
Note :
When attaching Separation Rollers, be sure to adjust
position of the gears so that their marks face each
other as shown in the figure.
51
 Parts Counter
●iPF500/510/600/610/605/5000/5100/6100/6200/6000S
Counter Parts Name Error Remarks
A A1 Waste Ink Box Printing operation
E146-4001
B B1 Platen Duct stops.
D1 Carriage Unit, Oil Pad, Shaft Cleaner
D2 Flexible Cable (Long)
Parts replacement Printing operation
D D3 Linear Scale, Linear Scale Sensor
time has passed. continues.
D4 Lift Cam
D5 Multi Sensor, Multi Sensor Reference Plate
F F1 Ink Supply Unit E146-4001
Printing operation
H H1 Purge Unit E141-4046
stops.
L L1 Print Head Management Sensor E194-404A
P P1 LF Motor
Q Q1 Feed Roller
R R1 Spur Cam
Mist Fan Unit Printing operation
V V1 E146-4001
stops.
X X1 Multi Sensor, Multi Sensor Reference Plate
In iPF500, iPF600, and iPF5000, the individual counters of D (D1, D2, etc.) cannot be reset separately. When
Carriage Unit is replaced, replace all the other parts using the D counter at the same time.
●iPF6300/6350/6300S/6400/6410/6450/6460/6400S/6410/6400SE/6410SE
Wia-1 Waste Ink Box Printing operation
E146-4001
Wib-1 Platen Duct stops.
CR1 Carriage Unit, Rail Cleaner, Oil Pad
CR2 Flexible Cable (Long)
CR3 Linear Scale, Linear Scale Sensor
CR4 Lift Cam
CR5 Multi Sensor, Multi Sensor Reference Plate
SP-1 Ink Supply Unit E144-4047
Printing operation
PG-1 Purge Unit E141-4046
stops.
HMa-1 Print Head Management Sensor E194-404A
PL-1 LF Motor Parts replacement Printing operation
PS-1 Spur Cam time has passed. continues.
Mist Fan Unit Printing operation
Mi-1 E146-4001
stops.
CT-1 Cutter Parts replacement Printing operation
MS-1 Multi Sensor, Multi Sensor Reference Plate time has passed. continues.
52
Quick Reference Guide iPF8000 9000Series
iPF8000 / 9000 series
1
Index
 FAQ ................................................................................................................................................................7
 Replacement Procedures for iPF8000/9000 Series ......................................................................................9
External Covers Configuration ..................................................................................................................9
Layout of Boards on the Back .................................................................................................................10
Main Boards Layout ................................................................................................................................ 11
Left / Right Circle Cover (L) .....................................................................................................................12
Left / Right Circle Cover (S) ....................................................................................................................12
Left / Right Circle Cover ..........................................................................................................................12
Operation Panel ......................................................................................................................................13
Left / Right Upper Small Cover ...............................................................................................................13
Right Front Cover ....................................................................................................................................14
Left / Right Rear Cover............................................................................................................................14
Left / Right Lower Rear Cover .................................................................................................................14
Left / Right Ink Tank Cover Unit...............................................................................................................15
How to Open Ink Tank Unit......................................................................................................................15
Upper Rear Cover ...................................................................................................................................16
Upper Cover ............................................................................................................................................16
LF Motor ..................................................................................................................................................17
Cutter Unit ...............................................................................................................................................17
Head Link Lever ......................................................................................................................................18
How to Release Carriage Lock ...............................................................................................................19
Manual Ink Drainage Procedures............................................................................................................20
Ink Refill After Manual Ink Drainage ........................................................................................................21
Purge Unit ...............................................................................................................................................22
Carriage Bushing.....................................................................................................................................24
Carriage Unit ...........................................................................................................................................27
Procedures After Replacing Carriage Unit, Carriage Motor, Carriage Belt, and Linear Encoder Sensor30
Ink Tube Unit ...........................................................................................................................................31
Multi Sensor ............................................................................................................................................34
Ink Tank Unit ............................................................................................................................................36
Linear Scale & Linear Encoder Sensor ...................................................................................................38
Waste Ink Disposal Parts ........................................................................................................................39
Applying Grease & Lubrication ................................................................................................................40
Boards .....................................................................................................................................................42
 Parts Counter...............................................................................................................................................44
●iPF8000/8000S/8100/9000/9000S/9100 .............................................................................................44
●iPF8300/8300S/8400/8410/8400S/8410S/8400SE/8410SE/9400/9410/9400S/9410S ....................................44
2
Max. Sheet
Width
iPF500, 600, 5000, 6000 Series 17-inch
（A2+）

iPF6000S, iPF6300, iPF6350, iPF6300S,
（A1+）
iPF6400, iPF6410, iPF6450, iPF6460,

iPF686 （A1+）

（A0+）
iPF786
iPF700 Series
36-inch
（A0+）

44-inch
iPF8000, iPF8100, iPF8000S, iPF8300, （B0+）
iPF8300S, iPF8400, iPF8410, iPF8400S,
iPF9000, iPF9100, iPF9000S, iPF9400,

60-inch
3
Before Servicing
After Servicing
4
key simultaneously.
mode automatically.
Board Replace mode

5
- Adjustment after replacing Print Print Head Management Sensor
■ Others
6
 FAQ
No Problem Advice
1 Width in horizontal line differs. Adjust Print Head height lower but not paper friction
should occur.
( Setting in each paper type is needed. )
2 When print with border, paper dust Using “ Cut Dust Reduct Mode” is recommended.
from the cutter adheres on the print.
3 Length of pre-cut in the media roll is The length for cutting a media before printing depends
different from the previous one. on media types or environments (such as low-humidity
or high-humidity). For more details, refer to the
“Reference Guide” in each model.
4 A little amount of remaining ink in the [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [W-INK] > [OK]
Maintenance Cartridge is indicated. After initializing the indicated data, replace the
The indication needs to be canceled Maintenance Cartridge immediately.
temporarily to keep using the ink.
5 Operation is normal in service mode, Perform cleaning A and reset non-ejection information
but non-ejection occurs in nozzle after confirming there is no foreign substance such as a
check print in user mode. hair on Print Head Management Sensor.
6 MBK Ink easily comes off. When you use a media type requiring MBK, the MBK
(When the Matte Black Ink is with bad ink may come off due to friction on the printing surface.
fixing ability.) It depends on the media type you use. In this case,
Refer to the “ Reference Guide” for select a media type in the printer driver and the printer
MBK paper type of each model. operation panel from Special 1 to Special 5 in turn.
The coloring gets better as the number gets bigger,
however, ink may blur.
7 Media cannot be detected after Perform [SERVICE MODE] > [ADJUST] > [GAP
replacing Main PCB. CARIB]
8 [4XXX] error is displayed. Start up in service mode and remove the error.
Make sure short circuit is not occurred inside of the
Print Head before starting up in service mode.
9 [Hardware error xx / Turn off printer, Start up in service mode, check the error code, and
wait, then turn on again.] is displayed. handle the error.
7
Replacing the boards before replacing Print Head might damage the replaced boards, in case
of such failures below due to Print Head abnormity.
Check the Print Head before replacing boards. If the Print Head is defect, replace the Print
Head first.
No. Error Cause

1 ・ In spite of not having board replacement, The possible causes occurred by short circuit
error 404C or 404D (inconsistency error of inside of Print Head is as follows.
printer serial number information and model
information) is displayed. ・ Melting fuse of main board due to short circuit of
EEPROM in the Maintenance Cartridge.
2 ・ Starting up is disabled by [CLOSE UPPER
・ Melting fuse of main board due to abnormal short
COVER] display
circuit of Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board
3 ・ Error 2618 (Vh output error) occurs. EEPROM.
・ Melting fuse of main board and abnormal
4 ・ In spite of not having Carriage replacement, resistance value.
error 2F52 (Carriage of legacy model ・ Multi Sensor failure.
installation error) occurs. ・ Abnormity of Power Board.
5 ・ In spite of having Multi Sensor replacement,

the Multi Sensor does not recover from
abnormal display.
8
 Replacement Procedures for iPF8000/9000 Series
Note: This Quick Reference Guide is based on the iPF8400. Number of screws and locations may be different by
models.
Note: When connect Ink Tube to the joint, please wipe off the adhered ink and be cautious so that the Ink Tube
doesn’t come off easily.
External Covers Configuration
Series
9
Layout of Boards on the Back
10
Main Boards Layout
11
Left / Right Circle Cover (L)
1） Insert a flathead screwdriver to the position
shown in this figure and removes the tab. Turns
the Circle Cover and removes it.
Left / Right Circle Cover (S)

1） Turn Circle Cover (S) as shown in the picture and
remove the tab. Then, remove the Circle Cover
(S).
Left / Right Circle Cover

1） Remove Circle Covers (L/S).
2） Remove three screws and two tabs. Remove the
Side Cover by opening its bottom side.
Note: Side Cover Installation
- Please be cautious not to break the boss in Ink
Tank Cover.
12
Operation Panel
1） Open the Upper Cover and raise the Ejection Guide.
2） Remove two tabs with a flathead screwdriver and also remove the connector and the Ground Wire.
Left / Right Upper Small Cover

1） Remove Left/Right Circle Cover (L/S) and
Left/Right Side Cover.
2） Insert a flathead screwdriver to the position

shown in this figure and remove one tab.
13
Right Front Cover
1） Remove Right Circle Cover (L/S), Right Side
Cover, Upper Right Cover and Operation Panel.
2） Remove two screws.
Left / Right Rear Cover

1） To remove Right Rear, remove four screws.
2） To remove Left Cover, remove Right Rear Cover
first, and then, remove two screws.
Left / Right Lower Rear Cover

1） To remove Right Lower Rear Cover, remove four screws.
2） To remove Left Lower Rear Cover, remove two screws.
3） To remove Filter Cover, remove one screw.
14
Left / Right Ink Tank Cover Unit
1） Remove three screws.
2） Open Ink Tank Cover and remove two tabs.
How to Open Ink Tank Unit

1） Remove Circle Cover (L/S), Side Cover and Ink
Tank Cover Unit.
2） Remove two screws.
3） Remove one screw from the support plate at
inner side of the printer.
4） Remove one screw from the support plate at
outer side of the printer, loosen one screw and
slide the support plate to open the ink tank unit.
(The right figure is the Left Ink Tank Unit.)
Note:
- The Ink Tank Units will lock themselves when
they are opened to their maximum allowable
angle.
- Be sure to open the Ink Tank Unit to the
maximum allowable angle to prevent them
from turning over or falling.
15
Upper Rear Cover
1） Remove Left / Right Circle Cover (L/S), Side Cover, Upper Small Cover, Rear Cover and Ink Tank Cover Unit.
Then open Left / Right Ink Tank Unit.
2） Remove two screws on the front, and remove three screws on the back. Then remove Upper Rear Cover.
Note: Upper Rear Cover Installation

- Fit 3 rear-panel screws into screw holes on the right side.
Upper Cover
1） Remove Circle Cover (L/S), Side Cover, Upper
Small Cover, Rear Cover and Ink Tank Cover Unit,
and then open Left / Right Ink Tank Unit.
2） Remove Upper Rear Cover.
3） Remove Upper Cover with opening the Left /
Right Arm Stays outward one at a time.
16
LF Motor
1） Remove Left Circle Cover(L/S) and Side Cover.
2） Loosen four screws and remove timing belt and
spring.
3） Remove 4 loosened screws to release LF Motor,
and then remove connector.
Note: LF Motor Installation

- To install the LF Motor Drive Timing Belt, tension
of the timing belt should be set by adjusting
pressure of the spring. Then, tighten the screws
and fix the LF Motor.
Cutter Unit
1） Shift to the user mode; “set./Adj. Menu ” > “ Maintenance” > “ Change Cutter”. When unable to perform by
doing this, release Carriage Lock and move the Carriage to above the platen.
2） Open Upper Cover.
3） Lower the Cutter Unit Release Lever to release the lock.
4） Hold the Lock Lever (a) and knob (b) of the Cutter Unit and remove the Cutter Unit from the Carriage.
Clear the relevant parts counter after replacement.
17
Head Link Lever
1） Carriage Side
To remove and install it easily, Lever Salient and
the Link Lever tab should be fully fit.
2） Joint Base (Tube) Side

To remove and install it easily, the Joint Base
Salient and the Link Tab Notch should be fully fit.
18
How to Release Carriage Lock
・Release the Lock by Service Mode
This function isn’t installed in the following models.
iPF8XX,iPF80XX,iPF81XX,iPF90XX,iPF91XX (Including each S model)
Perform the following mode by shifting the Service Mode.

SERVICE MODE ＞ FUNCTION ＞ CR UNLOCK
・Manually Release the Lock

1） Remove Right / Left Circle Cover (L / S) and side
covers.
2） Insert a Phillips screwdriver from the right side
into a hole in the shaft of the Lift Unit in Purge
Unit and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower
cap and lock pin, allowing the carriage to be
moved. The Wiper Unit will move in sync with the
motion of the cap and lock pin.
3） Move the Carriage gently by hand after the cap
and the lock pin get lower.
19
Manual Ink Drainage Procedures
・Manual Ink Drainage
1） Remove Ink Tank Cover Unit.
2） Release Carriage Lock and move Carriage to
above the platen.
3） Release Print Head Fixer Lever.
4） Lower the Left / Right Ink Tank Unit Lever. Open

Ink Supply Valve and Air Passage Valve.
Ink inside the tube flows into Sub Tank in the Ink Tank
Unit.
20
Ink Refill After Manual Ink Drainage
To supply ink after manual ink drainage, please follow the following procedures.
Print Head may be damaged when “Cleaning B” is performed. The Print Head is heated up when the ink remaining
is empty or insufficient inside the Print Head while cleaning the Print Head at the time of maintenance ejection.
1） Remove Print Head.

2） Make sure that Print Head is uninstalled, close Print Head Fixer Cover and Print Head Fixer Lever, and then
close Upper Cover.
3） Turn ON the Printer Power Supply.
(The Print Head is not installed.)
4） Install Print Head in accordance with a message displayed on the Operation Panel LCD.
(Ink refill operation will automatically start.)
- A message for replacing the Ink Tank may be displayed depending on ink amount inside the Ink Tank. Ink
inside the Ink Tank flows into ink passage by supplying ink. Replace the Ink Tank with new one, if the
message is displayed. Usually, a maximum number of ink tank need at the time of ink refill is one Ink Tank per
color.
- A message for replacing the Maintenance Cartridge may be displayed depending on the use situation of
Maintenance Cartridge, because ink ejects to the Maintenance Cartridge by ink supply operation. Replace
the Maintenance Cartridge with new one, if the message is displayed. Usually, a maximum number of
Maintenance Cartridge need at the time of ink refill is one Maintenance Cartridge.
Be cautious not to damage the uninstalled Print Head.

Protective Cap 2 should not attach except when transports. (Protective Cap 1 can attach.)
21
Purge Unit
・Purge Unit Remove
1） Remove Right Circle Cover (L/S), Side Cover and
Upper Small Cover.
above the platen.
3） Remove five screws and 1 connector (Lift Motor) ,
and then remove Lift Unit.
4） Remove three screws and connector, and then

remove Purge Unit.
Please remove Purge Unit slowly to avoid ink splashes.

When handle the removed Purge Unit, place it on
plastic sheet and be cautious not to drip the inks.
22
・Notes on Installing Purge Unit
Clear the relevant parts counter after replacement.
23
Carriage Bushing
1） Remove Right /Left Circle Cover (L/S), Side
Cover and Upper Small Cover.
above the platen.
3） Remove the shaft cleaner. Clean entire Carriage
Rail with a cloth (the cloth should be soaked with
water and wrung well) by moving Carriage left
and right.
4） Remove one screw and then remove the bushing
fastener.
5） Insert a flathead screwdriver to a space in

bushing part. Move Carriage little by little to
remove the bushing.
6） Move the bushing to the right, and remove it from

Carriage Rail. Clean the reachable Carriage Rail
with a cloth (the cloth should be soaked with
water and wrung well).
8） Install new bushing, bushing fastener, shaft

cleaner holder and shaft cleaner with reverse
procedures of the removing.
9） Move Carriage to the left.
10） Twist off belt fixer knob to remove the Carriage
belt.
24
11） Check install position of the spring, before
removing the bushing fastener on the left side of
Carriage.
12） Remove screw for the bushing fastener and

remove spring with tweezers slowly.
To prevent you from being injured, be cautious not to fly

the spring.
13） Remove bushing fastener in the same way of the

right side, and insert a flathead screwdriver to the
space in bushing part. Move Carriage little by little
to remove the bushing.
14） Remove one screw and then remove rail fixer

part.
25
15) Remove bushing as shown in the picture. Clean
the reachable Carriage Rail with a cloth (the cloth
should be soaked with water and wrung well).
16） Install a new bushing to Carriage and then install

the bushing fastener.
17） Install Carriage Rail fixer part.
18） Install Carriage between the bushing fastener
and the belt by squeezing the spring with
tweezers.
To prevent you from being injured, be cautious not to fly

the spring.
19） After installing a spring roughly, install the spring to the original position by adjusting it with a flathead
screwdriver.
There are a round shape convex both in the Carriage belt and the bushing fastener.
Install it to fit in the center of the spring and the convex part as shown in the picture.
20） Tighten the Carriage Belt Tensioner which has

been unstrained.
21） By moving Carriage from end to end by hand, check whether the Carriage moves smoothly.
22） Install the removed cover.
23） Install shaft cleaner. (Installing a new one is recommended.)
24） Perform the service adjustment “CR MOTOR COG”.
Service Mode：SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > CR MOTOR COG
26
Carriage Unit
・Carriage Unit Remove
1） Remove Left / Right Circle Cover (L/S), Side
Cover, Upper Small Cover, Ink Tank Cover Unit,
Rear Cover and Upper Cover.
2） Release Carriage Lock and move the Carriage to
above the platen.
3） Remove Print Head and perform the ink drainage.
4） Remove Joint Base.
a) Remove Ink Tube from the guide.
b) Remove 4 link levers from the Print Head Fixer
Lever and then remove Joint Base.
Detach the Joint slowly to avoid ink splashes, and then cover the Ink
Tube Joint with such as a plastic bag and close it to avoid ink splashes
as shown in the picture.
5） Remove two screws and then remove Ink Tube

Cover.
6） Remove four screws and open Carriage Relay

Board Cover.
7） Remove 5 flexible cables on the Carriage Relay
Board.
27
Cautious not to remove a tape fixing the Ink Tube when remove Ink
Tube Joint of the Carriage upper part or remove Joint Base from the
Carriage.
8） Remove the Belt Fixer Knob with pushing down

and rotating it 90 degrees. Then remove the
spring, the guide and pulley.
Please remove Purge Unit slowly to avoid ink splashes.

When handle the removed Purge Unit, place it on
plastic sheet and be cautious not to drip the inks.
9） Remove two screws and connector and then remove Pulley Base.
10） Remove six screws and connector and then remove Lift Unit.
11） Remove three screws and connector and then remove Purge Unit.
12） Remove one screw and connector and then remove Print Head Management Sensor.
28
13） Remove Carriage Belt from Carriage Motor Pulley.
14） Remove Cutter Unit.
15） Remove Cutter Unit and lay Ink Tube Unit caterpillar and then remove the Carriage Unit from right side of the
printer.
Caution: Carriage Unit Remove

Remove Carriage Unit with holding it horizontally not to damage linear scale.
Unable to operate if the linear scale is damaged.
Caution: Carriage Shaft Handling

- Do not remove the shaft.
- Do not touch the shaft.
If you touch it, clean it with a lens-cleaning paper or a cloth
(the cloth should be soaked with water and wrung well).
- Do not allow the shaft to get scratched or marked.
- Do not apply grease or oil to the shaft.
・Carriage Belt Remove

To install the Carriage Belt, place the belt tip against
the inner area of groove, and then have the Carriage
Belt fit together well with the belt stopper.
・Notes on Installing Carriage Unit

- Make sure that the linear scale is placed in the Linear Encoder Sensor detection part.
- In installing Carriage Belt, make sure that the belt is not twisted, in addition, check if the Carriage moves
smoothly on the platen after installing.
29
Procedures After Replacing Carriage Unit, Carriage Motor, Carriage Belt, and
Linear Encoder Sensor
・Notes on Replacing Carriage Unit and Multi Sensor
The multi sensor reference plate must be replaced at the same time whenever the carriage or the multi sensor is
being replaced.
・Procedures After Carriage Unit and Multi Sensor Replacement

1） Perform “GAP CALIB” without feeding a paper.
SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > GAP CALIB
2） Feed Glossy Photo Paper of which width is wider than A2 size.
3） Perform “OPTICAL AXIS”.
SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINTPATTERN > OPTICAL AXIS
・Procedures After Carriage Unit, Carriage Bushing Fastener, Carriage Motor, Carriage
Belt, Linear Encoder Sensor Replacement
Perform “CR MOTOR COG”.
SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > CR MOTOR COG
Initialize the relevant parts counter after replacement.
30
Ink Tube Unit
・Ink Tube Unit Remove
1） Remove Left / Right Circle Cover (L/S), Side
Cover, Upper Small Cover, Ink Tank Cover Unit,
Rear Cover and Upper Cover.
2） Release Carriage Lock and move the Carriage to
above the platen.
3） Remove Print Head and perform the ink drainage.
4） Remove Joint Base.
a) Remove Ink Tube from the guide.
b) Remove 4 link levers from the Print Head
Fixer Lever and then remove Joint Base.
Detach the Joint slowly to avoid ink splashes, and then cover the Ink
Tube Joint with such as a plastic bag and close it to avoid ink splashes
as shown in the picture.
5） Remove two screws and then remove Ink Tube

Cover.
6） Remove four screws and open Carriage Relay

Board Cover.
7） Remove 5 flexible cables on the Carriage Relay
Board.
31
Cautious not to remove a tape fixing the Ink Tube when remove Ink
Tube Joint of the Carriage upper part or remove Joint Base from the
Carriage.
8） Remove 5 flexible cables from the Main PCB.

9） Remove the flexible cables leading to the
Carriage Board Cover from the guide.
10） Remove three screws and then remove Ink Tube

Fixer Base from the frame.
11） Detach Ink Tube Unit Joint from Left / Right Ink Tank Unit and then remove Ink Tube Unit.
Detach the Joint slowly to avoid ink splashes, and then cover the Ink Tube Joint with a plastic bag or the like and
close it to avoid ink splashes.
32
・Notes on Installing Ink Tube Unit
1） The Joint becomes easily come off by the
adhered inks when detach the Joint which is
between Ink Tube Unit and Ink Tank Ink Tube.
In this instance, please clean it with an alcohol or
the like to remove the inks.
2） Make sure that new Ink Tube is fixing to Carriage

Relay Board Cover with the tape as shown in the
picture.
33
Multi Sensor
・Multi Sensor Replacement Procedures
1） Release Carriage Lock and pull out the Carriage to above the Platen.
2） Remove Cutter Unit.
3） Remove Left Ink Tube from the guide.
4） Remove four screws and 1 connector, and then remove Cutter Mounting Plate.
5） Remove one screw and Multi Sensor.

【Caution on the flexible cable】
6） Remove the flexible cable from the Multi Sensor.
・Notes on Installing Multi Sensor
34
・Multi Sensor Replacement Procedures
Replace Multi Sensor Reference Plate at the same time and adjust by the service mode.
1） Perform “GAP CALIB” without feeding a paper.
SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > GAP CALIB
2） Feed Glossy Photo Paper of which width is wider than A2 size.
3） Perform “OPTICAL AXIS”.
SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINTPATTERN > OPTICAL AXIS
35
Ink Tank Unit
・Ink Tank Unit Remove
1） Perform Ink drainage.
2） Remove Ink Tank Cover Unit on the side which needs to replace.
3） Detach the Joint which is between Ink Tube Unit and Ink Tank Unit.
4） Remove four screws and five connectors in Ink Tank Unit, and then remove Ink Tank Unit.
(If the earth is plate-like, remove the earth first and then remove the screws.)
Note:
In removing the Joint, remove it slowly to avoid ink splashes.
Note:
To avoid ink splashes, cover the Joint with a plastic bag or the like and close it.
36
・Notes on Installing Ink Tank Unit
1） The Joint becomes easily come off by the
adhered inks when detach the Joint which is
between Ink Tube Unit and Ink Tank Ink Tube. In
this instance, please clean it with an alcohol or
the like to remove the inks.
2） Please note that Left and Right Ink Tank Units

should be installed to different positions in the Ink
Supply Mount Unit.
(Install it to inner side area of the printer.)
37
Linear Scale & Linear Encoder Sensor
・Linear Scale Remove
1） Remove Left / Right Circle Cover (L/S), Side Cover and Upper small Cover.
2） Release Carriage Lock.
3） Remove the tension spring placed on the left linear scale.
To prevent you from being injured, be cautious not to fly the spring.
4） Remove the linear scale.
- Be cautious not to damage the linear scale.

- Be cautious not to adhere grease or ink.
- In installing, check if the boss has hooked to the Linear Scale hole.
・Linear Encoder Sensor Remove

1） Remove Left / Right Circle Cover (L/S), Side Cover, Upper Small Cover, Ink Tank Cover Unit, Upper Rear
Cover and Upper Cover.
2） Release Carriage Lock.
3） Remove linear scale.
4） Move Carriage to above the Platen.
5） Insert the screwdriver into the Upper Rear Cover Stay opening parts, remove two screws and flexible cable and
then remove Linear Encoder Sensor.
38
Waste Ink Disposal Parts
・Notes on Replacing Waste Ink Disposal Part
When disassemble Waste Ink Disposal Parts, be cautious not to leak inks either from the removed parts or the
printer. As for the removed parts, particularly be cautious not to leak inks from the red- circled places as shown in
the picture. Please put them in the plastic bag.
Parts Counter
No Parts Name
( e.g. iPF8400 )
1 Waste Ink Absorber BOX Wia-1
Platen Ink Absorber BOX

2 Wia-3/Wia-4
(L)
Platen Ink Absorber BOX

3 Wia-5
(S)
4 Absorber Fan
Wia-6
5 Absorber Fan Duct
[1] Waste Ink Absorber BOX [2] / [3] Platen Ink Absorber BOX
[4] Absorber Fan [5] Absorber Fan Duct Platen Exhaust Duct
39
Applying Grease & Lubrication
・Notes on Applying Specialized Grease and Lubrication
- Using a flat brush or the like, spread the grease on the designated part evenly to form a thin coat.
- Be cautious not to apply the grease to any parts other than specified parts.
Adhered grease to the wiper, the cap and the linear scale may cause defective print.
- Supplying Molycote PG-641(CK-0562-000) has been discontinued.
Use the FLOIL G-5000H(FY9-6022-000) as a substitute.
Grease Type: FLOIL G-5000H

Part to Apply Grease or Amount
Note
Lubrication (Approx.)
Joint Base Amount that forms a thin coat.
Do not apply grease to the bearing

Feed Roller Backup About12mg
backup located on the center.
Bushing Amount that forms a thin coat.
Apply grease in removing the bearing

Feed Roller Bearing About 24mg
from the feed roller.
Pinch Roller Release Cam Amount that forms a thin coat.
Upper Cover Stay Shaft Hole About 24mg
Upper Cover Stay Gear Shaft About 24mg
Upper Cover Stay Shaft End About 24mg
Upper Cover Stay Gear

Amount that forms a thin coat.
Tooth Face
40
41
Boards
・Main Board / Power Supply Board / HDD Replacement
1）Remove Rear Cover.
2）Remove each connector, and then remove screws to remove Boards or HDD.
Do not replace Main PCB and Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board at the same time. When replace both of the
Boards, please replace in the following order. [Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board Replacement Procedures] >
[Main PCB Replacement Procedures].
In addition, after replace the service parts in Main PCB, check if the firmware is the latest version. If the firmware is
not the newest one, upgrade it to the latest version.
■Main PCB Replacement Procedures (Boards Replacement Mode)

1) Turn off the power and unplug the power plug.
2) Replace Main PCB.
3) Reconnect the power plug and turn on the power while pressing the [Load] or [Feeder Selection]keys and
[Navigate] or [Information] keys. (Start the printer by PCB Replacement Mode.)
4) Release the key, but not before making sure that "Initializing" appears on the display.
(The message lamp lights when printer enters PCB Replacement Mode.)
5) Wait until "REPLACE MODE" appears on the display.
6) Select “CPU BOARD “ and press the [OK] key.
7) Turn off the power, but not before making sure that "Power off" appears on the display.
8) Turn on the power.
9) Check the firmware version. If the firmware is not the latest version, upgrade the firmware to the latest version.
42
・Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board Replacement
1) Open Maintenance Cartridge Cover, and remove
the Maintenance Cartridge.
2) Remove Right Ink Tank Cover Unit.
3) Open Right Ink Tank.
4) Remove the connector, and then remove
Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board Unit from the
printer with pressing the left and right locks on the
Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board Unit.
5） Remove Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board

Cover with pressing left and right tabs in the
Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board Unit.
Note: Be cautious of the connector and the cord
holder.
6） Remove two screws and the connector and then

remove Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board.
Do not replace Main PCB and Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board at the same time. When replace both of the
Boards, please replace in the following order.
[ Maintenance Cartridge Relay Board Replacement ] > [Main PCB Replacement ]
43
 Parts Counter
●iPF8000/8000S/8100/9000/9000S/9100
A1 Waste Ink Absorber BOX
A2, A3, A4 Platen Ink Absorber BOX (L)
E146-4001 Printing operation stops.
A5 Platen Ink Absorber BOX (S)
A6 Absorber Fan / Duct
D1, D2, D3 Carriage Unit Parts replacement Printing operation
D2 Linear Scale time has passed. continues.
D4 Tube Unit E144-4047 Printing operation stops.
Multi Sensor Unit, Multi Sensor Reference Parts replacement Printing operation
D5, X1
Plate time has passed. continues.
H1 Purge Unit E141-4046 Printing operation stops.
K1 Print Head Management Sensor
M1 Carriage Motor
P1 LF Motor
V1 Platen Exhaust Duct Unit E146-4001 Printing operation stops.
●iPF8300/8300S/8400/8410/8400S/8410S/8400SE/8410SE/9400/9410/9400S/9410S
Wia-1 Waste Ink Absorber BOX
Wia-2, Wia-3,
Platen Ink Absorber BOX (L)
Wia-4 E146-4001 Printing operation stops.
Wia-5 Platen Ink Absorber BOX (S)
Wia-6 Absorber Fan / Duct
CR-1, CR-2, CR-3 Carriage Unit Parts
Printing operation
replacement
CR-2 Linear Scale continues.
time has passed.
CR-4 Tube Unit E144-4047 Printing operation stops.
Parts
Multi Sensor Unit, Multi Sensor Reference Printing operation
CR-5, MS-1 replacement
Plate continues.
time has passed.
PG-1 Purge Unit E141-4046 Printing operation stops.
HMa-1 Print Head Management Sensor Parts
Printing operation
MT-1 Carriage Motor replacement
continues.
PL-1 LF Motor time has passed.
Mi-1 Platen Exhaust Duct Unit E146-4001 Printing operation stops.
44
If it is unavoidable to connect the PC into a customer’s network, make sure that you have the latest
virus protection in place and run the OS Fix program and then obtain written approval from the
customer beforehand.
The following notice does not apply if this Guide and the product fail to comply with the laws and local regulations of
the country in which they are used.
Trademark Notice
All product names or company names used in this Guide are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners.
Canon Inc.
Inkjet Quality Assurance Center
Canon System and Support Inc.

Group Service Planning
ⒸCanon Inc. , ⒸCanon System and Support Inc. 2015.04

Ver.4.0

Troubleshooting Guide E

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Troubleshooting Guide E

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Troubleshooting Guide

Canon System and Support Inc.

1030 1031 1032 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038

1039 103A 1040 1041 1043 1047 1048 1049

200A 200B 200C 200D 200E 200F 2010 2015

2016 2017 2018 2019 201A 201B 201C 201D

2510 2520 2540 2560 2570 2580 2590 259C

25B7 260E 260F 2618 2800 2801 2802 2803

2804 2805 2807 2808 2809 280A 280B 280C

280D 280E 2811 2812 2813 2816 2817 2818

2819 281A 281B 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824

2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 282A 282B 282D

282E 2830 2832 2833 2834 2901 2902 2905

2906 2907 2908 2909 290A 2918 291A 291B

291D 2920 2921

2E00 2E01 2E02 2E03 2E04 2E05 2E08 2E09

2E0A 2E0B 2E0C 2E0E 2E0F 2E10 2E11 2E12

2E14 2E15 2E16 2E17 2E18 2E19 2E1A 2E1B

2E1C 2E1D 2E1F 2E20 2E21 2E22 2E23 2E24

2E25 2E27 2E30 2E31 2E32 2E33 2E34 2E35

2E36 2E37 2E38 2E39 2E3A 2E3B 2E3C 2E3D

2E3E 2E3F 2E40 2E41 2E42 2E45 2E47

2F11 2F12 2F13 2F14 2F16 2F17 2F1F 2F20

2F21 2F22 2F23 2F24 2F25 2F26 2F27 2F28

2F29 2F2A 2F2B 2F2C 2F2D 2F2E 2F2F 2F30

2F31 2F32 2F33 2F34 2F35 2F37 2F38 2F3A

2F3B 2F3C 2F3D 2F3E 2F3F 2F40 2F41 2F42

2F43 2F44 2F46 2F47 2F48 2F49 2F50 2F51

2F4A 2F4D 2F4E 2F4F 2F52 2F53 2F54 2F60

2F61 2F62 2F63 2F65 2F66 2F67 2F68 2F69

2F6A 2F6B 2F6C 2F70 2F71 2F72 2F80 2F81

2F82 2F83 2F85 2F86 2F87 2F88 2F89 2F90

4001 401A 401B 401C 401D 401E 4027 4034

4037 403E 403F 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044

4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 404A 404B 404C

404D 404E 404F 4050 405A 405B 4061

Chapter 1 Using This Guide .................................................................................................. 1-1

Chapter 2 Trouble Database .................................................................................................. 2-1

Chapter 3 More Sophisticated Fault Isolation Tasks .......................................................... 3-1

Chapter 4 Fault Isolation Tool Collection ............................................................................. 4-1

Chapter 5 Miscellaneous Information .................................................................................. 5-1

Chapter 6 Main Unit Configuration Diagrams ...................................................................... 6-1

1. Using This Guide

From operation panel displays If any component

STEP2: Go to Chapter 3, “More Sophisticated Fault Isolation Tasks.”

STEP3: Go to Chapter 4, “Fault Isolation Tool Collection.”

1. Index of Symptoms and Imaging Failures

Item Subitem Remedial Action (tool)

2. Error Code Index

Stop: Stop Printing

Panel display Remedial Action

Panel display Remedial Action

See 280C for detection criteria.

Panel display Remedial Action

Panel display Remedial Action

Panel display Remedial Action

Panel display Remedial Action

Panel display Remedial Action

56：No.2, 57：No.3, 58：No.459：No.5, 5A：No.6, 5B：No.75C：No.8,

<Maintenance cartridge detection timings>

Panel display Remedial Action

Panel display Remedial Action